Wolves in Sheeps Clothing

Centenary Medal for Electoral Reform (President H.S.
Chapman Society)
A compendium of the voices of others compiled by Dr Amy McGrath OAM PhD
Published by Towerhouse Publications 2012 Previous publications: Forging of Votes Frauding of Votes Corrupt Elections (H.S. Chapman Society papers) Frauding of Elections The Stolen Election 1987 Chains of Marxian Republics For these and other works please refer to my website: www.amymcgrath.com.au Contact: This book will be issued free of charge in the public interest. If postage is involved, a donation for the cost will be welcome. Apply to Tower House Publications: PO Box 39, Brighton le Sands, Sydney NSW 2216. Enquiries to Australia: 02 9599 7915
The work of Dr. Amy McGrath has been a major catalyst for electoral reform in Australia in modern times. As a regular witness before parliamentary inquiries, and as a public advocate, she has been the subject of both adoration and vilification. The updating of her landmark book, The Frauding of Votes? underlies growing national concern and the necessity for urgent reform.
By Bob Bottom Author of seven best-selling books on organised crime and corruption. Bob Bottoms special preface for this book provides a definitive insight into what he sees as the need for a royal commission not just into the true extent of electoral fraud, but into the conduct and effectiveness of electoral authorities.
INDEX
introduction:.....................................................................................i SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION...........................................1 SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT.......................................17 SECTION 3: THE HARVEST OF COMMUNISM................................51 SECTION 4: PLOT TO CREATE A NEW WORLD ORDER................83 SECTION 5: SECRECY BY TREATY...................................................99 SECTION 6: AGENDA 21....................................................................131 SECTION 7: FABIAN TREACHERY IN AUSTRALIA......................167 CONCLUSION:.....................................................................................245
WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING
introduction
ALABAMA ADOPTS FIRST OFFICIAL STATE BAN ON UN AGENDA 21

Monday June 4, 2012
When Alabama Adopted the first official State ban of the United Nations Agenda 21, it became the first State in the U.S.A. to adopt a tough law to protect private property, and due process by prohibiting any government involvement with, or participation in, a controversial United Nations scheme known as Agenda 21. Activists from across the political spectrum celebrated the measures approval as a significant victory against the UN sustainability plot, expressing hope that similar sovereignty-preserving measures would be adopted in other states as the nationwide battle heats up. The Alabama Senate Bill (SB) 4771 legislation, known unofficially among some supporters as The Due Process for Property Rights Act, was approved unanimously by both the State House and Senate. After hesitating for a few days, late last month Republican Governor Robert Bentley finally signed it into law the wildly popular measure but only after heavy pressure from activists forcing his hand. Virtually no mention of the law was made in the establishment press. But analysts said the measure was likely the strongest protection against the UN scheme passed anywhere in America so far. The law, aimed at protecting private property rights, specifically prevents all state agencies and local governments in Alabama from participating in the global scheme in any way. The law states: The State of Alabama and all political subdivisions may not adopt or implement policy recommendations that deliberately or inadvertently infringe or restrict private property rights, without due process, as may be required by policy recommendations originating in, or traceable to, Agenda 21. It adds a brief background on the UN plan, hatched at the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro. The official synopsis of the law explains: the people of Alabama, acting through their elected representatives not UN bureaucrats
i
have the authority to develop the states environmental and development policies. Therefore, infringements on the property rights of citizens linked to any other international law, or ancillary plan of action that contravenes the Constitution of the United State or the Constitution of the State of Alabama, are also prohibited under this new measure. Of course, as the law points out, the UN has enlisted a broad array of non-governmental and inter-governmental organizations in its effort to foist Agenda 21 on the world most notably a Germany based group called ICLEI, formerly known as the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives. But the new measure takes direct aim at that problem too: The State of Alabama, and all political subdivisions, may not enter into any agreement, expend any sum of money, or receive funds contracting services, or giving financial aid to or from any such entities, as defined in Agenda 21 documents. NB: Under ICLEI, 220,000 acres were taken from producing food to advance Alabama Wild parkland.
ii
introduction
By Niall Ferguson THE RISE AND FALL OF THE BRITISH WORLD ORDER AND THE LESSONS FOR GLOBAL POWER Hertog Professor of Financial History at the Stern School of Business, New York University and Senior Research Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford The British Empire was the largest in history: the nearest thing to world domination ever achieved. By the eve of the second world war, approximately a quarter of the worlds land and the same proportion of the population were under some form of British rule. Yet for todays generation, the British Empire seems a great modernizing force. The time is ripe for a reappraisal. In Empire , Niall Fergusons most popular and ambitious work yet, he boldly recasts the British Empire as one of the worlds greatest modernizing forces. In this important new work, fully illustrated with 125 colour images throughout, Ferguson argues that the British Empire was the driving force behind what he calls Anglobalization the transformation of the world economy along British lines. For better or for worse, the world we know today is in large measure the product of Britains Age of Empire. Nearly all the key features of the twenty-first century world the spread of capitalism, the communitarian revolution, the notion of humanitarianism and the institution of parliamentary democracy can be traced back to the extraordinary expansion of Britains economy, population and culture from the seventeenth century until the midtwentieth. On a vast and vividly coloured canvas, Empire shows how the British Empire gave rise to modernity, mobilizing a formidable array of pirates and pioneers, missionaries and mandarins, bankers and robber barons. Displaying the originality and rigor that have made him the brightest light among British historians, Ferguson also shows that the story of the Empire has many lessons for the world today in particular for the United States as it stands on the brink of a new era of imperial power, based once again on economic and military supremacy.
iii
EMPIRE
A dazzling tour de force, Empire is a remarkable reappraisal of the prizes and the pitfalls of global empire. The difficulty with the achievements of empire is that they are much more likely to be taken for granted than the sins of empire. It is, however, instructive to try to imagine a world without the British Empire. But while it is just about possible to imagine what the world would have been like without the French Revolution or the First World War, the imagination reels from the counterfactual of a world without the British Empire. As I travelled around the Empires remains in the first half of 2002 I was constantly struck by its ubiquitous creativity It is of course tempting to argue that it would all have happened anyway, albeit with different names. Perhaps the railways would have been invented and exported by another European power, perhaps the telegraph cables would have been laid across the sea by someone else too. Maybe, as Cobden claimed, the same volumes of trade would have gone on without bellicose empires meddling in commerce. Maybe too the great movements of population that transformed the cultures and complexities of whole continents would have happened anyway. Yet there is reason to doubt that the world would have been the same or even similar in the absence of the Empire. Even if we allow for the possibility that trade, capital flows and migration could have been naturally occurring in the past three hundred years, there remain the flows of culture and institutions. And here the fingerprints of Empire seem more readily discernible and less easy to wipe away. When the British governed a country even when they only influenced its government by flexing their military and financial muscles there were certain distinctive features of their own society that they tended to disseminate. A list of the more important of these runs as follows: 1. The English language 2. English forms of land tenure 3. Scottish and English banking 4. The Common Law 5. Protestantism 6. Team Sports
iv
introduction
7. The limited or nightwatchman state 8. Representative assemblies 9. The idea of liberty The last of these is perhaps the most important because it remains the most distinctive feature of the Empire the thing that sets it apart from its continental rivals. I do not mean to claim that all British imperialists were liberals far from it. But what is very striking about the history of the Empire is that whenever the British were behaving despotically, there was almost always a liberal critique of that behaviour from within British society. Indeed, so powerful and consistent was this tendency to judge Britains imperial conduct by the yardstick of liberty that it gave the British Empire something of a self-liquidating character. Once a colonized society had sufficiently adopted the other instructions the British brought with them, it became very hard for the British to prohibit that political liberty to which they attached so much significance themselves.
Winston Churchill The dominant theme of Churchills War Secretaryship was not his deft, if precipitate, handling of demobilization, his fostering of the early RAF or his personal adventures, but his dedicated attempts at strangling near to birth the Bolshevik regime in Russia. He regarded the Lenin regime as a disaster for Russia and a menace to the world. He used the most extravagant language about it. In The Aftermath, the last volume of The World in Crisis, published after ten years of opportunity for calming down, he wrote of not a wounded Russia only, but a poisoned Russia, an infected Russia, a plague-bearing Russia, a Russia of armed hordes smiting not only with typhus-bearing vermin which slew the bodies of men, but political doctrines which destroyed the health and even the souls of nations. (Churchill by Roy Jenkins p.350). George Bernard Shaw For over a decade G.B.Shaw conducted an advanced Fabian course in Soviet Communism. He explained that Lenin had candidly admitted his mistakes or atrocities as they were sometimes called and scrapped them. He gently guided the kulaks back at gunpoint to the farms from which they had been evicted; ushered the hordes of wandering thieves into well-appointed penal colonies; introduced compulsory labour to assist the unemployed; brought back ex-tsarist officers into the army to improved everyones protection; and established the famous Cheka, a sort of Scotland Yard which took over the necessary shooting (Bernard Shaw, Michael Holroyd, p.618).
vi
SECTION 1
the fabian revolution

quotes from text: On February 8, 1920 Winston Churchills warning appeared in the Illustrated Sunday Herald From the days of Spartacus, Weishaupt, to those of Trotsky, Bela-Kuhn, Rosa Luxembourg and Emma Goldman, this world-wide conspiracy has been steadily growing. It played a definitely recognisable role in the tragedy of the French revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the 19th century, and now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads, and have become practically the undisciplined master of that enormous empire. Soviet General Arsene de Goulevitch wrote in the Czarism and the Revolution: America sent Russia vast quantities of goods and other relief supplies. Lenin had said that the capitalists would do business with anyone, and when Russia was through with them, the Communists would take over the world. That is what the Russian Communists have been left to believe. In reality the financiers were completely financing the entire country of Russia in order to transform it into a world power with principles completely opposite to that of the United States.
SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION
Monitoring the New World Order NWO Observer September 3, 2009

The Fabian Society, along with other Secret Societies, work together for the Common Purpose of a New World Order We see this consistently, with denial and delay tactics used in response to complaints by the people and the lies, omissions and twisted truths that spin doctors play to the public in the mass media. Creeping Communism. The Fabians, whose logo until very recently was a Wolf in Sheeps Clothing, are a breed of Communism who believe in Collectivism (Communism) by stealth. Many of the Globalists would belong to this scheming organisation. Some of the more erudite members, of the wealthy and intellectual classes of England, formed an organization to perpetuate the concept of collectivism, but not exactly according to Marx. In 1884, it was called the Fabian Society. The name is significant, because it was in honor of Quintus Fabius Maximus Verrucosus, the Roman general who, in the second century B.C. kept General Hannibal at bay by wearing down his army with delaying tactics, endless maneouvering, and avoiding confrontation wherever possible. Unlike the Marxists, who were in a hurry to come to power through direct confrontation with established governments, the Fabians were willing to take their time, to come to power without direct confrontation, working quietly and patiently from inside the target governments. To emphasise this strategy, and to separate themselves from the Marxists, their official shield portrayed an image of a Wolf in Sheeps Clothing. Those two images perfectly summarise their strategy. It is now 1884 and we find ourselves in Surrey, England observing a small group of these Fabians, sitting around a table in the stylish home of two of their more prominent members, Sydney and Beatrice Webb. The Webbs would be known world-wide as the founders of the London School of Economics. Their home eventually was donated to the Fabian Society and became its official headquarters. Around the
3
CREEPING COMMUNISM
table are such well-known figures as George Bernard Shaw, Arnold Toynbee, H.G. Wells and numerous others of similar caliber. The Fabian Society still exists, and many prominent people are members, not the least of which is Englands Ex-Prime Minister, Tony Blair. H.G. Wells wrote a book to serve as a guide showing how collectivism can be embedded into society without arousing alarm or serious opposition. It was called the Open Conspiracy and the plan for his new world order was spelled out in minute detail. His fervor was intense. He said that the old religions of the world must give way to the new religion of collectivism. The new religion should be the state, he said, and the state should take charge of all human activity with, of course, elitists, such as himself, in control. On the very first page he says: This book states as plainly and clearly as possible the essential ideas of my life, the perspective of my world This is my religion. Here are my directive aims and the criteria of all I do. When he said that collectivism was his religion, he was serious. Like many collectivists, he felt that traditional religion is a barrier to the acceptance of state power. It is a competitor for mans loyalties. Collectivists see religion as a device by which the clerics keep the downtrodden masses content by offering a vision of something better in the next world. If your goal is to bring about change, contentment is not what you want. You want discontentment. Thats why Marx called religion the opiate of the masses. It gets in the way of revolutionary change. Wells said that collectivism should become the new opiate, that it should become the vision for better things in the next world. The new order must be built on the concept that individuals are nothing compared to the long continuum of society, and that only by serving society do we become connected to eternity (HG Wells The Open Conspiracy 1928 p 7). The blueprint in The Open Conspiracy has been followed in both the UK and the United States. As a result, todays world is very close to the vision of H.G. Wells. A worship of the god called society has become the new religion. No matter what insult to our dignity or liberty, we are told its necessary for the advancement of society, and that has become the basis for contentment under the hardships of collectivism.
4
LOVE-HATE BETWEEN FABIANS AND LENINISTS

Fabians and Marxists are in agreement over their mutual goal of collectivism, but they differ over style and sometimes tactics. When Marxism became fused with Leninism and made its first conquest in Russia, these differences became the centre of debate between the two groups. Karl Marx said the world was divided into two camps eternally at war with each other. One was the working class, which he called the proletariat and the other was the wealthy class, those who owned the land and the means of production. This class he called the bourgeoisie. Fabians were never enthusiastic over this class-conflict view, probably because most of them were bourgeoisie, but Lenin and Stalin accepted it wholeheartedly. Lenin described the Communist Party as the vanguard of the proletariat. It became a mechanism for total and ruthless war against anyone who even remotely could be called bourgeoisie. When the Bolsheviks (Zionists N.M.) came to power in Russia, landowners and shopkeepers were slaughtered by the tens of thousands. This slaughter offended the sensibilities of the more genteel Fabians. Its not that Fabians are opposed to force and violence to accomplish their goals, its just that they prefer it as a last resort, whereas the Leninists were running amok in Russia implementing a plan of deliberate terror and brutality. Fabians admired the Soviet system, as it was based on collectivism, but they were shocked at what they considered to be needless bloodshed. It was a disagreement over style. When Lenin became master of Russia, many of the Fabians joined the Communist Party thinking that it would become the vanguard of world Socialism. They likely would have stayed there if they had not been offended by the brutality of the regime. To understand this love-hate relationship between these two groups we must never lose sight of the fact that Leninism and Fabianism are merely variants of collectivism. Their similarities are much greater than their differences, that is why their members often move from one group to the other or why some of them are
5
actually members of both groups at the same time. Leninists and Fabians are usually friendly with each other. They may disagree intensely over theoretical issues and style, but never over goals. Margaret Cole was the Chairman of the Fabian Society in 1955 and 1956. Her father GDH Cole was one of the early leaders of the organization dating back to 1937. In her book, The Story of Socialism, she describes the common bond that binds collectivists together. She says: It plainly emerges that the basic similarities were much greater than the differences, that the basic Fabian aims of the abolition of poverty, through legislation and administration; and of the communal control of production and social life. were pursued with unabated energy by people trained in Fabian traditions, whether at the moment of time they called themselves Fabians or loudly repudiated the name. The fundamental likeness is attested by the fact that, after the storms produced first by Syndicalism and then by the Russian Revolution in its early days had died down, those rebel Fabians who had joined the Communist Party (and the many who had initially joined it and left in all haste), together with GDHs connections in the world education movement, and his young disciples from Oxford of the twenties, found no mental difficulty in entering the revived Fabian Society of 1939 nor did the surviving faithful find any difficulties with collaborating with them. Fabians are according to their own symbolism, Wolves in Sheeps Clothing, and their style is more effective in countries where parliamentary traditions are well established and where people expect to have a voice in their own political destiny. Leninists on the other hand, tend to be Wolves in Wolves Clothing and their style is more effective in countries where parliamentary traditions are weak, and where people are used to dictatorships anyway. In countries where parliamentary traditions are strong, the primary tactic for both of these groups is to send their agents into the power centres of society in order to capture control from the inside. Power centres are those organisations and institutions that represent all
6
the politically influential segments of society. These include labor unions, political parties, church organisations, segments of the media, educational institutions, civic organisations, financial institutions and industrial corporations, to name just a few. A partial list of members of an organisation called the Council of Foreign Relations reveals that the power centres these people control are classic examples of this strategy. The combined influence of all these entities adds up to the total political power of the nation. To capture control of a nation, all that is required is to control its power centres, and that has been the strategy of Leninists and Fabians alike. They may disagree over style; they may compete over which of them will dominate the coming New World Order or over who will hold the highest positions in the pyramid of power; they may even send opposing armies into battle to establish territorial preeminence over portions of the globe, but they never quarrel over goals. Through it all, they are blood brothers under the skin, and they will always unite against their common enemy, which is any opposition to collectivism.
THE KEY THAT UNLOCKS THE DOOR THAT HIDES THE SECRETS
The Fabian symbols of the Wolf in Sheeps Clothing are emblazoned on a stained glass window that used to be in the Fabian headquarters. The window has been removed, we are told, for safety but there are many photographs showing the symbols in great details. The most significant part appears at the top. It is that famous line from Omar Khayam.Dear love, couldst thou and I with fate conspire to grasp this sorry scheme of things entire, would we not shatter it to bits and then remould it to the hearts desire? Elsewhere in the window there is a depiction of Sydney Webb and George Bernard Shaw striking the earth with hammers. The earth is on an anvil and they are striking it with hammers to shatter it to bits! Thats what they were saying at the Carnegie Endowment Fund. Was it the best way to re-mould society? War! It will shatter society to bits, break it apart, then we can re-mould it nearer to our hearts desire. And what is their hearts desire? It is collectivism.
7
FABIAN SOCIETY
Columbia Encyclopedia
British Socialist Society. An outgrowth of the Fellowship of the New Life (founded 1883 under the influence of Thomas Davidson). The Society was developed the following year by Frank Podmore and Edward Pease. George Bernard Shaw and Sidney Webb joined soon after this and became its outstanding exponents. The group achieved recognition with the publication of Fabian Essays (1889), with contributions by Shaw, Webb, Annie Besandt and Graham Wallas. The Fabians were opposed to the revolutionary theory of Marxism, holding that social reforms and socialist permeation of existing political associations would bring about the natural development of socialism. Repudiating the necessity of violent class struggle, they took little notice of trade unionism and other labor movements until Beatrice Potter (who later married Sidney Webb) joined the group. They subsequently helped create (1900) the unified Labour Representation Committee, which evolved into the Labour Party (UK), which adopted their main tenets. The Fabian Society remains as an affiliated research and publicity agency. (Today it is one of 15 Socialist parties affiliated with the Labour Party. Similar societies exist in Canada, Australia and New Zealand.)
FABIAN SOCIETY
The Weather Eye
Fabian Society members not only founded the London School of Economics but also the International Court of Justice at the Hague, and were largely involved in the creation of the UN and the League of Nations. They are very strong advocates for the Catastrophic Anthropogenic Global Warming pseudoscience because they are the types of people who have hijacked the environmental movement in order to use it to their political advantage. Their intent is to use environmental issues as a means to cause people to unite and demand that the issues be fixed, intending us to demand a global government that has the authority to fix global warming because sovereign national governments lack that ability. The UNs Agenda 21 is an example of a Fabian Society program
8
that sets international requirements of how people must live, learn, travel, eat and communicate. Its sole purpose is control of people, not protection of the environment. Fabian Society members have infiltrated national and regional governments world-wide. Some of them control governments. Local Fabian societies will often describe themselves as left-leaning think tanks and they like to try to deceive people as to their true beliefs. Understandably many members are often reluctant to admit their affiliation. Socialist is too soft a word to use for these people. Their idea of a perfect world more resembles a system fascistic to its core and administered through a form of scientific socialism. The result is a communitarian society where individualism must be relinquished for the betterment of the state. I think most of us dont want to live in a world like that, but our Fabian leaders have made up their minds, and will not stop striving for it regardless of what the public wants.
The Federal Reserve Observer (vol.12 no.92 April 2012)

In 1907 Russian communist leader, Lenin, was in exile in London. He was then the leader of a band of seventeen communists. He had no money and no place to stay. Ramsey MacDonald, a socialist who later became a Prime Minister of England, came to Lenins rescue. MacDonald arranged for Lenin and his revolutionaries to use the Brotherhood Church in London as a meeting place for his communists activity. Ironic that the same group that dethroned God in Russia would get their start in a Christian church. Lenin had to find a way to gain support and decided to send his chief assistant, Leon Trotsky, to New York to recruit money and followers. Joseph Fells, an American capitalist who believed in socialism, gave them a grant of 3,000 English pounds. Another ally, Paul Warburg, who ran a very successful financing firm in Germany called The House of Warburg with ties to the bank of Rothschild, was sent to the United States where he united with the Kuhn, Loeb Company and the Rockefellers.
9
FEDERAL RESERVE
The three of them merged their banks, which made them very powerful in the United States. The Rothschilds had also allied themselves with the J.P. Morgan empire. Paul Warburg was paid a salary of $500,000 per year by the Kuhn, Loeb Company to begin a six year campaign to set up what became the Federal Reserve Bank. During this time the Rockefellers, Morgan, and other top leaders of the banking industry met and formulated the Federal Reserve Act which passed in 1913. This Act gave the international financiers control of the finances of the United States. Lenins revolution in Russia was ultimately financed by Paul Warburg, Head of the U.S. Reserve Bank. Max Warburg, his brother and head of the Secret Police in Germany arranged for Germany to give 40 million gold marks to Lenin. We were at war with Germany at the time. On May 19, 1919, a meeting was held at the Majestic Hotel in Paris France for representatives of the international banking firm. Attending were M.P. Morgan, the Rockefellers, Kuhn, Loeb and the Rothschilds. The leader of the American group was Colonel Edward Mandell House (confidante of President Woodrow Wilson). It was decided to set up the Institute of International Affairs. In 1921, the American Branch had its charter written by Colonel House, the man who sought to set up a one new world government as dreamed by Karl Marx. The board of directors was selected, and among the directors was Paul Warburg, the founder of the Federal Reserve Bank. The organization was officially incorporated as The Council of Foreign Relations. In 1929 the Rockefellers presented the Council of Foreign Relations with their stately New York headquarters located across the street from the Russian Embassy. Later they donated the land for the building of the United Nations. Afterword: Lenin prophesied that the United States would spend itself to destruction. Toward that end the graduated income tax was the first essential step. C. Parkinson The Law and the Profits.
10
LENIN, TROTSKY AND THE BOLSHEVIK REVOLUTION

The Soviet Union is founded with the financial support of the Western Oligarchs. Modern History Project
Nikolai Lenin (Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanove) 1870-1924 was a Russian revolutionary and student of Marx, who was out for revenge after his older brother, Alexander, was hung in 1887 along with four comrades for conspiring to assassinate Czar Alexander II, the grandfather of Nicholas II. During his teenage years he admired Mikhail Bakunin (1814-1876), a follower of Weishaupts principles and a Satanist, who was the driving force behind the initial effort to organise communism. In 1887 Lenin entered Kazan University, and in 1889 he became a Mason and soon began advocating the philosophies of Marx. In 1891, he passed his law exam. In the early 1900s, he said that Socialism could only be achieved by mobilising workers and peasants through revolution, since trade unions were not able to bring about any change. Lenin was an advocate of the Populist doctrine, which had been developed by author Aleksandr Herzen during the 1860s. He felt that the peasant communes could be the Socialist society of the future, and called the Russian Socialism to be based on the ancient peasant tradition. The peasant revolt later developed into all out revolution. In 1881, they succeeded in assassinating Czar Alexander II, and continued to function as a conspiratorial organisation. Many Populists began advocating Marxist doctrines, and in 1883 established the Marxist Liberation of Labor Group. Lenin wanted to use the Populists to overthrow the government and introduce Socialism. He added two Marxist elements to the Populist theory: the notion of a class struggle and the need for Russia to pass through a stage of capitalism. He led the people to believe that the purpose of his movement was to help the working class. In 1903, in London, he initiated a split in the Russian Social Democratic Workers Party, which was completed in 1912, and became known as the All Russian Communist Party in 1908. His
11
left wing faction became known as the Bolsheviks or Bolshinstvo which meant majority (the Mensheviks or menshinstvo meant minority). The movement was slow to catch on, and by 1907 he only had 17 members, but he soon would have over 40,000. He received financial support from the Fabians in England, including a $15,000 contribution from Joseph Fels, an American soap manufacturer and a Fabian. George Bernard Shaw, one of the Fabian founders, called Lenin the greatest Fabian of them all and in a speech he made in Moscow in 1931 he said: It is a real comfort to me, an old man, to be able to step into my grave with the knowledge that the civilisation of the world will be saved. It is here in Russia that I have actually been convinced that the new Communist system is capable of leading mankind out of the present crisis, and saving it from complete anarchy and ruin. The Russian Revolution The Rothschilds, through Milner, planned the Russian Revolution and along with Schiff (who gave $20,000,000), Sir George Buchanan, the Warburgs, the Rockefellers, the partners of J.P. Morgan (who gave at least $1 million) Olaf Aschberg (of the Nye Bank of Stockholm, Sweden) the Rhine Westphalian Syndicate, a financier named Jovotovsky (whose daughter later married Trotsky), William Boyce Thompson (a director of Chase National Bank who contributed $1,000,000) and Albert H. Wiggin (President of Chase National Bank) helped finance it. The Rockefellers had given their financial support to the Communists after the Czar refused to give them access to the Russian oil fields which were already being pumped by the Royal Dutch company (owned by the Rothschilds and the Nobel brothers) and giving Standard Oil plenty of competition on the international market. Even though John D. Rockefeller possessed $15,000,000 in bonds from the Royal Dutch Co. and Shell, rather than purchase stock to get his goods in the door and indirectly profit, he helped to finance the Revolution so that he would be able to get Standard Oil firmly established in Russia. In October, 1917, the Bolshevik revolution began. Grand Duke
12
Nicholas said: It is on God himself that the Bolsheviks are waging war. Czar Nicholas was dethroned in March after a series of riots. Nearly 250,000 revolutionaries returned to Russia. Nikolai Lenin returns from London In October 1917 when the Revolution started, Lenin, who was in Switzerland also exiled because of the 1905 uprising (and after having spent several years plotting with the Fabians in London) negotiated with the German High Command, with the help of Max Warburg (head of the Rothschild-affiliated Warburg bank in Frankfurt) to allow him, his wife, and 32 other Bolsheviks to travel across Germany to Sweden where he was to pick up the money being held for him in the Swedish bank, then go on to Petrograd. He promised them he would make peace with Germany but he would no longer work within the government to effect change, that they had to strike immediately in force to end the war, and end the hunger conditions of the peasants. After seizing the reins of power from Kerensky on November 7, 1917, he replaced the democratic republic with a communist Soviet state. Leon Trotsky returns from New York Leon Trotsky, whose real name was Lev Davidson Bronstein (1879 1940), the son of wealthy Jewish parents, was exiled from Russia because of his part in the aborted revolution in 1905, and was a reporter for Novy Mir, a communist paper in New York, from 1916-7. He had an expensive apartment and traveled around town in a chauffeur-driven limousine. He sometimes stayed at the Krupp mansion, and had been going in and out of Schiffs New York mansion. Leon Trotsky (Lev Bronstein) was given $20,000 in Jacob Schiff gold to help finance the revolution, which was deposited in a Warburg bank, then transferred to the Nye Banken (Nye Bank) in Stockholm, Sweden, according to the Knickerbocker Column in the New York Journal America (February 3, 1949). Today it is estimated by Jacobs grandson, John Schiff, that the old man sunk about $20,000,000 for the final triumph of Bolshevism in Russia. Leon Trotsky left New York aboard the S.S. Kristaniafjord (S.S. Christiana), which had been chartered by Schiff and Warburg on March 27,1917 along with communist revolutionaries. At Halifax in Nova Scotia on April 3, the first port they docked at, the Canadians
13
under orders from the British Admiralty seized Trotsky and his men, taking them to the prison at Amherst, and impounding the gold. Official records, later declassified by the Canadian government, indicate that they knew Trotsky and his small army were Socialists leaving for the purposes of starting a revolution against the present Russian governmentThe Canadians were concerned that if Lenin took over Russia, he would sign a peace treaty and stop the fighting between Russia and Germany, so that the German Army could be diverted to possibly mount an offensive against the United States and Canada. The British government (through intelligence officer Sir William Wiseman, who later became a partner with Kuhn, Loeb and the American government through Colonel House) urged them to let Trotsky go. President Woodrow Wilson said that if they did not comply, the U.S. would not enter the war. Trotsky was released, given an American passport, a British transport visa and a Russian entry permit. It is obvious that Trotsky knew what was going on, because accompanying Trotsky, was Charles Crane of the Westinghouse Company, who was the Chairman of the Democratic Committee. The U.S. entered the war on April 6, 1917. Trotsky arrived in Petrograd on May 17. Western Response to the Soviet Revolution In a speech to the House of Commons on November 5, 1919 Winston Churchill said: Lenin was sent into Russia in the same way that you might send a vial containing a culture of typhoid or of cholera to be poured into the water supply of a city, and it worked with amazing accuracy. No sooner did Lenin arrive than he began beckoning a finger here, and a finger there, to obscure persons in sheltered retreats in New York, Glasgow, Berne and other countries, and he gathered together the leading spirits of a formidable sect, the most formidable sect in the world. With these spirits around him he set to work with demonical ability to tear to pieces every institution on which the Russian State depended. In a February 8, 1920 article for the Illustrated Sunday Herald, Churchill wrote: From the days of Spartacus Weishaupt, to those
14
of Trotsky, Bela-Kuhn, Rosa Luxembourg and Emma Goldman, this world-wide conspiracy has been steadily growing. This conspiracy played a definitely recognisable role in the tragedy of the French Revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the 19th century, and now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads, and have become practically the undisciplined masters of that enormous empire. There is no need to exaggerate the part played in the creation of Bolshevism and in the bringing about of the Russian revolution by those international, and for the most part, atheistical Jews. It is certainly a very great one; it probably outweighs all others. With the notable exception of Lenin, the majority of the leading figures are Jews. Russian General Arsene DeGoulevitch wrote in Czarism and the Revolution that: The main purveyor of funds for the revolution, however, were neither crackpot Russian millionaires nor armed bandits of Lenin. The real money primarily came from certain British and American circles which, for a long time past, had lent their support to the Russian revolutionary cause. It was engineered by the English, more precisely by Sir George Buchanan and Lord (Alfred) Milne (of the Round Table) . In private conversations I have been told that over 21 million roubles were sent by Lord Milne in financing the Russian revolution. The article details support rushed to Russia by Western oil companies and banks: America sent Russia vast quantities of goods and other relief supplies. Lenin had said that the capitalist would do business with anyone, and when Russia was through with them, the Communists would take over the world. That is what the Russian Communists have been led to believe. In reality the financiers were completely financing the entire country of Russia in order to transform it into a world power with principles completely opposite to that of the United States.
15
SECTION 2
one world government

QUOTES FROM TEXT: In 1884, a small group of English intellectuals formed the Fabian Society. It was their goal to establish the same classless, godless, socialistic one-world society envisioned by Marx. Fabians believed that intellectual revolutionaries would acquire power and influence in the official opinionmaking and power-wielding agencies of the world. Then, they could quietly establish a socialistic, one-world-order Government. Leadership of the group was assumed by Beatrice and Sidney Webb and the Irish author and playwright, George Bernard Shaw. Shaw described himself as a communist but differed with Marx over how the revolution would be accomplished and by whom. He spelled out these differences in 1901 in his Who I am, What I think when he wrote: Marxs Capital is not a treatise on Socialism; it is a jeremiad against the bourgeoisie (middle class). It was supposed to be written for the working class; but the working man respects the bourgeoisie and wants to be a bourgeoisie; Marx never got hold of him for a moment. It was the revolting sons of the bourgeoisie itself, like myself, that painted the flag Red. The middle and upper classes are the revolutionary element in society: the proletariat is the conservative element.
17
SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT
Weather Eye internet June 2010

The Fabian Society is a very old group originating in England in 1884, with the purpose of forming a single global socialist state. They get their name from the Roman general Fabius, who used carefully planned strategies to slowly wear down his enemies over a long period of time to obtain victory. Fabian Socialism uses incremental change over a long period of time to slowly transform a state, as opposed to using violent revolution for change. It is essentially socialism by stealth. Their original emblem was a shield with a Wolf in Sheeps Clothing holding a flag with the letters F.S. Today the international symbol of the Fabian Society is a Turtle, with the motto below: When I strike, I strike hard. Fabian Society members included H.G.Wells, George Bernard Shaw, Sidney Webb, Annie Besant, Ramsay McDonald, Tony Blair and Australias new Prime Minister, Julia Gillard (as New Zeal recently exposed). The Fabian Window is a stained glass window on display at the London School of Economics, and depicts Sidney Webb and Edward R. Pease hammering the earth on an anvil beneath the Fabian Societys emblem. At the top of the window are the words, Remould it to the hearts desire. To give you an idea of the type of world these people would like to remould here is a quote from George Bernard Shaw: Under Socialism, you would not be allowed to be poor. You would be forcibly fed, clothed, lodged, taught and employed whether you like it or not. If it were discovered that you had not character and industry enough to be worth all this trouble, you might possibly be executed in a kindly manner, but whilst you were permitted to live, you would have to live well. In the ultimate Nanny State, with no free will or right to choose, you are owned by the elites and discarded when you are no longer any use. Fabian Society members founded the British Labour Party, the London School of Economics, the International Court of Justice at the Hague, and were largely involved in the creation of the UN
19
THE FABIAN SOCIETY
and the League of Nations before it. They have enormous influence in global matters, yet hardly anyone knows who they are and what they stand for. They are very strong advocates for the Catastrophic Anthropogenic Global Warming pseudoscience because they are the types of people who have hijacked the environmental movement in order to use it to their political advantage. Their intent is to use environmental issues as a means to cause people to unite and demand that the issues be fixed, intending us to demand a global government that has the authority to fix global warming because sovereign national governments lack that ability. The UNs Agenda 21 is an example of a Fabian Society program that sets international requirements for how people must live, learn, travel, eat and communicate. Its sole purpose is control of people, not protection of the environment. Fabian Society members have infiltrated national and regional governments world-wide, some of them control governments. Local Fabian Societies will often describe themselves as left-leaning think tanks and the like, to try and deceive people as to their true beliefs. Understandably, many members are often reluctant to admit their affiliation. Socialist is too soft a word to use for these people. Their idea of a perfect world more resembles a system fascistic at the core, and administered through a form of scientific socialism. The result is a communitarian society, where individualism must be relinquished for the betterment of the state. I think most of us do not want to live in a world like that, but our leaders have made up their minds and will not stop striving for it regardless of what the public think. NB: Australia has had five successive Fabian Prime Ministers since 1970 Gough Whitlam, Robert Hawke, Paul Keating, Kevin Rudd, Julia Gillard plus various Deputies. Responses to The Fabian Society. Dennis October 9, 2010 I had not heard of the Fabian Society, but when my children and I were
20
studying Woodrow Wilson (US President World War I), we learned that he was a fan of the Fabian Society and used many of these socialist principles when he helped begin the League of Nations. I hope our America will lose the apathy before it is too late. (NB: the US congress refused to join). Anne October 23, 2010 Wilson realized that he had been used by the men behind the curtain and he was apparently deeply regretful of his actions before his death. He was responsible for passing the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, handing over the issue of currency, and basically control over the entire economy, to a private bank accountable to no one. Most people investigating this sort of thing will already know that, but Wilson said some quite interesting things: We have restricted credit, we have restricted opportunity, we have controlled development and we have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilized world no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and the duress of small groups of dominant men. Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had mens views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the U.S., in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.
OLEG GORDIEVSKY
Gordievsky, the most voluble KGB defector ever to the West, wrote to the London newspaper, The Independent, on July 21, 1998: Russia under the Tsar Nikolas II, with all the survivals of feudalism, had opposition political parties, independent trade union newspapers, a rather radical parliament and a modern legal system. Its agriculture
21
was on the level of the USA with its industry rapidly approaching Western European levels. In the U.S.S.R. there was total tyranny, no political liberties and practically no human rights. Its agriculture was destroyed. Its economy was not viable. The terror against the population reached a scope unprecedented in human history. No wonder many Russians look back at Tsarist Russia as a paradise lost.
CHAIRMAN MAO
The Great Leader of China Communist Revolution
Chairman Mao emerged the victor in China in 1949 after 38 years of civil war following the collapse of the Manchu dynasty in 1911. He did so thanks to Communist Russia which had continually financed, and trained him to become the most ruthless and fanatical leader of all with his belief, declared in 1938 that the theories of Marx, Engels, Lenin and Stalin can be applied to the whole universe as a guide to action. In the class warfare that followed from 1949-1956, Mao instigated the beheading, and beating to death, of 2-3 million landlords to mobilise peasant support. Up to 28 million died in the famine of the Great Leap Forward of 1955, and 20 more in the same process of destroying all private ownership of land by herding people into communes as in Russia some thirty years before.
WHO HEARS THE WARNING BELL OF RICHARD PIPER?

Richard Piper, the greatest living historian of modem Russia warned that From the day the Bolsheviks (communists) seized power in Russia in 1917 there have been dozens of attempts made in every part of the world to instal societies based on Communist principles. Moscow generously supported them with money, weapons and guidance. Virtually all failed. In the end communism collapsed in Russia and today survives in only a few countries China, North Korea, Vietnam and Cuba and even there the Communists hold on to power only at the price of making concessions to capitalism (p.147). The cost of the experiments in Marxist Utopianism were staggering.
22
They took a huge toll on human lives. Stephanie Courtois, editor of the Black Book of Communism, estimates the global number of Communisms victims at between 85 and 100 million, which is 50% greater than the deaths caused by the two World Wars. Various justifications have been offered for these losses, such as that one cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs. Apart from the fact that human beings are not eggs, the trouble is that no omelette has emerged from the slaughter.
THE FABIANS AND THE COMMUNISTS
None Dare call it Treason (p.21-23) by John A. Stormer
Following Marxs death in 1883, his theories were made a world force by two developments. They were the rise of the Fabian Society in England and Lenins Bolshevik movement. In 1884, a small group of English intellectuals formed the Fabian Society. It was their goal to establish the same classless, godless, socialistic one-world society envisioned by Marx. Fabians believed that intellectual revolutionaries would acquire power and influence in the official opinion-making and power-wielding agencies of the world. Then, they could quietly establish a socialistic, one-world-order Government. Leadership of the group was assumed by Beatrice and Sidney Webb and the Irish author and playwright, George Bernard Shaw. Shaw described himself as a communist but differed with Marx over how the revolution would be accomplished and by whom. He spelled out these differences in 1901 in his Who I am, What I think when he wrote: Marxs Capital is not a treatise on Socialism; it is a jeremiad against the bourgeoisie (middle class). It was supposed to be written for the working class; but the working man respects the bourgeoisie and wants to be a bourgeoisie; Marx never got hold of him for a moment. It was the revolting sons of the bourgeoisie itself, like myself, that painted the flag Red. The middle and upper classes are the revolutionary element in society: the proletariat is the conservative element.
On this basis, Shaw and the Fabians worked for world revolution,
not through an uprising of the workers but through indoctrination

23
of young scholars. The Fabians believed that eventually these intellectual revolutionaries would acquire power and influence in the official opinion-making and power-wielding agencies of the world. Then, they could quietly establish a socialistic, oneworld order. Sidney Webb formulated the highly successful method this future schooled, and fanatically dedicated, core of revolutionaries would adopt. They would combine illegal forms of struggle with every form of legal struggle. Their power would be multiplied through infiltration and penetration of existing governments, organizations and groups. Thus, they would redirect the influence, prestige and power of capitalistic institutions for the benefit of world communism. In the labor field, for example, Lenin advised his followers: to agree to any and every sacrifice, and even if need be to resort to all sorts of devious maneouvers, and illegal methods, to evasion and subterfuge, in order to penetrate the trade unions, to remain in them, and to carry on communist work in them at all costs. Another of Lenins strategies for multiplying the power and strength of the small, dedicated group of revolutionaries was to exploit the differences between non-communist groups so as to incite one against another. Stalin later spelled out Lenins theory in detail in the book, Stalin on China. The most powerful enemy can be conquered only by exerting the utmost effort, and by necessarily, thoroughly, carefully, attentively and skillfully taking advantage of every, even the smallest rift, among enemies, of every antagonism of interest among bourgeoisie within the various countries, and also by taking advantage of every, even the smallest, opportunity, of gaining a mass ally, even though this ally be temporary, vacillating, unstable, unreliable, and conditional. Those who do not understand this do not understand even a particle of Marxism, or of scientific, modern Socialism. A classic example of such modern socialism in practice was Fidel Castros takeover of Cuba. Of Castros followers about 98% were non24
communists. The Cuban people would not have tolerated the bearded fanatic had they known he was a communist. Yet, by exploiting their differences with another anti-communist, Batista, Castro was able to get the temporary support he needed to establish a communist regime in Cuba. In America, communists inspired the student riots against the House Committee on Un-American Activities in San Francisco on May 12-14, 1960 using the same tactics. A small group of trained, dedicated communist agents fanned the difference between the students and a committee of Congress. Several thousand non-communist students were stirred, first to demonstrate, and then to riot against lawful democracy. An excellent example has been the implementation of a special Moscow Manifesto issued December 5, 1960 which ordered the destruction of the growing free world anti-communist movement. American communists alone could not neutralise the fast-growing grass roots anti-communist movement in the United States with a frontal attack. Instead, the comparatively few communist agents in America and their more numerous fellow-travelers in liberal movements, the press, and other opinion-making positions have worked to pit sizeable segments of the American people against other Americans dedicated to fighting communists. The methods and tactics used are documented in a fascinating study by the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee which is discussed at length in Chapter IV. Teaching these, and equally devious methods, and by restricting their recruits to only the most fanatical and dedicated, Lenin and the seven followers who formed the Bolshevik movement, then swelled their ranks to 17 in the first four years. They returned to London in 1907 and searched for a suitable meeting place. The Fabians came to their assistance. Ramsey MacDonald, later a threetime prime minister of Great Britain, arranged for Lenins Bolsheviks to use the Brotherhood Church in Londons east end. The conference was financed by a grant of 3,000 pounds from Joseph Fels, a wealthy American soap manufacturer and a leader of the Fabian movement.
25
Just ten years later, Lenins 17 followers had become 40,000. They subverted and seized the Democratic Socialist Republic established by Kerensky in Russia after the fall of the Czar in 1917. The early co-operation between the communists and the Fabians, without which Lenin might have faded into oblivion, has continued as a united anti-capitalistic front down through the years. The Fabians abhor the aggressive nature of communism but cannot attack communisms godless, classless, socialistic oneworld concepts because the Fabian creed is based on the same goals and beliefs.
THE OPEN CONSPIRACY

Wikipedia
The Open Conspiracy was a book published in 1928 by H. G. Wells. In 1932 a revised and expanded version was published, and a further revised edition appeared in 1931 entitled What are we to do with our Lives? A final version appeared in 1933 under its original title. This is one of Wells essays in working towards a Utopian society. In it, he describes how everyone in the world would take part in an Open Conspiracy which would adjust our discontented world. Wells attempts to show how political, social, and religious differences could be reconciled, resulting in a more unified, inter-co-operating human race. Excerpt from Wells book What are we doing with our lives? It seemed to me that all over the world intelligent people were waking up to the indignity and absurdity of being endangered, restrained, and impoverished, by a mere uncritical adhesion to traditional governments, traditional ideas of economic life and traditional forms of behaviour, and that these awaking intelligent people must constitute first a protest, and then a creative resistance to the inertia, that was stifling and threatening us. W. Warren Wagars critical appraisal of H. G. Wells The American political scientist W. Warren Wagar has published a new edition of The Open Conspiracy with an extensive critical introduction. Wagar presents a number of issues on which he is in disagreement with Wells scheme for global reconstruction, and a global
26
commonwealth. Wagers seven negative points can be summarized as follows: Wells harboured a dangerous antipathy to the whole idea of democracy, of government by the people. Wells was anti-Marxist to the extent that he would learn nothing from Marx and Engels Wagar cannot reconcile (Wells) vision of how the Open Conspiracy would be structured, or rather not structured, and the tremendous tasks he assigned it to undertake. However these substantial criticisms are overshadowed by Wagars appraisal of the Open Conspiracy. He agreed with Wells as follows: Armed resistance to the sovereign state systems if necessary. Emergence of a new secular religion of humanity. Transfer of ownership of several key categories of capital from private hands to constituted world authorities. In all, he agreed that the basic idea of an Open Conspiracy to lead our divided bickering tribes of the Cosmopolis to an organic world civilization, is the most urgent idea of our time. Critique by G. K. Chesterton In a June 16, 1928 article in the Illustrated London News, Wellss good friend and life-long critic G. K. Chesterton reviewed the book and explained the danger he saw in what Wells was saying about the general tendency towards establishing a world control. It seems to me that a good many things might happen, if there is nothing to control the movement towards control. Ideas can be perverted only too easily even when they are strict ideas. I cannot see how we preserve them from perversion merely by making them loose ideas. The Catholic system is a system; that is one idea balances and corrects another. A man like Mahomet or Marx, or in its own way, Calvin, find that system too complex and simplifies everything to a single idea. But it is a definite idea. He naturally builds a rather unbalanced system with his one definite idea. But I cannot see why there should be a better chance for a man trying to build a balanced system with one
27
indefinite idea There are two difficulties in this glorification of world government. One is the very simple fact that the real difficulty of representative government is how to make it representative, even in the smallest of small nationalities, even in the nearest parish council. Why we should talk as if we should have more influence over rulers governing the whole earth from Geneva or Chicago, I have never been able to see. Mr. Wells can spread himself in describing how world controls would control us. He seems relatively vague about how we should control them. The other objection is less simple and would need a more atmospheric description, but it is even more real. Mr. Wells is driven to perpetual disparagement of patriotism and militant memories, and yet his appeal is always to the historic pride of man. Now nearly all normal men have in fact received their civilisation through their citizenship; and to lose their past would be to lose their link with mankind. An Englishman who is not English is not European; a Frenchman who is not fully French is not fully human. Nations have not always been seals or stoppers closing up the ancient wine of the world; they have been the vessels that received it. And, as with many ancient vessels, each of them is a work of art. NB: George Orwell, once a fan of the fantastical books of H.G. Wells condemned him in 1941 (after publication of Wells sequel to Open Conspiracy in 1940), writing in an article headed Wells, Hitler and the World State that the singleness of mind, the one-sided imagination that made Wells seem like an inspired prophet in the Edwardian age, make him a shallow, inadequate thinker now. Wells replied You shit!
GEORGE ORWELL, WELLS, HITLER AND THE WORLD STATE

(Guide to the New World 1941 reprint of articles)
Since they (the articles) were written the German Army has overrun the Balkans. It can march through Turkey or Spain at such time as it may suit it, and it has undertaken the invasion of Russia. What has Wells to set against the screaming little defective in Berlin? The usual rigmarole about a World State, plus the Sankey Declaration,
28
which is an attempted definition of fundamental human rights For his sake, a great nation (Germany) has been willing to overwork itself for six years, and then to fight for two years more.What has kept England on its feet this past year? The atavistic emotion of patriotism, the ingrained feeling of the English-speaking people that they are superior to foreigners. For the past twenty years the main object of left-wing English intellectuals has been to break those feeling down. If they had succeeded, we might be watching the S.S. men patrolling the London streets at this moment. If one looks through nearly any book, that Wells has written in the last forty years, one finds the same idea constantly recurring: the supposed antithesis between the man of science who is working towards a planned World State and the reactionary who is trying to restore a disorderly past. Now there survives somewhere or other an interesting controversy which took place between Wells and Churchill at the time of the Russian Revolution. Wells accused Churchill of not really believing his own propaganda about the Bolsheviks (Russian communist revolutionaries) being monsters dripping with blood, etc. but of merely fearing that they were going to introduce an era of common sense and scientific control, in which flag-wavers like Churchill himself would have no place. Churchills estimate of the Bolsheviks was nearer the mark than Wells. The early Bolsheviks may have been angels or demons, according as one chooses to regard them, but at any rate they were not sensible men. They were not producing a Wellsian Utopia but a Rule, which like that the English Rule of the Saints, was a military despotism, enlivened by witchcraft trials How much influence any mere writer has, and especially a popular writer whose work takes effect quickly, is questionable, but I doubt whether anyone who was writing books between 1900 and 1920, at any rate in the English language, influenced the young so much. The minds of all of us, and therefore the physical world, would be perceptibly different if Wells had never existed But because he belonged to the 19th century and to a non-military nation and class, he could not grasp the strength of the old world,
29
which was symbolised in his mind by fox-hunting Tories. He was, and still is, quite incapable of understanding that nationalism, religious bigotry and feudal loyalty are far more powerful forces than what he himself would describe as bigotry. ...A crude book like The Iron Heel, written 30 years ago, is a truer prophecy of the future than either Brave New World or The Shape of Things to Come. NB: All this in the name of sustainability. But what is sustainability?
The serfdom of individuals by central planning. By economist and philosopher Friedrich von Hayek 1944 (Wikipedia)
Hayek warned of the dangers of tyranny that inevitably result from government control of economic decision-making through central planning, and in which he argues that the abandonment of individualism, classical liberation and freedom inevitably leads to socialist or fascist oppression and tyranny and the serfdom of the individual. Significantly, Hayek challenged the general view among British academics that fascism was a capitalist reaction against socialism, instead arguing that fascism and socialism had common roots in central economic planning and the power of the state over the individual. Hayek argues that western democracies, including the United Kingdom and the Western States, have progressively abandoned that freedom in economic affairs without which personal and political freedom has never existed in the past. Society has mistakenly tried to ensure continuing prosperity by centralized planning which inevitably leads to totalitarianism. We have in effect undertaken to dispose with the forces which produced unforeseen results and to replace the impersonal and anonymous mechanism of the market by collective and conscious direction of all social forces to deliberately chosen goals. Socialism, while presented as a means of assuring equality, does so through restraint and servitude, while democracy seeks equality in liberty.
30
THE ROAD TO SERFDOM
Planning, because coercive, is an inferior method of regulation, while the co-operation of a free market is superior because it is the only method by which our activities can be adjusted to each other without coercive or arbitrary intervention of authority. Centralised planning is inherently undemocratic, because it requires that the will of a small minority is imposed upon peopleThe power of these minorities to act by taking money or property in pursuit of centralized goals, destroy the Rule of Law and individual freedoms. Where there is concentrated planning, the individual would more than ever become a mere means, to be used by the authority in the service of such abstractions as the social welfare or the good of the community. Even the very poor have more personal freedom in an open society than a generally planned one. While the last resort of a competitive economy is the bailiff, the ultimate sanction of a planned society is the hangman. Socialism is a hypocritical system, because its professed humanitarian goals can only be put into practice by brutal methods of which most socialists disapprove. Such centralised systems also require effective propaganda, so that the people come to believe that the states goals are theirs. NB: All sources, and critical comments are cited in this Wikipedia entry.
Police shooting of Mark Duggan (Wikipedia)

On August 4, 2011, a police officer shot and killed 29 year-old Mark Duggan during an attempt to arrest him on the Ferry Lane bridge, next to Tottenham Hale station. After the shooting, the media widely reported that a bullet was found embedded in a police radio, implying Duggan fired on the police. Friend and relatives of Duggan were reported to have said he was unarmed. The police later revealed that the initial ballistics test on the bullet recovered from the police radio indicate that it was a very distinct police issue hollow-point bullet. The IPPC later stated that a loaded Bruni BBM blank-firing pistol, converted to fire live
31
2011 ENGLAND RIOTS
ammunition, was recovered from the scene. It was wrapped in a sock and there was no evidence that it had been fired. At lunchtime on August 6, seven hours before the march and subsequent riot took place, a meeting was called by police between local community leaders, councillors and members of police advisory groups. In this meeting, police were warned several times that there would possibly be another riot similar to the Broadwater Farm riot of 1985 if local concerns regarding the death were not addressed. The same day a protest was held, initially peacefully, beginning at Broadwater Farm and finishing at Tottenham police station. The protest was organised by friends and relatives of Duggan to demand justice for the family. Rioting occurred shortly after 120 peopled marched via High Road. The group now of some 300 people demanded that a senior local police officer come out to speak to them; and stayed there hours longer than they originally planned because they were not satisfied with the seniority of the officers available at the time. Violence broke out based on an allegation that the police had attacked a 16 year-old girl. Rioting and looting followed first in Tottenham and later in Tottenham Hale retail park. The spread of news and rumours about the previous evenings disturbances in Tottenham sparked riots during the night of August 7, in the London districts of Brixton, Enfield, Islington, Wood Green, and Oxford Circus in the centre of London. The morning of August 8, was quiet, but by evening areas across London were affected by widespread looting, arson and violence, with significant outbreaks in parts of Battersea, Brixton, Bomley, Camden, Chingford Mount, Croydon, Earling, East Ham, Hackney, Harrow, Lewisham, Peckham, Stratford, Waltham Forest, Woolwich and Woodgreen. A man was found shot in Croydon and died later. Another man, assaulted in Earling, died in hospital. Following a greatly increased police presence, London was quiet on August 9, but rioting continued in Birmingham (where, according to the police account, eleven shots were fired on police including a police helicopter, and petrol bombs thrown at officers) and Nottingham and spread to Leicester, West Bromwich and Wolverhampton in the Midlands and to Bury, Liverpool, Manchester, Richdale, Salford,
32
Wythenshaw, Sefton and Wirral in the north-west of England. On August 10, London remained quiet while hundreds of arrests were being made by the police. Three men were killed in Birmingham in a hit-and-run incident related to the disturbances. Looting and violence continued around Manchester and Liverpool. There were reports that the Blackberry Messenger service was used by looters to organise their activities and that inflammatory and inaccurate accounts of events on social media sites may have incited disturbances. During the early rioting, two men were killed and 14 injured. In total 186 police officers were injured and five police dogs. Ten firefighters were also injured as vehicles, homes and shops were set alight. At least 100 homes were destroyed in the arson and looting. The Financial Times reported that an analysis showed that 48,000 local businesses shops, restaurants, pubs and clubs had suffered as a result of the looting and rioting in English streets. NB: Editors note. As one in London from Australia at the Brixton riots over 31 years ago, and in these 2011 riots, my immediate reaction to the latter was, who was organising the riots, as was the case in the former when we found local shopkeepers boarding up their shops due to a warning beforehand. When the rioting expanded in fast and so widespread a manner, I suspected a far more sophisticated organisation. It clearly was, compared to a merely random one. When I typed in communism together with anarchism in an internet search I found this organization, founded in 1975, impatient with the Marxist slow advance to revolution via the unions, boasting of their involvement in Britains mining riots, poll tax riots, housing riots, university sit-ins and the central London riots which led to the invasion of Fortnum and Mason. Yet not a hint to be found in the welter of 267 media articles, listed by Wikipedia over these 2011 riots, of anything but the usual sociological brow-beating and blame game about the state of our society. Arguably the only thing disputable about Britain is that it has become far too lavish in its welfare to be able to manage the flood of migrants it has attracted without sufficient means to employ or absorb them that is supposing all prefer either to permanent welfare.
33
HERBERT VERE EVATT (Australia)

President Third Session of the General Assembly
Dr. Evatt has headed every delegation to the Assembly from the beginning. Born in 1894 at East Maitland, NSW, Dr. Evatt graduated in 1917 at the University of Sydney. A year after admission to the Australian Bar, he was elected as an MP in the NSW Parliament. His appointment to the High Court of Australia in 1930, aged 36, the youngest ever in the British Empire, in the absence of the Prime Minister was highly equivocal. In 1940 he sought election to the federal parliament. In 1941 he took up the dual role of Attorney General and Minister for External Affairs. In 1942-3 he headed the Australian Missions to Washington and London. He represented Australia in the British Council, the British War Cabinet, the British Commonwealth Prime Ministers, the Council of Foreign Ministers in 1945, and the Paris Peace Conference. In the latter two conferences he would undoubtedly have met the Russian Foreign Minister, Molotov, a matter of interest in that his connection with Molotov became a highly significant issue both in the San Francisco Conference of 1948 and the later Petrov affair in Australia in 1955.
By Christopher Sheil Reflections on the 60th Anniversary Evatt Foundation

The Evatt Foundation was founded in 1979 as a memorial to Dr. Herbert Vere Evatt, or the Doc as he was universally known, with the aim of upholding the highest ideals of the Labor movement equality, democracy, social justice and human rights. In the time since 1979 there have been five presidents of the foundation. I am the first to have no personal memory of Dr. Evatt. My knowledge of the Doc, including his role in the United Nations, is purely secondary partly through my research on labour history, which is where my qualifications lie, Born in Maitland in 1894 he graduated in Arts and Law with one of the most brilliant academic records ever attained. As well as every other prize on offer, the Doc won the university medal twice. Later he added a doctorate in law. He became a distinguished advocate
34
The Doc, the UN and the UDHR
He remains the youngest person ever to have been appointed as a Justice of the High Court. He was a member of both the New South Wales and Commonwealth Parliaments. He was the Federal Attorney General and Minister for External affairs for 8 years, the Leader of the Opposition for 3 years and finally, at the end of his career, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of New South Wales... His achievements included playing an extraordinary role in international affairs between 1941 and 1948. It is this period that is the subject of this talk, in particular the year 1948. What was the significance of the Docs election as the President of the General Assembly for its Third session 60 years ago? What did he have to do with the adoption of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights during his term in the chair? Both the Docs election as President of the Assembly, and his part in the adoption of the Universal Declaration, derive from his legendary role at the conference in San Francisco that formed the United Nations in 1948, 63 years ago. The San Francisco conference To appreciate the Docs role in San Francisco it is first necessary to appreciate something of the international content. In the wake of the failure of the League of Nations in 1939, the early indications of the direction for the new world organisation were that the body would essentially be limited to maintaining security against military aggression. At the Cairo conference in 1943 Churchill, Roosevelt and Chiang-Kai-Shek decided on the post-war disposition of Japanese-occupied islands in the Pacific without consultation. At Dumbarton Oaks in Washington in 1944, the United States, the Soviet Union, the United Kingdom and China planned the future of international organisation. At the Yalta Conference in February 1945, Roosevelt, Stalin and Churchill came to joint positions on the new international order. Australia had virtually no role in these early developments to the dismay of the Prime Minister John Curtin and his brilliant Minister for External Affairs. The Great Powers the United Kingdom, France, the United States, the Soviet Union and China basically approached the San Francisco conference as an exercise in consulting with the other nations on amendments to the Yalta and Dumbarton texts, amendments that they had already agreed upon between
35
themselves. Broadly, the Great Powers proposed to explain and discuss, but not substantially amend, a blueprint for an organisation centred on military security and dominated by the Security council on which each of them would have a comprehensive veto power. The Curtin government and Dr. Evatt had different ideas. To appreciate where the Australian Labor government was coming from, it is crucial to recognise that its domestic and world outlook was shaped as much by the experience of the Great Depression as the world wars. I give you the Labor Governments policy in a phrase, said John Curtin in his policy speech for the 1943 election, Victory in war, victory in peace. On that we stand inflexible, for a lost peace would be marked by horrors of starvation, unemployment, misery and hardship no less grievous than the devastation of war. It was the broad conception of security that characterised Australias position as Dr. Evatt and deputy PM Frank Forde headed for San Francisco and their party of advisors including Jessie Street. Outcomes There were 282 delegates from 50 countries with 500 staff and a secretariat of 1,000 to translate the documents. Delegations ranged from three to 175 from the United States with the Australian group of 25 comparable to other nations of similar size and status. More than 2500 reporters attended. The principal committees, the General Assembly, the Security Council and the World Court, were open to the public. Twelve other committees that finalized the draft charter, and resolved disagreements did their work without an audience. Evatt and his advisers thrived on the committee system, evolving a system of continuous reporting. Well prepared, and with a consistent and comprehensive agenda, each member of the Australian delegation attended as many committees as physically possible so that everyone was familiar with the workings of the conference as a whole. This allowed Evatt to be on the spot when most required and fully informed of the issues at hand. The Australian reporting system led to a joke among the other delegates that there were ten Evatts at the conference. Having lost his fight (on the veto issue) Evatts next battleground was the General Assembly. The Great Powers deliberately designed
36
a weak Assembly that would be no challenge to their authority. A key limitation conceived in the Dumbarton Oaks proposals was that the Assembly could discuss principles and questions, but could not make recommendations on specific cases or matters before the Security Council. Evatts counter-argument was that their proposals did not recognise the importance of social and economic factors, which lay outside the collective security mandate of the Security Council. In an outflanking move Evatt circulated an amendment which would give the Assembly the right to consider and recommend on any matter affecting international relations. When the Great Powers rejected this, he responded by changing the wording to give the Assembly the power to discuss anything within the scope of the Charter or relating to the powers and functions of its organs except when the security council was actively considering the specific matter and make recommendations on two subjects which Australia, at the time, considered to be essential full employment and dependent people; and economic justice at home and abroad. Evatt also participated in the formulation of the Chapter in the Charter on trusteeship, which formed the basis for the subsequent involvement of the UN in decolonization and he led in moving other successful amendments. In total Australia filed 38 distinct amendments of substance of which 26 were adopted without material change, which were adopted in principle or made unnecessary by other alterations.
Dr H.V. Evatt, Leader of the Opposition (October 19, 1955) Speaking for Australia p.164
In a two-hour speech which aimed to discredit the report of the Petrov Royal Commission into Soviet espionage activities in Australia, the Leader of the Labor Party, Dr. Evatt, made one of the most extraordinary statements ever made in an Australian parliament. The defection of the Soviet diplomat Vladimir Petrov and his wife in April 1954, and the calling of the Royal Commission by the Menzies government was seen by Evatt as a conspiracy to damage the ALP.
37
PETROV ROYAL COMMISSION
In this speech on the tabling of the Royal Commission on Espionage by the Menzies government team, Evatt indicated that he had written to the Foreign Minister of the Soviet Union, Mr. Molotov, to ask whether documents Petrov had handed to the Australian authorities were genuine. Silent in disbelief, Evatts followers had to listen to government supporters collapsing into equally unbelieving laughter and hooting. Evatt said: The report of the Royal Commission on espionage requires forthright analysis and plain speaking. What is the upshot of this Petrov affair? Two foreigners, the Petrovs, and one foreign-born Australian spy, Bialogouski, have made a lot of money. The forum in which they appeared cost the taxpayers 110,000 plus unlimited security services. The nation has suffered heavy losses in trade and the breaking of relations with a great power. There has been the attempted smearing of many innocent Australians, grave inroads have been made into Australian freedoms by attacks on political non-conformity. DEPUTY SPEAKER (Mr. C.F. ADERMAN: Order 1: I ask honourable members to maintain silence. These interjections must not continue. But after eighteen months of inquiry, at this great cost to the nation, no spies have been discovered. Not a single prosecution is recommended. It is now clear that then Prime Minister (Mr. Menzies) must have known, when appointing the Commission, that there would be no legal evidence to warrant the prosecution of any person, that there was in fact no security ground for the inquiry itself. Indeed the inquiry has in many ways been destructive of the national security of Australia. Furthermore, it is now abundantly clear that the Prime Minister knew months before April 3, 1954, when he made his melodramatic and deliberately calculated announcement to the House that Petrovs defection was being deliberately organised by security agents under his ministerial control. He waited and sprung the announcement on the House on the very last night of the Parliament prior to the May election. In the apparent emergency there was no opportunity of examining any of the basic facts. He completely deceived the House into rushing through legislation to appoint a commission The report itself is a very long document. I propose to concentrate on some of the major issues arising out of the evidence and of the report. One outstanding question is, of course, the genuineness of
38
documents A to F that is the Moscow letters of 1952 and the G documents, the alleged Sadovnik letters. Determined to ascertain the truth of these grave matters, I took two steps, as follows. First of all, I communicated with His Excellency the Foreign Minister of the Soviet Union. I pointed out that most of the Russian language documents in the Petrov case were said to be communications from the M.V.D. (Soviet Ministry of International Affairs), Moscow to Petrov, M.V.D. resident in Australia. I pointed out that the Soviet Government or its officers were undoubtedly in a position to reveal the truth of the genuineness of the Petrov documents. I duly received a reply sent on behalf of the Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Union of Soviet Republics, Mr. Molotov.the letter informed me that the documents given to the authorities by Petrov Can only be, as it had been made clear at that time, and it was confirmed later, falsifications fabricated on the instruction of persons interested in the deteriorating of the Soviet-Australian relations and in discrediting their political opponents. I attach grave importance to this letter, which shows clearly that the Soviet government denies the authenticity of the Petrov documents. It seems to me that in these circumstances the matter cannot be left where it is and that, if possible, some form of international commission should be established by agreement with the Soviet Union of Socialist Republics to settle the dispute once and for all. The Soviet Union was not represented at the hearing. It will be in a position to prove definitely and unequivocally that the letters are fabricated. It is clear now, and I submit it to the judgement of the House, that the Petrov affair was saved up for the 1954 elections..I say the whole matter involves a threat to freedom. There must be a unity of the people not to be deterred from pursuit of peaceful relationships with other countries...that does not exclude Russia and China.
LABOR AND THE COMMUNIST PARTY

By John Ballantyne Menzies House
NB: John Ballantyne writes on the revelation that a former Hawke Government minister was allegedly a card-carrying communist, and
39
examines the proven communist links of Labors former deputy leader, Dr. H. V. Evatt and former deputy PM Dr. Jim Cairns. Newly published evidence that a number of senior left-wing Labor identities were also secret members of the Communist Party has come like a bombshell revelation, according to former New South Wales premier Bob Carr. Mr Carr was referring to a recent study published by left-wing journalist and broadcaster Mark Aarons, whose father, uncle and grandfather held prominent positions in the Communist Party of Australia (CPA). Mr. Aarons book, entitled The Family File (published by Black, Inc.) is the result of his investigation of the many volumes of files kept on members of his family over many decades by the Australian Secret Intelligence Organisation (ASIO). In addition to chronicling his familys history of radical activism, Mr Aarons has brought to light evidence that several senior left-wing Labor figures had clandestine ties with the CPA during the Cold War. Reviewing the book, Mr. Carr said: Aarons quotes ASIO files that place former Senators Arthur Gietzelt and Bruce Childs as CPA members. Gietzelt during this time played a key role in building the left-wing faction of the NSW Labor Party. During the 1950s, he regularly attended CPA meetings and conferences, sometimes using the alias Arthur James. Although he later discontinued his attendance, ASIO records indicate that he maintained secret links with Communist leaders well into the 1970s. In 1978, ASIO received intelligence that Gietzelt, as well as holding dual ALP/CPA membership, was the CPAs official parliamentary coordinator in Canberra. (The Australian July 3, 2010). He went on to serve as a minister in the Hawke Labor government. He kept his CPA membership a secret because disclosure of it would have seen his instant expulsion from the ALP. Said Bob Carr: The revelation of dual membership is rich in implications. They recast the political history of Australia from the 1950s to the 1970s. First, they vindicate the decision of a large part of Catholic Australia to veto the election of federal labor governments by voting for the breakaway Democratic Labor Party after the Labor split of 1955. Still
40
something of a Labor romantic, I find it painful to squeeze this out, but it strikes me the DLP indictment of the ramshackle Labor Party, led by H. V. Evatt and Arthur Calwell, was mostly right. Second, the revelations demean the reputation of Evatt, the mercurial and somewhat disturbed leader of the ALP 1951-60, and his successor Calwell, leader of the party from 1960 to 1967. Both compromised the party, in Evatts case by choosing a communist-led Left wing to be his ally and tolerating cosy relationships with CPA personnel at a time when they were rusted on Soviet loyalists. (The Australian July 5, 2010). During World War 2, the Communist Party had come close to seizing control of Australias trade union movement, and through it, the Labor Party. In 1945, the CPA controlled 49 per cent of the votes of the Australian Council of Trade Unions (ACTU) Congress in Sydney. Communists were not social democrats, or small l liberals in a hurry, they were murderous thugs who had given their allegiance to Stalins tyranny and were working tirelessly to undermine Australian democracy. Mark Aarons admits: The Soviet Union provided substantial funding and directed the CPAs political strategies for its first 45 years. Communists owed a higher loyalty to Moscow, proclaimed in the interests of the workers of the world. This led some communists to betray Australia to spying for Soviet intelligence. (The Australian, July 3, 2010). After the war, Lance Sharkey, then secretary-general of the CPA, played a significant role in stirring up the communist insurrection in Malaysia in 1948. In that year he told a Singapore meeting of the Malaysian Communist Party central committee in Singapore how his men back home dealt with strike breakers. He said: We get rid of them. A delegate present thought he had misheard Sharkeys word and asked: You mean you eliminate strike-breakers, Comradekill? Sharkey paused, then said carefully: But not in the cities. Only in the outlying areas. Rural areas. The mining areas. (News Weekly March 26, 2005). This, then, was the lethal menace from which the anti-communist Industrial Groups, who were masterminded by B.A. Santamarias Catholic Social Studies Movement (CSSM), delivered Australia in their
41
titanic struggle to take back control of the trade unions from the CPA. What is most astonishing about Mark Aarons recent revelations of the CPA and ALP is former NSW premier Bob Carrs astonishment at the whole affair. Surprisingly for someone with his wide reading, and supposed understanding of history, he says that these recent revelations demean former federal Labor leader H. V. Evatts reputation. The truth is that, for many years, Evatts reputation has been so shattered that it would be difficult to demean it much further. Evatt professed a lifelong sympathy with communism and counted several leading Australian communists among his closest friends and advisers. In 1934, Evatt, then a High Court judge, went to extraordinary lengths to defend a visiting Czech Comintern agent, Egon Kisch, whom the Lyons Government was trying to deport as an undesirable migrant. Australian diplomat, and later Liberal politician, Paul Hasluck recalled that, in 1945, at the inaugural United Nations Conference in San Francisco, Evatt, then Australias Minister for External Affairs, leaked an important document to Stalins foreign minister Molotov. The British quickly identified Evatt as the culprit, and the following morning British Foreign Secretary Anthony Eden and Dominions Secretary Lord Cranbourne gave him a very public dressing down. In 1998, two Canberra academics, Desmond Ball and David Horner, published a path-breaking study, Breaking the Codes: Australias KGB network, 1944-1950 (Sydney: Allen and Unwin 1998) about Soviet espionage in Australia. They used the recently declassified material from the US Armys Signal Intelligence Service (USASISY)s codebreaking project, code-named Vernona, which had intercepted a number of radio signals that Moscow had sent to Soviet spy residencies and agents across the world during and after World War 2. The left-wing academic, anti-Vietnam War activist and later Labor Deputy Prime Minister, Dr. Jim Cairns, was a prominent figure in the World Peace Council (WPC) from 1949, when Stalin established it, until the mid-1970s (National Observer, No.464. Autumn 2005). The WPC was co-ordinated and financed by Moscow. It was expelled from Britain, France and Austria in the 1950s for its subversive activities.
42
It unfailingly supported the Soviet-backed invasions of Hungary (1956) Czechoslovakia (1968) and Afghanistan (1979) and the 1981 Sovietbacked imposition of martial law in Poland. By 1988, even the CPA had had enough of the WPC. Its paper Tribune quoted approvingly a Soviet official who admitted that the WPC was a Stalinist body promoting Soviet foreign policy. Cairns prominent position in the WPC particularly his being Australian president of the WPC, while he was Deputy Prime Minister, should have earned him automatic expulsion from the Commonwealth parliament, under Australias Constitution (section 44). However dont hold your breath waiting for justice to be served on Australias left-wing traitors. Being Red means never having to say youre sorry. (Editors note: full references can be found on the original article at News Weekly)
Will Americans rule themselves or be ruled by others? John Fonte.

The International Criminal Court claims authority over Americans for actions that the United States does not define as crimes. In short the Twenty-First Century is witnessing an epic struggle between the forces of global governance and American constitutional democracy. Transnational progressives and transnational pragmatists in the UN, EU, post-modern states of Europe, NGOs, corporations, prominent foundations, and most importantly, in Americas leading elites, seek to establish global governance. Further, they understand that, in order to achieve global governance, American sovereignty must be subordinated to the global rule of law. The US Constitution must incorporate evolving norms of international law. Sovereignty or Submission examines this process with crystalline clarity and alerts the American public to the danger ahead. Global governance seeks legitimacy not in democracy, but in a partisan interpretation of human rights. It would shift power from democracies (U.S., Israel, India) to post43
SOVEREIGNTY OR SUBMISSION
democratic authorities, such as the judges of the International Criminal Court. Global governance is a new political form (a rival to liberal democracy) that is already a significant actor on the world stage. America faces serious challenges from radical Islam and a rising China. Simultaneously, it faces a third challenge (global governance) that is internal to the democratic world. It is non-violent; but nonetheless threatens constitutional self-government. Although it seems unlikely that the Utopian goals of the globalists could be fully achieved, if they continue to obtain a wide spread influence over mainstream elite opinion, they could disable and disarm democratic self-government at home and abroad. The result would be the slow suicide of the American liberal.
NEW WORLD ORDER (POLITICS)

Mikhail Gorbachevs speech UN General Assembly (7/12/1988)
The principal statement creating the new world order concept, came from Mikhail Gorbachev. His formulation included an extensive list of ideas in creating a new order. He advocated strengthening the central role of the United Nations and the active involvement of all members the Cold War had prevented the UN, and its Security Council, from performing their roles as initially envisioned. The de-ideologising of relations among states was the mechanism through which this new level of co-operation could be achieved. Concurrently, Gorbachev recognised only one world economy essentially an end to economic blocs. Furthermore he advocated Soviet entry into several important international organisations, such as the CSCE. the International Court of Justice and reinvigoration of the UN peacekeeping role. Recognition, that superpower co-operation can and will lead to the resolution of regional conflicts, was especially the key, in his conception of cooperation. He argued that the use of force, or the threat of the use of force, was no longer legitimate and that the strong must demonstrate restraint towards the weak. He foresaw as the major powers of the world, the United States, the
44
Soviet Union, Europe, India, China, Japan and Brazil. He asked for cooperation on environmental protection, on debt relief for developing countries, on disarmament of nuclear weapons, on preservation of the ABN Treaty, and on a convention for the elimination of chemical weapons. At the same time he promised the significant withdrawal of Soviet forces from Eastern Europe and Asia as well as end to the Jamming of the Radio Liberty. Gorbachev described a phenomenon that could be described as a global political awakening: We are witnessing most profound social change. Whether in the East or the South or the West or the North, hundreds of millions of people, new nations and states, new public movements and ideologies have moved to the forefront of history. Broad-based and frequently turbulent popular movements have given expression, in a multi-dimensional and contradictory way, to a longing for independence, democracy and social justice. The idea of democratising the entire world order has become a powerful sociopolitical force. At the same time the scientific and technological revolution has turned many economic, food, energy, environmental, information and population problems, which only recently we treated as national or regional ones, into global problems. Thanks to the advances in mass media and means of transportation, the world seems to have become more visible and tangible. International communication has become easier than ever before. For a new type of progress throughout the world to become a reality everyone must change. Tolerance is the alpha and omega of a new world order. In the press Gorbachev was compared to Woodrow Wilson giving the Fourteen Points, to Franklin D. Roosevelt and Churchill promulgating the Atlantic Charter, and to Marshall and Truman building the Western Alliance. His speech, while visionary, was to be approached with caution. He was seen as attempting a fundamental redefinition of international relationships on economic and environmental levels.
45
THE LAST CELEBRATION

Michaelconnelly.jigsy.com
As I celebrated Independence Day 2011 an incredibly depressing thought occurred to me; could this be the last time we celebrate the Fourth of July? In 1776 a Declaration of Independence was adopted by our founding fathers that separate us from the tyrannical rule of the British monarchy. Eleven years later the United States Constitution was drawn up and we embarked on an experiment with a form of government that had never been tried before anywhere in the world. The Constitution stated clearly and emphatically that this was to be a limited government that can only exercise the powers given to it by the people. And that there were certain rights that could not be interfered with that belong to these same people and to the States they live in. Now, 235 years later we have a President of the United States and other elected officials who routinely rewrite the Declaration of Independence by leaving out the phrase endowed by our Creator when referring to these rights. Instead they talk about these rights as being granted to us by the government. In addition, we have members of the three branches of government the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch who are choosing to ignore the Constitution entirely in order to impose their will on the free people of the United States. In just the last few weeks we have had federal officials tell veteran groups at a national cemetery in Houston, Texas that they can no longer exercise freedom of speech or freedom of religion by using the terms God, Jesus, or God Bless at funerals of the men and women who fought and died for our country. Families of active-duty military and veterans, who are to be buried in this holy ground must have their prayers get prior approval by some faceless bureaucrats. These same bureaucrats will attend the funerals not to console the grieving families but to make sure that they act in a politically correct manner when grieving. Then we have two professors at Harvard University who, while sitting high above the rest of us in their ivory towers at this bastion of leftwing thought, claimed to have done a scientific study that proves that Independence Day is only celebrated by Republicans and other right-wingers. They further claim that it is simply a tool to indoctrinate
46
children into becoming Republicans. That idiot discourse was followed by members of the Obama administration stating that if Congress fails to do what Obama wants and raise the debt ceiling and taxes, he will simply ignore the Constitution and the Congress and continue to spend money that we do not have. This will ultimately throw this country into an economic crisis we cannot recover from. Yet, millions of Americans continue to be oblivious to this fact. They seem not to know, or perhaps not even care, that our precious freedoms are being taken away from us at an accelerated pace. I can clearly remember the day in 2003 when I said goodbye to my oldest son as he left for the first of four overseas deployment in a combat zone. As proud as I was of him, I could not help but be troubled by a statement I had heard: that while our military was going to war the rest of America was going to the mall. Now, eight years later my youngest son is preparing to go overseas and many Americans are still at the mall. As the men and women in our armed forces are dying on foreign battlefields to protect our freedom we have a President of the United States, who is using their lives as pawns in his re-election campaign. He and his cronies are also stripping away those very freedoms that are being so ably defended by Americas bravest and finest who wear our uniform. We owe it not just to ourselves to get into the fight here at home. It is time for Americans to leave the mall and start standing up to those who seek to destroy our Constitution, our way of life, and the American dream. We need to show the elitists in the government, in the news media, and on our college campuses that the Constitution of the United States is not irrelevant and neither are we. Only that way can we be assured of celebrating future independence days.
MANIFESTO OF THE COMMUNIST PARTY 1848

Karl Marx
A spectre is hanging over Europe the spectre of communism. All the powers of old Europe have entered into a holy alliance to exorcise this spectre. Pope and Tsar, Metternich and Guizot,
47
French Radicals and German police-spies. Where is the party in opposition that has not been decried as communistic by its opponents in power? Where is the opposition that has not hurled back the branding reproach of communism against the more advanced opposition parties, as well as against its reactionary adversaries? Two things result from this fact: 1. Communism is already acknowledged by all European powers to be itself a power. 2. It is high time that Communists should openly, in the face of the whole world, publish their views, their aims, their tendencies and meet this nursery tale of the spectre of Communism with a manifesto of the party itself. To this end, Communists of various nationalities have assembled in London and sketched the following manifesto to be published in the English, French, German, Italian, Flemish and Danish languages.
SHORT EXCERPT FROM THE MANIFESTO

There is too much civilization, too much means of subsistence, too much industry, too much commerce. The productive forces at the disposal of society no longer tend to further the development of the conditions of bourgeois (middle class) property; on the contrary, they have become too powerful for these conditions by which they are fettered and, so soon as they overcome these fetters, they bring disorder into the whole of bourgeois society, and endanger the existence of bourgeois property. The conditions of bourgeois society are too narrow to comprise the wealth created by them. And how does the bourgeoisie get over these crises? On the one hand by enforced destruction of a mass of productive forces; on the other by the conquest of new markets and by the more thorough exploitation of the old ones. That is to say, by paving the way for more extensive and more destructive crises, and by diminishing the means whereby
48
crises are prevented. The means by which the bourgeoisie felled feudalism to the ground are now turned against the bourgeoisie itself. But not only has the bourgeoisie forged the weapons that bring death to itself, it has also called into existence the men who are to wield those weapons the modern working class the proletarians. NB: This manifesto condemned modern bourgeois society as being like the sorcerer who is no longer able to control the powers of the nether world whom he has called up by his spells. This became the terrible truth of those communist regimes called up by the spells of this Manifesto in the 20th century, as recorded in the Black Book of Communism.
49
SECTION 3
the harvest of communism

QUOTES FROM TEXT: Communism is a disease of the intellect. It promises universal brotherhood, peace and prosperity to lure humanitarians and idealists into participation in a conspiracy which gains power through deception and strength through brute force. It promises Utopia. It has delivered mass starvation, poverty and police state terror in its own people and promoted world-wide strife against race, class and religion. Treason, terror, torture and Moscow-directed war of national liberation spread communist brotherhood, peace and social justice around the world. With regard to the Third World, the Club of Romes Harland Cleveland prepared a report which was the height of cynicism. At the time Cleveland was US Ambassador to NATO. Essentially the paper said it would be up to the 3rd World nation to decide which population should be eliminated.
51
SECTION 3: THE HARVEST OF COMMUNISM
KARL MARX THE COMMUNIST MANIFESTO

John A. Stormer None Dare call it Treason
The story of communism is a story of contradictions. Despite Marxs call for the workers of the world to unite, communism has never been a working class movement. Its strength is in the intellectual and thought centres of the world. Communism is commonly believed to rise out of poverty. Yet, Fidel Castro was a product, not of the cane fields of Cuba, but of the halls of Havana University. Joseph Stalin was not a simple peasant rebelling at the oppression of the Czar. He became a communist while studying for the priesthood in a Russian Orthodox seminary. Dr. Cheddi Jagan, communist Premier of British Guiana, became a communist, not as an exploited worker on a plantations of a British colonial colony, but as a dental student at Chicagos North Western University. The membership of the first Communist spy ring uncovered in the U.S. Government was not spawned in the sweat shops of New Yorks lower east side, or the tenant farms of the South. Alger Hiss, Nathan Witt, Harry Dexter White, Lee Pressman, John Abt, Lauchlin Currie and their comrades came to high government posts from Harvard Law School. The Senate Internal Security Subcommittees Handbook for Americans delves into why people become Communists. It says: A trite explanation offered by the ill-informed is that communism is a product of inequalities under our social system. Hence these people argue if we will alleviate these contradictions, we will never have to worry about communismThe misery theory of communism runs contrary to actual facts in our country. New York State, for example, has approximately 50% of the total Communist Party membership. Yet it is second in terms of per capita income and per capita school expenditures.Conversely Mississippi is lowest in the scale of Communist Party membership but is also lowest in per capita income. According to John Williamson, then organisational secretary of the Communist Party, writing in the Partys top theoretical journal, Political
53
Affairs, for February 1946, 71% of the Party in New York consists of white collar workers, professionals and housewives. Communism is a disease of the intellect. It promises universal brotherhood, peace and prosperity to lure humanitarians and idealists into participation in a conspiracy which gains power through deceit and deception and stays in power with brute force. It promises Utopia. It has delivered mass starvation, poverty, and police state terror in its own people and promoted worldwide strife and hatred by pitting race against race, class against class and religion against religion. Treason, terror, torture and Moscow-directed wars of national liberation spread communist brotherhood, peace and social justice around the world. Communism is frequently described as a philosophy but it is not a philosophy in which intellectually honest men can believe for long. It is a conspiracy in which hate-driven men participate. Lenin confirmed this. In his important and authoritative work What is to be Done?, written in 1902 he set forth his views on the structure on the Communist Party, and said: Conspiracy is so essential a condition of an organisation of this kind that all other conditions.must be made to conform with it. In other words, the philosophy of communism must be bent and twisted as needed to fit the conspiratorial needs of the situation. There is much first-hand evidence that Communists quickly see through the fallacies of Marxism-Leninism but continue in the Party as blind believers, as conspirators against the established order, or for the personal power and privilege Party membership gives to the select few. Colonel Frantisek/Tisler, former military and air attach in the Czechoslovakian Embassy in Washington D.C. defected from communism in 1959 and sought permanent asylum in America. A few months later he told his story to the House Committee on Un-American Activities. Tisler said: I have not been a believer in communism for a long period of time, although in the early days of my association with the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia I was an ideological believer. My initial disillusionment with communism in practice began to take place while I was attending Military Staff School in Prague. It was at this school that I witnessed many incidents which proved to me that communism in practice was greatly different from theoretical
54
communism. I was exposed to numerous incidents where members of the Communist Party, who were high-ranking officers in the Army took personal advantages of their position in order to obtain personal benefits and job security. The disillusionment which set in as a result of the excesses began to shatter my faith in Marxism-Leninism. This realisation that communism was not an idealistic philosophy came while Tisler was still a relatively young student officer. He continued as a conspirator for ten years before he defected, rising in that time to a high ranking position in the Party and its international intelligence network. What is the philosophy which traps the student intellectual and transforms him into a conspiring, conforming, never-questioning tool of the Communist Party? How are brilliant young minds twisted to swear that slavery is freedom dictatorship is democracy or that war is peace and actually believe that it is not? Karl Marx compounded the theories which explain all the contradictions. He called it dialectical materialism. Marx, the 19th century father of communism, was not a worker but a universitytrained intellectual with a doctorate in philosophyHe concocted it by blending Feuerbachs atheistic materialism with Hegels theory that everything in nature is in a state of constant conflict. All people and all things in the universe and the universe itself are simply matter in motion. As matter moves opposites attract. When the opposites come together, conflict results and from the conflict comes change. Man, plants, animals and their world are all products of accumulated accidents. Ignored is the creative force which produced the first matter and made it move and develop in an orderly way. Marx applied his theories of conflict and change to society. Human beings were arbitrarily divided into two classes (opposites). The bourgeoisie (propertied classes) were considered the degenerate class. The proletariat (unpropertied wage earners) was the progressive class. Communism teaches that a state of continual conflict or class warfare exists between the two groups. In this conflict, according to dialectical materialism, the bourgeoisie will be destroyed. This change is inevitable and is defined by Marx as progress. The communists teach that all is right which advances the cause
55
of socialism. All is wrong which impedes its progress. For the communist, to lie, cheat, steal or even murder, is perfectly moral if it advances communism.
COMMUNISTS ALSO TRAVEL AS SOCIALISTS

Definition of Socialism (Websters Dictionary)
The theory or system of the ownership and operations of the means of production and distribution by society of the community rather than by private individuals, with all members of the society or community sharing in the work or the products. 2. (a) political movement for establishing such a system (b) the doctrines, methods etc of the Socialist parties In Communist doctrine the stage of society coming between the capitalist and the communist stage, in which private ownership of the means of production and distribution has been eliminated as in the Soviet Union, and the production of goods is sufficient to permit realisation of the slogan from each according to his ability, to each according to his work.
THE FABIANS AND THE COMMUNISTS

THE SHADOW PARTY (USA) By David Horowitz & Richard Poe Velvet revolutions
In a memoir of the left, an activist recalled: In the Sixties we had scorned liberals because they believed in the process of the rule of law that created obstacles to our radical agenda. A similar scorn can be observed in the Shadow Party ranks. For movement believers, an American election decides nothing not the legitimacy of a president nor the policies he has pursued. The war in Iraq is illegal even if both parties in Congress authorised it before the fact, and even if American voters re-elected the Commander-in Chief after the war had begun. In the minds of the Shadow warriors, the transcendent nobility of their goal to end the oppression and menace of American supremacy will justify almost any political means. And therein lies the danger of what Soros has wrought. He has assembled an army of radical allies
56
who have long been at war with the American system, and he has done so because, not withstanding his financial eminence, he is an outsider and a radical himself. Using the power of his great purse and his brilliantly manipulated institutional vision, Soros has constructed a party, a Shadow Party, unlike any in American history. It is not an American style party that is accountable to the people and subject to their will, but is more like a Leninist (aka communist) vanguard party, fully as conspiratorial and just as unaccountable. Moreover it is a party improbably constructed by a financial tycoon, skilled at the manipulation of money and markets. As only such an individual could, Soros has woven his conspiracy out of institutional elements plucked from every level of the existing hierarchy. The Shadow Party has a dimension of which Leninists could never dream. It is the party of rebels but it is also the party of rulers a corporate unity of capital and labour. And it has been insinuated into the heart of the American system.
By Charles Moore Daily Telegraph, UK (March 17, 2012) Attempts to reform human rights law are being frustrated by liberal bureaucrats
Islamic fanatics want rule by sharia, their version of the law of God. They reject what they call man-made law. For the same reason, Islamists reject democracy. It is a sham, they say, and an offence against God. Those who support the untrammeld power of the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR) are the secular equivalent. They think that the European Convention on Human Rights, (RCHR) and the Strasbourg Court which enforces it are sacred. They believe these rights should be forced upon people everywhere, regardless of how anyone votes. Human rights are their sharia. In Iran the Guardian Council of senior clergy makes the final decision about whether anything passed by the parliament is compatible with Islamic law. In Europe the ECHR has the same absolute authority over the decisions of all the member parliaments, including our own.
57
AND OUR DEMOCRACY SUFFERS
True its punishments do not (yet) involve stoning or the cutting off of hands, but the principle is the same; We, says the priesthood of human rights lawyers, are in possession of the truth: no other power may stand against us. Even before he became Prime Minister, David Cameron was suspicious of the human rights theocrats. Once he had reached 10 Downing Street, he tried to do something about it. He set up a Commission on a British Bill of Rights. The idea was not to get rid of human rights, but to bring them home. At present we have a situation in which, for example, the ECHR can rule that Britain must give prisoners the vote. No major political party and no large section of public opinion, agree. Yet, under the present arrangements, there is absolutely nothing that our elected representatives can do about it. Because we live under a coalition, and because Nick Clegg has made constitutional questions one of his special subjects, the membership of Mr Camerons Commission is split between Liberals and Conservatives. The appointment of four Lib Dems (Liberal Democrats) and four Conservative ones gives the Liberals a power disproportionate to their parliamentary numbers. The chairman of the Commission, Sir Leigh Lewis, the top bureaucrat of the Department of Work and Pensions, has a Cleggy view of the world. Last week, Dr. Michael Pinto Duchinsky, one of the nominees from the Cameron camp, resigned from the Commission. His essential complaint was that he could not get it to focus on the heart of the matter. He calls it the politics of the last say. If you wanted to be more constitutionally high-falutin you could call it parliamentary sovereignty. Dr Pinto Duchinsky does not want to remove human rights from our law. He accepts, and even welcomes the fact, that judges decisions will sometimes challenge the decisions of politicians. But what he also argues is that elected legislators must have some power of democratic over-ride. At present, there is none. At least in the United States, where the Supreme Court is extremely strong, it is possible, though not easy, for the Congress to amend the constitution and thus the Supreme Courts powers. You can see why this might be necessary when you recall that the Supreme Court in the
58
mid-19th century upheld slavery in the US on the grounds that it was a property right. It took the Civil War to sort things out). There is no last resort ability to intervene with the European Court of Human Rights although there is something called the margin of appreciation which allows the Strasbourg Court to give discretion to member states in how they apply its judgments. This discretion is bestowed by the court itself and cannot be expatriated by its members. The 47 judges, some of them from countries such as Russia, Albania and Azerbaijan where the phrase human rights attracts only a puzzled stare are, in the politics of the last say, our dictators. As dictators are free to do, they take their time. The court has a backlog of more than 150,000 cases. So if the Commission wont address this question of parliamentary sovereignty, its conclusions expected at the end of this year, will make no difference. Anything it recommends will be a mere relabeling, some pious restatements of human rights wrapped for Mr. Camerons convenience, in the Union flag. How is it, then, that a government is frustrated by the very people it appoints? Here we come to the huge problem nowadays of our permanent official and semi-official classes. So weak is Parliament, and so nervous is government of looking over-political, that these classes fill the gap left by here today, gone tomorrow politicians. If you look, for example, at the public appointment rules introduced in the name of procedural correctness, or of diversity (which by an Orwellian effect really means uniformity) you will see that they are run by civil servants. Naturally, they choose people appealing to the civil servants cast of mind. Everywhere in the appointment of peers or quangocrats in IPSA, the body which decides on MPs expenses or the Committee for Standards in Public Life, unelected people, lay down the moral law for the elected class. They welcome the opinions of interest groups, and exclude those of the public and the people the public elect. Thus, for example, all those charged with looking at the matter keep advocating that there should be state funding for political parties (in effect nationalising them) despite the known reluctance of actual taxpayers to come across with the money for such a rotten cause. Even
59
in Downing Street itself, Mr. Cameron has allowed the permanent machine to outmanoeuvre the political appointments brought to enact his will. Off, on his bicycle, pedals his brilliant adviser, Steve Hilton. In the driving seat of the Rolls-Royce of officialdom purrs the evermore powerful new Cabinet Secretary, Sir Jeremy Heywood. I am not arguing, of course, that elected people are personally morally better or wiser than unelected ones. We have many able and decent public servants (and several fairly useless MPs). My point is that the word servant is the key. You now hear the phrase underpaid civil servants as if such a thing were a part of our constitution. Yet it is a contradiction in terms. The civil servant serves. If he becomes independent whom does he serve? The servant becomes master. The problem came up this week in Parliament. The Public Accounts Committee wants to be able to question civil servants freely, forcing them to answer its questions. You can see why, when they now seem to act without any even theoretical reference to ministers. Yet if ministers are no longer responsible to Parliament for the actions of officials, then what are ministers for? The word bureaucrat means one who has power by virtue of occupying his office (the Bureau). Democracies are supposed to be suspicious of that. It is not a coincidence that such people favour the European Court of Human Rights. Great liberal jurists like Lord Lester, one of the Liberal Democrat members of the Commission, instinctively dislike democracy as little more than a series of unenlightened opinion polls in which majorities vote to oppress minorities. For them, the European Court of Human Rights is perfect. It is publicly funded, internationally guaranteed, unanswerable to anyone elected by anybody, and stuffed with people like themselves. For those same reasons, the rest of us should fear.
CONSPIRACY TO FOUND A NEW WORLD ORDER

The Club of Romes foreign policy was put together in 1986 from hard core members of the J.P. Morgenthau Group on the basis of a telephone call made by the late Aurelio Peccei for a new and urgent drive to speed up the Plans of the One World Government now called
60
the New World Order. Pecceis call was answered by the most subversive future planners drawn from the United states, France, Sweden, Britain, Switzerland and Japan that could be mustered. During the period 1968-72 the Club of Rome became a cohesive entity of new-science scientists, globalists, future planners and internationalists of every stripe. The former Russian President Mikhail Gobachev co-authored the policy with the United Nations Secretary-General Maurice Strong to delude the manifold countries in the world that Pecceis Domesday forecast was genuine and it could only be met by a surrender of sovereignty of all the nations of the world to a one world government created by the United Nations.
Professor J. Trudel, Trudelgroup.com.au

The worst chains are the ones that you cant see, the ones made from bureaucratic rules and law, not iron. Are you feeling less free? Are you feeling more entangled with brain-dead bureaucrats who insist you must do stupid things? If so, there is a reason for this. It used to be safe to talk about weather, but now it is highly politicised with scientists blacklisted, and billions of dollars in tax money invested in Global Warming Alarmism. Land use is contentious and home owners are limited in even the simplest things. Toilets no longer work, light bulbs are banned, refrigerators and washers dont last as long as they used to, and everything is more expenses. Energy prices will necessarily skyrocket. They surely have. Is there a reason for this? Is it just how things are? Is it a conspiracy? Actually there is a reason: its a program. One that is well documented but little known. It is one now being implemented all over the World and all over America, even at the state, country and local level. The program is called Agenda 21. And it came out of the UN in 1992. This led to the Kyoto Protocal (1997) and Cap and Trade (ration and tax energy) legislation. Both failed repeatedly in the US Congress, but are now being implemented by the Presidents Executive Order. This issue is contentious.
61
Chains of Law
Some say it was actually started by the KGB in the last days of the Cold War, but I have not been able to validate this. However the names of those in power we hear on TV George Soros, Obama, Al Gore and their associates are connected to this, supporting it, and gaining power from it. This program is cloaked in high purpose, sustainability and saving the world but its objectives are global governance and totalitarian control. The person who launched Agenda 21 was a Marxist, Maurice Strong. During the Iraq oil for food scam he allegedly stole $988,885 from his employer, the UN, but resigned his position, fled to China and was never convicted. In fact he turned up with many of the usual suspects on the board of Chicago-based CCX, which was to be the legal monopoly that handled US Cap and Trade credits, had the legislation passed which it has not, so far. The code word to look for is sustainability, but goals are expressed in more ominous words (e.g. population control). This was first detailed explicitly in the UNs Agenda 21 (1992). Agenda 21 led to the Kyoto Protocol, and conferences in Johannesburg and Copenhagen and Durban to advance its implementation at local government level throughout the world, with the ultimate aim of a one world government by the United Nations to be finalised at the 2nd Earth Summit, Rio de Janeiro on June 22, 2012.
CLUB OF ROME 300 COMMITTEE

First Global Revolution for One World Government www.geocities.com.lord.visionary/clubofRome.htlm The Club of Rome group was organised in 1968 by the Morgenthau Group for the purpose of accelerating the plans to have the New World Order in place by the year 2000. In order to do so, the Club of Rome developed a plan to divide the world into ten regions or kingdoms. This must centre upon an insidious assault on the reigning power of America. In 1976, the United States Association of the Club of Rome (USACOR) was formed for the purpose of shutting down the US economy gradually. Henry Kissinger was then, and still is, an important
62
agent in the service of the Royal Institute for International Affairs, a member of the Club of Rome and the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). The Club of Rome and its financiers, under the title of the German Marshall Fund, were two highly organised conspiratorial bodies operating under cover of the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO). A majority of Club of Rome executives were drawn from NATO. The Club of Rome formulated all of what NATO claimed as its policies. The activities of the Committee of 300 members enabled Lord Carrington to split NATO into two factions its former military alliance and a political (left wing) power group. The Club of Rome is still one of the most important foreign policy arms of the Committee of 300, the other being the Bilderberger, (a secret group of left-wing international leaders who have met together regularly since 1954). The Club of Romes foreign policy was put together in 1968 from hard core members of the original J. Morgenthau group on the basis of a telephone call, made by the late Aurellia Peccei for a new and urgent drive to speed up the plans of the One World Government now called the New World Order. Pecceis call was answered by the most subversive future planners drawn from the United States, France, Sweden, Britain, Switzerland and Japan that could be mustered. During the period 1968-72, the Club of Rome became a cohesive entity of new-science scientists, globalist future planners and internationalists of every stripe. Pecceis book Human Quality formed the basis of the doctrine, formed by NATOs political wing. Peccei headed the Atlantic Institutes Economic Council for three decades while he was the Chief Executive Officer for Giovanni Agnellis Fiat Motor Company. Agnelli, a member of an ancient Italian Black Nobility family of the same name is one of the most important members of the Committee of 300. He played a leading role in development projects in the Soviet Union. The Club of Rome is a conspiratorial umbrella organization; a marriage between Anglo-American financiers and the Black Nobility families of Europe, particularly the so-called nobility of London, Venice and Genoa. The key to the successful control of the world is their ability to create and manage savage economic recessions and eventual
63
depressions. The Committee of 300 looks to social convulsions on a global scale, followed by depressions, as a principle method of creating masses of people all over the world who will become its welfare recipients of the future. The Committee appears to base much of its important decisions affecting mankind on the philosophy of Polish aristocrat. Felix Dzerzinski, who regarded mankind as being slightly above the level of cattle. As a close friend of British intelligence agent, Sydney Reilly, (who was actually Dzerzinskis controller during the Bolshevik Revolutions formative years) he often confided in Reilly during his drinking bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course, the beast who ran the Red Terror apparatus in Russia. He once told Reilly, while the two were on a drinking binge, that Man is of no importance. Look at what happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead companions to stay alive. Man is only interested in his own survival. That is all that counts. All that Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish. With regard to the Third World, the Club of Romes Harland Cleveland prepared a report which was the height of cynicism. At the time, Cleveland was United States Ambassador to NATO. Essentially the paper said it would be up to Third World nations to decide among themselves which populations should be eliminated. As Peccei later wrote (based on the Cleveland Report): Damaged by conflicting policies of three major countries and blocs roughly patched up here and there, the existing international economic order is visibly coming apart at the seams. The prospect of the necessity of the recourse to triage deciding who must be saved is a very grim one indeed. But, if lamentable, events should come to such a pass, the right to make such decisions cannot be left to just a few nations because it would lend themselves to ominous power over life of the worlds hungry. As to Kissinger, he also played a role in destabilising the United States by means of three wars the Middle East, Korea and Vietnam. He is well known as is his role in the Gulf War, in which the U.S. Army acted as mercenaries for the Committee of 300 in bringing Kuwait back under its control and, at the same time, making an example out
64
of Iraq so that other small nations would not be tempted to work out their own destiny. The Club of Rome, acting on Committee of 300 orders to eliminate General ul Haq, had no compunction in sacrificing the lives of a number of U.S. servicemen on board the flight, including a U.S. Army Defence Intelligence Agency group headed by Brigadier General Herbert Wassom. General ul Haq had been warned by the Turkish Secret Service not to travel by plane as he was targeted for a mid-air bombing. With this in mind, General ul Haq took the United States team with him as an insurance policy, as he commented to his inner circle advisors.
CLUB OF ROME MEANS A ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

Founded on a black death for democracy.
In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome, as the real enemy is humanity itself. The concept of sustainability was first brought to widespread public attention in a book by a motor manufacturing magnate, Aurelio Peccei, in his book entitled The Limits to Growth. He concluded that overpopulation, and increasing prosperity, would cause an ecological collapse within the next hundred years. It was embraced by the Club of Rome and the Davos Forum in the early 1970s, and sold over 12 million copies in 37 languages. Twenty years later the Club of Rome published another best seller, The Global Revolution. It claimed: Delay, in beginning corrective measures, will increase the damage to the world ecological system and reduce the human population that will be supportable. Democratic governments are far too short-sighted to deal with the problematique and new forms of government are urgently required. Forty years later the Club of Romes website published a joint communique from its planning retreat with 150 senior UNESCO
65
officials prior to a G8 meeting which declared: We are at the end of an era a turning point in history ... We underline the urgency of radical action to avert the impending risk of catastrophic climate change, and to stress to political leaders that the overriding challenge is to avert the impending risk of catastrophic climate change. Democracy is not the panacea. It could not organise everything and is unaware of its own limits. In 2009, the Budapest branch of the Club of Rome (members include Mikhail Gorbachev and Hungarian George Soros) declared a State of Global Emergency as we only have 4 or 5 years to prevent a total collapse of the Earths eco-systems. The Club of Rome preaches that democracy, as a failure, must be doomed. Its bombastic utterances are: 1. Democracy has failed us. A new system of global governance is required. 2. Humans only unite when faced with a powerful external enemy. 3. A new enemy has to be found one either real, or invented for the purpose. The Club of Rome believes that a small window of opportunity exists to transform humanity under a global government and the Green Parties are among their weapons. Democracy is not a panacea. It is unaware of its own limits. The fact must be faced squarely. Sacrilegious though this may sound, democracy is not suited for the tasks ahead. The very complexity and the technical nature of many of todays problems do not always allow of its representatives to make competent decisions at the right time.
Out with the old, in with the new website (29/4/2010)

So what exactly is the Club of Rome and who are its members? Founded in 1968 at David Rockefellers estate in Bellago, Italy, it describes itself as a group of world citizens sharing a common concern for the future of humanity. It consists of former and current Heads of
66
UNRAVELLING THE CLUB OF ROME
State, UN bureaucrats, high level politicians, and government officials from around the globe. Many people have heard of the Tri-lateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Relations. What do they have in common with the Council of the Club of Rome? They were all founded by Rockefeller. The head honchos at each of the three organisations sit on the Board of the Council of Rome. The Tri-Lateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Relations are really just the public relations units of the Club of Rome, for the Club of Rome is where the buck stops. I have been tirelessly talking about Agenda 21, so I hope that people are aware of this little nugget of legislation by now. It was the outcome of the Club of Rome, a think-tank that provides suggestions to the United Nations. We are currently seeing all those suggestions coming to fruition as current legislation bombards us daily while America is being radically transformed. This transformation is not an accident and it is not aimless, nor mindless. It has been carefully constructed and orchestrated. It is the work of the Club of Rome. Their mission can be most readily surmised just by looking at the graph they designed for their mission statement homepage (a universe with motto systems integrators). For those with more time on your hands than you care to have, you can expand the synopsis, follow the links provided and delve right into their rhetoric. Environment and Resources: This cluster relates to climate change, peak oil, ecosystems, and water. Radical and rapid change and economic transformations will be needed to avert runaway climate change and ecological breakdown. Globalisation: This cluster relates to interdependence, the distribution of wealth and income, demographic change, employment, trade and finance. Rising inequalities and imbalances associated with the present path of globalisation risk the breakdown of the world economic and financial systems. World Development: This cluster relates sustainable development, demographic growth, poverty, environmental stress, food production, health and employment. The scandal of abiding poverty, deprivation, inequity and exclusion in a wealthy world must be corrected.
67
Social Transformation: This cluster relates to social change, gender equity, values and ethics, religion and spirituality, culture, identity and behavior. The values and behavior on which the present path of world development is based must change if peace and progress are to be observed within the tightening human and environmental limits. Peace and Security: This cluster relates to justice, democracy, governance, solidarity, security and peace. The present path of world development leads to risks of alienation, polarisation, violence and conflict: the preservation of peace is vital in itself but is also a precondition for progress and for the resolution of the issues which threaten the future. The Club of Rome subsequently founded two sibling organisations, the Club of Budapest and the Club of Madrid. The former is focused on social and cultural aspects of their agenda while the latter concentrates on the political aspects (George Soros is in the former, and Mikhail Gorbachev in the latter). All three of these Clubs share many common members and hold joint meetings and conferences. As explained in other articles on this website, it is abundantly clear that these are three heads of the same beast. The Club of Rome has also established a network of 33 National Associations. Membership of the Main Club is limited to 100 individuals at any one time. Some members, like Al Gore and Maurice Strong, are affiliated through their National Associations (eg. USACOR. CACOR etc). I would like to start this analysis of the Club of Rome by listing some of the members of the Club of Rome and its two subgroups, the Clubs of Budapest and Rome. Personally it is not what the Club of Rome is that I find so astonishing. It is WHO the Club of Rome is. This is not some quirky little group of green activists or obscure politicians. They are the most senior officials in the United Nations, current and ex-world leaders, and some of the most influential environmental organisations. When you read their reports in the context of who they are it gives an entirely new and frightening context to their extreme claims. Although the Club of Budapest was designed to promote the Global Green Agenda though Art and Culture, it seems to have little to do with either and much to do with the usual themes. The mission
68
declared on its World Shift website is to address: The Governance of Nations Education for Wisdom The Ethics of Planetary Freedom Reverence for Nature Approaching a modern Subsistence Economy It has also established the World Wisdom Council. It is jointly chaired by Mikhail Gorbachev and Robert Miller, and consists of almost exactly the same people as the World Commission on Global Consciousness and Spirituality described below. In 1996 the Club of Budapest released The Manifesto on the Spirit of Planetary Consciousness, which was signed by 16 global environmental leaders, 12 of whom were also Club of Rome members. The Club of Madrid consists of 70 former Heads of State handpicked by the Club of Rome to consider appropriate forms of governance, and methods of democratic transitions to a new global order. The Club of Madrid was officially founded by Mikhail Gorbachev and Diego Hidalgo. They are both given as Executive Members of the governing council of the Club of Rome. The Club of Rome is funded by the Gorbachev Foundation and Hidalgos organisation FRIDE (The European Council on Foreign Relations). A quick perusal of their membership list reveals that more than half are also members of the Club of Rome National Associations. It contains the usual suspects such as Bill Clinton, Mikhail Gorbachev, Jimmy Carter, Tony Blair, Mary Robinson and Romani Prodi, Gro Harlem Bruntland, Javier Perez de Cuella and Carl Bild. They state that their top priority is facilitating a global post-Kyoto climate treaty. Perhaps the most interesting of all these organisations is the World Committee on Global Consciousness and Spirituality. The purpose of this Commission is to perpetuate the spiritual aspects of the Global Green Agenda. It is basically just old-fashioned paganism dressed up as new eco-theology. I challenge the reader to make sense of this page. This Commission is composed mainly of Club of Rome members including Mikhail Gorbachev and Al Gore.
69
The United Nations Foundation was created by prominent Club of Rome member, Ted Turner. He donated one billion dollars to support the environment activities of the UN. A significant proportion of this money was designated for programs specifically addressing climate change, and funding the IPCC. The UN Foundation has also recently created the Global Security Institute to propose far-reaching reforms of the international system. As would be expected the Foundation Board is full of the old names including Ted Turner, Gro Harlem Brundtland, Kofi Annan, Emma Rothschild, Timothy Worth and Muhammad Yunes. Global Leadership for Climate Action is a joint initiative of the United Nations Foundation and the Club of Madrid which aims to design a framework for a new enforceable international agreement on climate change. The GLCA has editorial input into reports and assessments produced by the IPCC and provides technical expertise on the implications and communication of climate change science. By my count more than two thirds of the GLCA members are also members of the Club of Rome including George Soros, Ted Turner, Timothy Worth, Gro Harlem Brundtland, Mary Robinson, Sir Crispin Tickell, Kim Campbell. Wangan Maathai, Petre Roman and Richard Lagos. Now I have to wonder what qualifies George Soros and Ted Turner to provide technical advice on climate change science? The Gorbachev Foundation was created by Mikhail Gorbachev immediately after the collapse of the Soviet Union. He described the Foundation as a think-tank whose purpose is to explain the path that global governance should take as mankind progresses into an interdependent global society. The overall motto of the Gorbachev Foundation is towards a new civilisation. The Foundation is deeply involved in many aspects of the modern green movement. They provide advice and funding to many non-government environmental organizations. The Board of the Foundation includes many Club of Rome members Mikhail Gorbachev, Ted Turner, Robert Muller, Ruud Lubbers, Wangai Maathai, Sri Chinnoy, Robert Redford, and Javier Peres Cuellar. Who would have thought that Robert Redford was involved in all this? In a similar fashion to the Club of Rome, the Gorbachev Foundation now has several Gorbachev Foundation
70
National Associations, each with their own management structure. The Foundation works very closely with the Club of Rome and the Club of Madrid and regularly holds joint conferences. These conferences must be fairly easy to organise since they now have so many members in common. In order to carry out their mission the Gorbachev Foundation has created a number of subsidiary organisations. Chief among these is Green Cross International. From the Green Cross Charter: All forms of life have their own intrinsic value and share our planetary home in an interdependent community. All parts of the community are essential to the functioning of the whole. The beauty of the earth and its food for the human spirit, inspires human consciousness with wonder, joy and creativity. Human beings are not outside, nor above, the community of life. We have not woven the web of life, we are but a strand in it. We depend on the whole for our very existence. For the first time in history, human beings have the capacity to damage, knowingly or unknowingly the ecological balance on which all life depends. The Green Cross Institute contains the same familiar names: Mikhail Gorbachev, Ted Turner, Basma Bin Talal, Jean Michel Cousteau, Ruud Lubers, Wanga Maathai, Robert Redford, Karan Singh, David Suzuki, Javier Perez, Javier de Cuellar. Another Gorbachev Foundation is Global Green USA which promotes sustainability and climate action. Its motto is fostering a global shift towards a sustainable future. Another organization that is closely linked to the Club of Rome is the United Nations University of Peace. The Chancellor (Robert Muller), Rector (Conrad Osterwalder) and CEO (Martin Lees) are all prominent Club of Rome members. In fact Martin Lees has just been appointed as the Club of Rome Secretary-General. Dr Muller founded the University of Peace on a mountain in Costa Rica. Why did he choose that location? Because of this ancient prophecy: Dear children, the Great Spirit is in every animal; in every butterfly, flower, insect, leaf and grass you see. The Great Spirit is also in you, the Creators children. Please take care of the wonderful nature created by God and some day, from this mountain, you will see the birth of a civilisation of peace spread to the entire world.
71
The Board of Honour of this University includes Desmond Tutu, the Dalai Lama, Nelson Mandela, Betty Williams, Elie Wiese, FW de Klerk and David Trimble. The University is also home to Mikhail Gorbachev and Maurice Strongs infamous Earth Charter initiative. An excellent source of information is the Kosmos Journal, a publication dedicated to the Global Awakening and fostering a New Human Civilisation. Many of the articles are written by Club of Rome members. It actually makes me physically ill after spending a few hours wading through their nonsense. The founding partners of this journal include many of the organisations listed above and show how truly interconnected they are. Founding Partners Club of Rome Club of Peace World Wisdom Council Gorbachev Foundation World Commission for Global Consciousness and Spirituality Goi Peace Foundation Global Youth Network The Future 500 Institute of Noetic Studies These are just a few of the influential environmental organisations that were either founded by, or dominated by, Club of Rome members. There are many more that I have come across but it would take forever to describe them all here. The leaders of the Global Green Agenda are deadly serious about their intention to transform humanity into an interdependent global sustainable Earth Community based on reverence and respect for Gaia. And they have been spreading their tentacles into every area of global politics. Some other Club of Rome organizations you may wish to research are: - Awakening Mind - Alliance for a New Humanity - Association for Global New Thought
72
- - - - - - - -
The Ethical Globalisation Initiative Foundation for Conscious Evolution Great Transition Initiative The Earth Council Alliance The World Future Council The Alliance of Civilisations The Global Marsall Plan The Eden Project
None dare call it Treason 1969 by John R. Stomper, p 204

The Communist leadership knew in advance that the structure of the UN could be used forever to prevent it from ever acting against the communists through its highly placed US agent, a trustee of the US President, Alger Hiss. His co-operation to that end began as follows: Alger Hiss was to be the Secretary-General of the United Nations Organisation Conference in San Francisco when the Charter was written and adopted that, in his dual role as Secretary General and top State Department official for UN affairs, he could channel his choices into key positions in the newly forming UN secretariat. In 1948, when Algler Hiss was exposed as a communist agent, the web of protective propaganda which guards the UN prevented most Americans from learning that he had been the UNs chief architect. Disciplined members of the world-wide communist conspiracy were informed almost immediately that the UN was planned as the agency which will smash the anti-Soviet intrigues of imperialist reactionaries. The entire Red scheme for the UN was revealed in a communist pamphlet, The United Nations, published in English in September by the Peoples Publishing House, Bombay, India. According to this official Communist pamphlet, the Soviet Union planned to automatically veto any UN measures restrictive to, or harmful to, world communism while using the UN to promote friction between non-communist nations and frustrate their foreign policyand to use the UN Trusteeship Council and the UN special agencies to detach all dependent, and semi73
A ONE-WORLD SOVIET SYSTEM
dependent, areas from any foreign influence except that of the Soviet Union eventually bringing about a one-world Soviet system. In the ensuing years, the communists have followed the plan, using the veto 100 times. The US has never used it. As a result, the UN, established to prevent or stop wars, has watched ineffectively, or aided the aggressors, as wars have been waged in China, Malaysia, IndoChina, Tibet, Laos, Hungary, Korea, the Middle East, Cuba, Indonesia, Algeria, the Congo, Goa, Angola and on the Indian-Chinese border. The anti-western forces have won, or are winning them all. There has been no major war, not because the UN has prevented it but because the communists are winning the world without one. The plan to detach all dependent and semi-dependent areas from any foreign influence, except that of the Soviet Union, is being fulfilled as dozens of former colonies became independent and adopt the neutralist pro-communist position in the world struggle. Despite 17 years of continual failures, in 1962 nearly 85% of the American people still placed faith and trust in the UN as the best hope for peace. Few Americans know that this is misplaced as the UN Secretariat has become a haven for communists who had been officials of the US government in the 1940s. In 1952 the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee spent two months studying the activities of US citizens employed by the UN. Its report stated: American communists, who had been officials of the US Government, penetrated the Secretariat of the United Nations after the US Government had been apprised of security information regarding their conspiratorial activities. UN Secretary General, Trygve Lie, studied the Senate report and discharged the Fifth Amendment cases. Lies action was appealed and the UN Administrative Tribunal ruled that Lie had no right to fire employees who had permanent UN civil service status. Reinstatement with back pay and damages of up to 30,000 dollars per employee were awarded. Robert Morris, chief counsel of the Senate Committee concerned, commented on the fact that Fifth Amendment cases had been
74
restored and given large cash grants, in his book No Wonder We are Losing. Here was a communist victory accomplished with the sanction of free delegations. The decision established in effect that, even if UN authorities discovered secret Kremlin agents in their employ, they could do nothing about it. Let it be remembered that these were not Soviet-appointed officials, but part of the US quota.
GRO HARLEM BRUNDTLAND

(Wikipedia)
Gro Harlem Brundtland was a Norwegian physician and public health expert, born in 1939, whose political career as a Social Democrat in the Norwegian parliament rose from Minister for Environmental Affairs 1974-9 to Prime Minister of Norway for three terms 1981, 1986-9 and 1990-6. The seeds for Agenda 21 were planted in 1981 when the eventual author of Our Common Future, Gro Harlem Brundtland (a woman who was first Vice-President of the Socialist International) caught the eye of the UN. Our Common Future eventually was adopted by the business of environmentalism as a tool to control all the people of the world and establish a global government. The growth of ICLEI, and the framework being put into place by supporters of Agenda 21, appear to bring Dr. Brundtlands ideas closer to reality. In 1983, the UN Secretary General invited Gro to establish and chair the World Commission on Environment and Development. This led to the implementation of Our Common Future in a first Earth Summit for a global revolution in April 1987, UNCED, then a second Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro and its plan for Agenda 21, meaning a plan for the 21st century and a second in June 2012.
The first global Revolution The Green Agenda The Green Web
Sustainable Development was defined by the Bruntland Commission 1983-7: Definition: Development, which emphasises meeting needs, not now but for the future as well. In my previous article Gaiais Gurus, I described how many of the leaders
75
THE GREEN AGE
of the modern green movement frequently refer to the earth as a sentient super-organism called Gaia. While reading recent biographies of these environmental leaders I was very surprised to find out that many of them are members of an organisation called the Club of Rome (CoR). I was even more surprised to discover that the entire manifesto of the Global Green Agenda is laid out in reports and books published by this Club. They believe that modern industrial society is crucifying Gaia and our only hope is to transform humanity into an interdependent global sustainable community based on reverence and respect for Gaia. They refer to this as the First Global Revolution. In order to achieve this transformation the men of the Club of Rome have established a network of interlinked organisations on various aspects of their agenda. If you examine biographies of prominent Club of Rome members, and then look at the organisations they have founded, you will soon find they are linked to other Club of Rome members, dozens of foundations, and think tanks that stated their mission is to consider governance, sustainability and the need for global consciousness. Check their lists of members. They all contain the same people. I attempted to construct a chart of all these organisations. They all had so many members in common in linking these organisations to each other, the chart became unreadable. Hence they called this network The Green Web. The Club of Rome, (CoR), directly spawned the Club of Budapest (CoB) and the Club of Madrid (CoM). The purpose of these siblings is to provide spiritual and political context to the Club of Romes technical reasons. The Club of Budapest is an offshoot of the Club of Rome to promote the Global Green Agenda through Art and Culture. This idea of the Club of Budapest stemmed from discussion with its founder and president, Ervin Laszlo, and the Club of Romes President, Auerlia Peccei, in the late seventies. Peccei suggests fellow founding members of the Club of Rome, who were writers, artists and people of high spiritual quality as members to complement abstract members to approach global problems with the insight and creativity of art, literature and various domains of the human spirit.
76
The Club of Budapest has also established the World Council. It is jointly chaired by Mikhail Gorbachev and consists of almost exactly the same people as the Commission on Global Consciousness and Spirituality. In 1999 the Club of Budapest released An Agreement on THE SPIRIT OF PLANETARY CONSCIOUSNESS signed by 16 global environmental leaders, 12 of whom were CoR members. The Club of Madrid consists of 70 former Heads of States handpicked by the Club of Rome to consider appropriate forms for good governance and methods of democratic transition to a new world order. This Club was officially founded by Mikhail Gorbachev and Diego Hidalgo. They are both given as executive members of the governing council of the Club of Rome. The Club of Rome is linked to the Gorbachev Foundation and Hidalgos organisation is the European Council on Foreign Relations. A quick perusal of their membership list reveals that many are also members of the Club of Rome National Associations and the usual suspects such as Bill Clinton, Moljao, Gorbachev, Caater, Tony Blair, Mary Robinson, Gro Harlem Brundtland and Javier Perex de Cuelliar. They state that their top priority is facilitating a global climate treaty. The Club of Madrid in a similar fashion is an official consultant body to the UN and is contacted to produce reports and technical advice. Perhaps the most interesting of all these organizations is the Commission on Global Consciousness and Spirituality. The purpose of this Commission appears to be to perpetuate the spiritual aspects of the Global Green agenda. It is fashionable paganism dressed up as a new eco-theology. It is hard for the reader to make sense of this. The Commission is composed mostly of Club of Rome members including Al Gore. Its aims are exemplified by the text below. VISION: The Commission seeks to inspire the vision that the sacred tapestry of all life and spirituality is the foundation of a global consciousness, and the wisdom found in the worlds traditions, and culture. AWAKENING GLOBAL CONSCIOUSNESS: We humans are in the midst of a profound movement in our species to a higher form of global consciousness that is emerging across cultures, religions and world views. It is a maturation from more egocentric patterns to a higher form of integral and dialogic patterns of life. It has been seen that
77
egocentric patterns of living, fragmentation, alienation and human pathologies exists at a collective level. The awakening of global consciousness, even though it has been evident throughout our diverse spiritual great events in the human drama, is not readily apparent. People tend to process reality from their personalised world views, narrative or cultural lens. Whereas access to consciousness comes only from, and when, we are able to gain critical distance from our particular localised existence and enter the more expansive space of a global future. The WorldShift Network is to address: - The Governance of Nations - Education for Wisdom - Public Health Policy - The Ethics of Planetary Freedom - Reverence for Nature - Approaching a modern Subsistence Economy
MIKHAIL GORBACHEV
As a dedicated communist of outstanding ability, Mikhail Gorbachev rose rapidly through the Communist Party ranks until becoming the Politburos youngest member in 1980, and President of Soviet Russia from 1985-90. On retirement he moved onto the world stage. In January 1992 he founded the Gorbachev Foundation. In 1993 he became President of the enormous Greencross International Organisation. He lent enormous prestige to his views in the international arena as he had won both the Order of Lenin three times and the Nobel Peace Prize. In 1983 he was associated with the Norwegian politician, Gro Harlem Brundtland, as Vice President of the Socialist International when she was appointed head of a World Commission to lay the foundations for a World Summit meeting in 1987 to take the first steps towards One World Government through the United Nations. Gorbachev followed up this World Summit, which launched the environment policy, invented by the Club of Rome of which Gordachev
78
was a key member, in 1988. While still President of Russia he addressed the General Assembly of the United Nations in 1988 with a powerful expression of support for the new world order that the World Summit had endorsed should be the basis of a first Earth Summit of world leaders in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. This would launch a 20 year program for a second Earth Summit in 2012 under unifying bodies to be set up by the United Nations.
Speech of Mikhail Gorbachev, former member of Russian Politburo and President of Russia to the United Nations General Assembly (7/12/1988).
Gorbachev gave the principal statement, creating the new world order concept, to the UN Assembly. His formulation included an extensive list of ideas for creating a new order. He advocated strengthening the central role of the United Nations and the active involvement of all members the Cold War had prevented the UN, and its Security Council, from performing their roles as initially envisioned. The de-ideologising of relations among states was the mechanism through which this new level of co-operation could be achieved. Concurrently, Gorbachev recognised only one world economy essentially an end to economic blocs. Furthermore he advocated Soviet entry into several important international organisations, such as the CSCE. the International Court of Justice and reinvigoration of the UN peacekeeping role. Recognition, that superpower co-operation can and will lead to the resolution of regional conflicts, was especially the key in his conception of cooperation. He argued that the use of force, or the threat of the use of force, was no longer legitimate and that the strong must demonstrate restraint towards the weak. He foresaw as the major powers of the world the United States, the Soviet Union, Europe, India, China, Japan and Brazil. He asked for cooperation on environmental protection, on debt relief for developing countries, on disarmament of nuclear weapons, on preservation of the ABN Treaty, and on a convention for the elimination of chemical weapons. At the same time he promised the significant withdrawal of Soviet forces from Eastern Europe and Asia as well as end to the
79
NEW WORLD ORDER (POLITICS)
jamming of the Radio Liberty. Gorbachev described a phenomenon that could be described as a global political awakening: We are witnessing most profound social change. Whether in the East or the South or the West or the North, hundreds of millions of people, new nations and states, new public movements and ideologies have moved to the forefront of history. Broad-based and frequently turbulent popular movements have given expression, in a multi-dimensional and contradictory way, to a longing for independence, democracy and social justice. The idea of democratising the entire world order has become a powerful sociopolitical force. At the same time the scientific and technological revolution has turned many economic, food, energy, environmental, information and population problems, which only recently we treated as national or regional ones, into global problems. Thanks to the advances in mass media and means of transportation, the world seems to have become more visible and tangible. International communication has become easier than ever before. For a new type of progress throughout the world to become a reality everyone must change. Tolerance is the alpha and omega of a new world order. In the press Gorbachev was compared to Woodrow Wilson giving the Fourteen Points, to Franklin D. Roosevelt and Churchill promulgating the Atlantic Charter, and to Marshall and Truman building the Western Alliance. His speech, while visionary, was to be approached with caution. He was seen as attempting a fundamental redefinition of international relationships on economic and environmental levels.
None dare call it Treason 1964 by John A. Stormer

Communists everywhere support every revolutionary movement against the existing political and social order of things. The communists
80
THE WORLD ECONOMY: A COMMON RESPONSIBILITY
disdain to conceal their aims. Let the ruling classes tremble at a communist revolution. The proletarians have nothing to lose but their chains. They have a world to win. Working men of all countries, unite! XX Congress of the Socialist (Communist) International, New York 9 September 1996 The Socialist International held its twentieth Congress at the headquarters of the United Nations in New York in 1996. More than 150 parties and organisations from every continent took part: some seven hundred delegates representing those who belong to the Socialist International, together with other parties of social democratic orientation invited to take part. Additional guests from the United States and elsewhere, and from the UN diplomatic community, brought the numbers to around one thousand. Our venue, the General Assembly Hall, lent a particular solemnity and symbolism to the delegates. Debating those themes were social democrats from around the world. They included heads of government Gro Harlem Brundtland, first Vice-President of the Socialist International then Prime Minister of Norway, Antonio Guterres Prime Minister of Portugal who introduced the first Congress discussion on the world economy, Chancellor Franz Vanitzky of Austria, Prime Minister Paavo Lippomen of Finland, Prime Minister Gyula Horn of Hungary, and Prime Minister Navin Ramgoalam of Mauritius. Other distinguished figures attending included Shumon Peres former Prime Minister of Israel, Filep Gemzilez former Prime Minister of Spain, Raul Alfonsin former president of Argentina, Rodrigo Biorga former President of Ecuador and Pedro Pires former Prime Minister of Cape Verde as well as the leader of the Party of European Socialists in the European Parliament. Among the many guests were Bill Jordan, General Secretary of the ICFTU, Yvan Rybkin since appointed Secretary of the Security Council of Russia and leading representative of the US Democratic Party and trade union movement. The Secretary-General of the United Nations addressed the Congress. The delegates all presented detailed declarations on the three main themes of the Congress setting out the international perspective on current developments in every continent and region on
81
the question of local authorities and in support of the United Nations. These major policy documents will guide the Socialist Internationals work and commitments in the coming years. Pierre Mauroy was elected President and Luis Ayala Vice-President. An important initiative of the XX Congress was the establishment of a new high-level Commission to be chaired by Felipe Gonzalez. The Commission will examine the aspirations of social democracy and the role of an expanding and increasing Socialist International in todays fast changing and interdependent world.
82
SECTION 4
PLOT TO CREATE A NEW WORLD ORDER

QUOTES FROM TEXT: The Club of Romes foreign policy was put together in 1968, from hard core members of the original JP Morgenthau group on the basis of a telephone call made by the late Aurelio Peccei for a new and urgent drive to speed up their Plans for the New World Government now called the New World Order. Pecceis call was answered by the most subversive future planners drawn from the US, France, Sweden, Britain, Switzerland and Japan that could be mustered. During the period 1968-72 the Club of Rome became a cohesive entity of new-science scientists and global future internationals of every stripe. The former Russian President, Mikhail Gorbachev coauthored the policy with the UN Secretary General, Maurice Strong, to delude the manifold countries in the world that Pecceis Domesday forecast was genuine and it could only be met by a surrender of sovereignty of all the nations of the world to a one world government created by the United Nations.
83
SECTION 4: PLOT TO CREATE A NEW WORLD ORDER
IS THE SOROS-SPONSORED AGENDA 21 A HIDDEN PLAN to world government?

YES, BUT IT IS NOT HIDDEN. by Mike Opeika, June 14, 2011
What is Agenda 21? If you do not know about it, you should. Agenda 21 is a two-decade old, grand plan for global Sustainable Development brought to you from the United Nations. George H. W. Bush and 177 other world leaders agreed to back it in 1992. In 1995, Bill Clinton signed Executive Order 312858 creating a Presidential Council on Sustainable Development. This effectively pushed the UN plan into Americas large, churning government machine without the need for any review or discussion by Congress or the American people. Sustainable Development sounds like a nice idea, right? It sounds nice until you scratch the surface and find that Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development are really cloaked plans to impose the tenets of Social Justice/Socialism on the world. At risk from Agenda 21 are private property ownership, single-family homes, private car ownership and individual travel choices, and privately owned farms, Land ... cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market. Private land ownership is also a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth and therefore contributes to social injustice. If unchecked it may become a major obstacle in the planning and implementation of development schemes. The provision of decent dwellings and healthy conditions for the people can only be achieved in the interest of society as a whole.
UN Conference on Human Settlements Vancouver May 31 - June 11, 1976 Preamble to Agenda Item 10 of the Conference Report.
There are two more, very good reasons to be wary of Agenda 21 and the
85
International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) that supports it: 1. George Soros and the United Nations Soros money has been tracked to funding parts of ICLEI. In 1997 George Soros Open Society gave ICLEI a $2,147,415 grant to support its Local Agenda 21 Project. As regards the UN, that organisations problems with Americas appreciation of freedom and self determination is one that needs no explanation. 2. Currently Agenda 21 is working to implement policies to create plans for sustainable management of open spaces. The definition of what is to be considered an open space has sparked some heated exchanges between those directing the planning meetings and citizens who want private property rights to be respected and protected. This type of global plan could not be implemented without a large and well-funded group pushing through its priorities. For that, Agenda 21 has the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), launched in 1995, which is now deeply entrenched in America. It has grown from a handful of local governments participating in a pilot project to a solid network of more than 600 cities, towns and counties, members of ICLEI, actively striving to achieve tangible reductions of greenhouse gas emissions and create more sustainable communities. ICLEI is not the domestic leader on climate protection and adaptation at the local government level. As regards the UN, that organisations problems with Americas appreciation of freedom and self-determination is one that needs no explanation. Currently in California Agenda 21 is working to implement plans for sustainable management of open spaces. The definition of what is to be considered an open space has sparked some heated exchanges between those directing the planning meetings and citizen who want private property rights to be protected. In the business world Agenda 21 is not a free market friend, choosing Private Public Partnerships where the government decides which companies will receive tax breaks and are allowed to stay in business. In light of this realization, the cosy relationship between the current administration and GE (a company that paid no tax in 2010), should
86
raise eyebrows. In recent months, citizen groups across the country, have organised and become involved in the removal of towns and cities from membership in ICLEI. The seeds for Agenda 21 were planted in 1987 when the first Vice President of the Socialist International and author of Our Common Future writings, Gro Harlem Brundtland (a woman who was first Vice-President of the Socialist International), caught the eye of the UN. Our Common Future eventually got into the business of environmentalism as a tool to control all the people of the world and establish a global government. The growth of ICLEI and the framework being put into place by supporters of Agenda 21 appear to bring Dr. Brundtlands ideas closer to reality. In 1983, the UN Secretary General invited Gro Harlem Brundtland to establish, and chair, the World Commission on Environment and development. This led to Our Common Future in April 1987, a first Earth Summit, UNCED, then a second Earth Summit in June 2012 in Rio de Janeiro and its plan for Agenda 21, meaning a plan for the 21st century.
AGENDA 21 MEANS AUSTRALIA WILL LOSE ITS FREEDOM AND INDEPENDENCE.

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Agenda 21 is an action plan of the United Nations (UN) related to sustainable development and was an outcome of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) held in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992. It is a comprehensive blueprint of an action to be taken globally, nationally and locally by organisations of the UN, governments and major groups in every area in which humans directly affect the environment. Development of Agenda 21 1992 The full text of Agenda 21 was revealed at the Rio de Janiero United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (Earth Summit) held in Rio de Janeiro on June 13, 1992 where 178 governments voted to adopt the program. The final text was the result of drafting,
87
consultation and negotiation culminating at the two-week conference. The number 21 refers to an Agenda for the 21st century (a copy is published as an appendix at the end of this book). In 1997, the General Assembly of the UN held a special session to appraise five years of progress on the implementation of Agenda 21 (Rio + 5). The Assembly recognised progress as uneven and identified key trends including increasing globalisation, widening inequalities in income and a continued deterioration of the global environment. A new General Assembly Resolution (S-192) promised further action. The Johannesburg Summit 2002 The Johannesburg Plan of Implementation, agreed at the World Summit on Sustainable Development (Earth Summit 2002) affirmed UN commitment to full implementation of Agenda 21, alongside the achievement of the Millenium Development Goals and other international agreements.
By Rachel Alexander Townhall Magazine (July 7, 2011)

Americans are so focused on Congress, and Obama, at the federal level of government right now that most are overlooking the socialism creeping in at the local level through Agenda 21. It is easy to overlook local government since people are saturated with too much information in the internet age. Compounding this is the fact that Agenda 21 is a dull topic, and it becomes understandable how it has been able to fly mostly under the radar since 1992, slowly working its way into our cities and our counties. Agenda 21, which reportedly means an Agenda for the 21st century, is a United Nations program launched in 1992 at Rio for the vague purposes of achieving global sustainable development. Congress never approved Agenda 21, although Presidents Obama, Clinton and George H.W. Bush have all signed Executive Orders implementing it. 178 other world leaders agreed to it in 1991 at the Rio Summit. Since then, the UN has mostly bypassed national governments, using the adoption by Agent 21 of an International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (lCLEI) to make agreements directly
88
AGENDA 21
with local governments. ICLEIs presence has grown to include agreements with over 600 cities, towns and counties here, which are now copying the land use plans prescribed in Agenda 21. Some conservatives are trying to attract attention to Agenda 21 by labeling it as a secret conspiracy to create a one world government. While that will wake some people up, it will turn off others. It does not matter whether it is a conspiracy or not. There are people on the left side of the political spectrum who may have good intentions working together to spread their vision for society world-wide. Whether they meet in dark rooms or openly in public meetings is irrelevant. They are having great success convincing local governments in the U.S. to adopt their socialist and extreme environmental programs under the guise of feel-good buzz words. Left wing billionaire George Soross Open Society Institute in the US and Van Jones Green for All. The Tides Foundations and Apollo Alliance are also reportedly ICELI contributors. Agenda 21 seeks to promote sustainability, the latest revised word for environmentalism since Americans have learned too many negative things about it. Sustainability is just an amorphous concept that can be interpreted to an extreme degree that would regulate and restrict many parts of our lives. When will the level of carbon emissions be low enough? How much must we reduce our consumption of fossil fuels? Preserving the environment is a dubious science and what steps are really necessary to protect the environment are anybodys guess. Agenda 21 promotes European socialist goals that will erode our freedoms and liberties. Most of it is vague, lofty sounding phrases that cause the average persons eyes to glaze over, making it easier to sneak it into our communities. The environmental goals include atmospheric protection, combating pollution, protecting fragile environments and conserving biological diversity. Agenda 21 goes well beyond environmentalism. Other broad goals include combating poverty, changing consumption patterns, promoting health and reducing private property ownership, single-family, homes, private car ownership and privately owned farms. It seeks to cram people into small liveable areas and institute population control. There is a plan
89
for social justice that will redistribute wealth. This is being interpreted to allow massive amounts of new, overreaching regulations. Joyce Morrison from Eco-Iogic Powerhouse says Agenda 21 is so broad it will affect the way we live, eat, learn and communicate. Berit Kjot, author of Brave New Schools, warns that Agenda 21 regulation would severely limit water, electricity and transportation even deny human access to our most treasured wilderness areas. It would monitor all lands and people. No one would be free from the watchful eye of the new global tracking and information system. Even one of the authors of Agenda 21 had admitted that it calls for specific changes in the activities of all people. These steps are already being enacted little by little at the local levels. Since the US is one of the wealthiest countries in the world and uses more energy than any other country it stands to lose the most from environmental regulations. The goal of sustainability, which comes down to using government to heavy-handedly accomplish vague goals of caring for the earth, goes contrary to our free market capitalism. Even more unfair is the fact that struggling third world countries, and communist countries, that financially afford to comply with the onerous environmental regulations, will continue their high levels of fossil fuel consumption, and the US will be forced by UN regulations to conserve even more to make up for those countries. Obama signed Executive Order 13575 earlier this month, establishing a White House Rural Council prescribed by Agenda 21. The amount of government Obama has directed to administer this is staggering. Obama committed thousands of federal employees in 25 federal agencies to promote sustainability in rural areas. The agencies will entice local communities into adopting Agenda 21 programs by providing them with millions of dollars in grants. Dr. Lean Johnson Paugh, writing for Canada Free Press analysed the order and wrote, it established unchecked federal control into rural America in education, food supply, land use, water use, recreation, property, energy and the lives of 16% of the population. Tea Party groups, Talk Show host Glenn Beck and organisations like Freedom Advocates, Catholic Investigative Agency and Sovereignty International are working hard to expose Agenda 21,
90
but there is only so much few can do. Some local governments have become aware of what Agenda 21 is really about and dropped out of ICLEI this year. It will be difficult to defeat Agenda 21 because it requires changing the attitudes of over 600 separate localities across the US. Ideally a conservative president could roll back the executive orders implementing it, but considering Republican President H. W. Bush was a disappointment in this area it may be too much to hope for that Republicans could take over Congress and challenge the huge power grab Obama made with Executive Order 1357 and ban Agenda 21 in the US. For now, local activists must champion this issue, much like Texans for Accountable Government has done, educating local boards and commissions and serving on them. Agenda 21 is a tedious and overwhelming topic, and until it can be explained in an easy-tounderstand way that interests the average American, it will be tough to beat back.
Australias Report to the UNCSD 1995

Implementation of Agenda 21 Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts
Foreword by Prime Minister Keating As the pressures on world resources continue to grow, the concept of Sustainable Development becomes an imperative for the global community. Australia is proud to present its second report to the Commission of Sustainable Development. This details our nations effort toward implementing Agenda 21. The principles of Ecologically Sustainable development. The issues on the Commissions 1995 agenda, which are the subject of this National Report, are at the heart of Australias national economic and environmental interests. Our land, farms, forests and mines, our wildlife and wilderness, play crucial roles in the Australian economy and in the culture of Australians. Drought, land degradation, protection of forests and the conservation of biological diversity are important issues confronting Australia in 1995. So too is ensuring that all Australians enjoy the benefits of economic development.
91
In this National Report, Australia sets out its experience in natural resource and environmental management. The report should not be seen just as a scorecard of our activities relevant to Agenda 21. With it, Australia shares its experiences with the world in the belief that others can build on our successes and learn from our mistakes. I trust that all members of the United Nations will continue to support the Commission in achieving its objectives to bridge the gap between the goal of global sustainable development and the reality of a world still troubled by poverty and degraded natural resources. International co-operation towards the goals agreed at Rio is the key to achieving a future which is both economically and environmentally sound.
THE CLUB OF ROME

(Wikipedia)
The Club of Rome is a global think tank that deals with a variety of inter-national political issues. Founded in 1968 at Accademia del Lincel in Rome, Italy, the Club of Rome describes itself as a group of world citizens, sharing a common concern for the future of humanity. It consists of current and former Heads of State, UN bureaucrats, high-level politicians and government officials, diplomats, scientists, economists, and business leaders from around the globe. It raised considerable public attention in 1972 with its report The Limits to Growth. The Club of Rome states its mission is to act as a global catalyst for change through the identification and analysis of the crucial problems facing humanity and the communication of such problems to the most important public and private decision makers as well as the general public. Since July 1, 2008, the organization has its headquarters in Winterthur, Switzerland. The Club of Rome was founded in April 1968 by Aurelio Peccei, an Italian industrialist and a Scottish scientist. It was formed when a small industrial group of people from the fields of academia, civil society, diplomacy and industry met at a villa in Rome, Italy, hence the name. Hasan Ozbekhan, Erich Jantseh and Alexander Christakis were responsible for conseptualising the original prospectus of the Club of Rome entitled The Predestination of Mankind. The Club of Rome raised considerable public attention with its report
92
Limits of Growth, which has sold 12 million copies in more than 30 translations, making it the best selling environmental book in world history. Published in 1972 and presented for the first time at the International Students Committee (ISC) annual Management Symposium in St. Gallen, Switzerland, it predicted that economic growth could not continue indefinitely because of the limited availability of natural resources, particularly oil. The 1973 oil crisis increased public concern about this problem. However, even before Limits to Growth was published, others such as Eduard Pestel and Mihajlo Mesarovic of Case Western Reserve University had begun work on a far more elaborate model (it distinguished ten world regions and involved 200,000 equations compared with 1,000 in the Meadows model). The research had the full support of the Club of Rome in 1974. In addition to providing a more refined regional breakdown, Pestel and Mesarovic had succeeded in integrating social as well as technical data. The second report revised the predictions of the original Limits to Growth and gave a more optimistic prognosis for the future of the environment, noting that many of the factors were within human control and therefore that environmental and economic catastrophe were preventable or avoidable, hence the title. In 1993, the Club of Rome published the First Global Revolution. According to this book, divided nations require common enemies to unite them, either a real one or else one invented for the purpose. Because of the sudden absence of traditional enemies new enemies must be identified. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine, and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is humanity itself. Organisation According to its website, the Club of Rome is composed of scientists, economists, business men, international high civil servants, heads of state and former heads of state from all five continents who are convinced that the future of humankind is not determined once and
93
for all, and that each human being can contribute to the improvement of our societies. There are now national Club of Rome associations in many nations including a number of European nations, USA, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Puerto Rico, Venezuela, and Asian nations. These associations analyse national problems in terms of the same factors, and give advice nationally to decision makers. The Club of Rome also commissioned a group of Systems Dynamists from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology to model the worlds future if human and economic systems continued to grow. Five variables were specified for their model population, industrial production, resources, pollution and food. After several alternate runs, they found the problem insoluble given that collapse is a structural feature of every growing economy.
THE GORBACHEV FOUNDATION OF NORTH AMERICA

The Global Economy
A major mission of the Gorbachev Foundation is to foster democracy around the world. Effective corporate governance practices and the surrounding infrastructure of legislation and judicial and administrative enforcement are consistent with democratic practice of openness, fairness, access to information and informed decision making. All of these promote trust and ethical business behaviour, which are supportive and of democratic principles and action. NB: (editors note) neither the history of Soviet Russia of which Gorbachev was president, nor the history of the open society campaigns of financier George Soros, exemplify these principles. The Global Economy 1 A Challenge to National Economics Boston USA December 15-16, 1997 Specifically, as trans-national economic organisations become more important players in the world economy, and as developments in the world economy have ever greater and more immediate consequences for national economies, governments are faced with a growing
94
number of constraints on their actions. The Global Economy 2 Prospects and Policies for the Next Century October 23-25, 1998 The purpose of the project was to identify the threats to national and international stability that come from failures to adjust to economic globalisation. This conference drew together senior politicians, academics, policy makers, experts in computing, broadcasting and the internet, industrialists, consumers and citizens to discuss critically and in depth in an neutral environment, the challenges and opportunities involved in creating and sustaining electronic government. Technology and Democracy Boston March 6-7, 1999 From the dissidents in China, to the fall of the Berlin Wall, to the Russian coup, the revolt in Indonesia and the Starr Report on the issues facing the US Presidency, new technologies have been central and powerful forces. The Future of US and Russian Relations Boston April 6-7 2000 The Round Table meeting brought together people from the spheres of government, diplomacy, policy development, the military, journalism, science and research for the purpose of evaluating the current situation and making recommendations for future policy and action. The Legacy of State Socialism GNFA and Kings College, Cambridge University March 30 April 1, 2000. The conference brought together well-known experts on the societies of Russia, the Soviet Union, and East Europe to consider the ways in which the years of socialist rule were affecting post-socialist transfers. Democratic Transition and Consolidation Madrid Spain October 19-20/26-27, 2001 Since the end of World War 2, the most remarkable development in human affairs has been the spread of democracy throughout the world. The end of colonialism in the 1950s and 1960s, the end of authoritarian rule in industrially developed countries in the 1970s and
95
1980s, and the rapid move to democratisation following the collapse of the Soviet Union, and the end of the Cold War have all resulted in a significant increase in the number of countries that can be considered democracies of one kind or another. Since that time Gorbachev, as President of the Club of Madrid, has presided over annual conferences of its General Assembly, the most remarkable of which was the Eighth Assembly held in the Palacien de Congresos in November 2009 to consider the theme The Political Dimensions of the World Economic Crisis, attended by over 100 current and former Heads of State and government. It declares that the Gorbachev Foundation of North America and the Club of Madrid (GNFA) which assembles the worlds most innovative experts, and so many Heads of States, to clarify the myriad of issues which all nationals confront, and to develop sustainable policies a non-partisan organisation, GFNA, examines the social, economic and technological forces that influence democratisation. NB editor: Where does Gorbachev get the funds for the sustainability of his Foundation?
ARTIES AGENDA
Certain aspects of the modern green movement, that are permeating every segment of our society, are not about the environment. You dont have to dig very far to discover the true beliefs of the influential leaders, who are using genuine concerns about the environment, are to promote an agenda of control. CLUB OF ROME premier environmental think-tank, consultants to United Nations. The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine, and the life, would fit the bill that dangers are caused by human intervention. It is only by changed attitudes and behaviours that they can be overcome. The real enemy is humanity itself.
96
ANGELA MARKELL Chancellor of Germany Climate change is the greatest threat that human civilisation has ever faced. TONY BLAIR former British Prime Minister We have reached the critical moment of decision on climate change. Failure to act now would be deeply unfortunate and irresponsible. LESTER BROWN World Watch Institute Nations are in effect ceding portions of their sovereignty to the international community and beginning to evolve a new system of international environmental government as a means of solving otherwise unmanageable problems. PAUL WATSON Co-founder of Greenpeace It doesnt matter what Agenda 21 is, it is the blueprint. It only matters what people believe is true. PROFESSOR S. SCHNEIDER Stanford Prof of Climatology/lead author of many IPPC UN reports We need to get some broad based support to capture the publics imagination. So we have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified dramatic statements, and make little mention of any doubts. Each of us has to decide what the right balance is between being effective and being honest.
GREEN CROSS INTERNATIONAL

(Wikipedia)
As the founder of Green Cross International (GCI) Gorbachev was an active and important guiding force. Through his writing and appearances, Mr. Gorbachev helped bring greater focus on three connected challenges of ensuring human security, removing poverty and averting environmental catastrophes. In addition to the GCI Mr. Gorbachev also used other channels such as the World Political Forum and the Nobel Laureates Summits to sensitise world public opinion on these issues. Area of Activity From advocacy programs at national and international levels to
97
training individuals on how to construct rainwater-harvesting systems, Green Cross provides comprehensive programs that further the values of co-operation among all stakeholders. The human relationship with nature crosses all boundaries and transcends all ideas of class, which necessitates a solution that goes beyond good governance and good policy, and hinges on the shared responsibility for a sustainable and just future for all. Green Cross International works in the following areas: 1. Prevention and resolution of conflict arising from environmental degradation. 2. Provision of assistance to people affected by the environmental consequences of wars and conflicts 3. Promotion of legal, ethical and behavioural norms that ensure basic changes in the values, actions and attitudes of government, the private sector and civil society, necessary to build a sustainable global community.
98
SECTION 5
secrecy by treaty
QUOTES FROM TEXT:
Earth Summit 1992- Agenda 21 Emeritus Professor John D. Trudel in his Chains of Law wrote about Agenda 21: Some say it was actually started by the KGB in the last days of the Cold War but I have not been able to validate that.
Ex-President of Soviet Russia, Mikhail Gorbachev, President of Green Cross International and co-author of the Earth Charter of the Earth Summit Conference in Rio de Janeiro, said: The principles of the Earth Charter will be a new form of the Ten Commandments. They will lay the foundation for a sustainable global earth community.
Paul Watson, co-founder of Green Peace International says: It does not matter what is true. It only matters what people think is true.
To understand what is taking place in America, we have to understand what Agenda 21 is. It is the blue print of the New World Order agenda for the twenty-first century. It will require profound recreation of all human society.
99
SECTION 5: SECRECY BY TREATY
SECRECY BY TREATY
SENATOR PAUL WARBURG (German/US bank) We will have world government, whether you like it or not. The only question is whether it will be achieved by conquest or consent. MIKHAIL GORBACHEV: Former President of Russia and co-author of the Earth Charter We need a new paradigm of development in which the environment will be a priority. The emerging environmentalism of our civilisations, and the need for vigorous action and priority in the interest of community, will inevitably have multiple political consequences. Perhaps the most important of them will be a gradual increase in the status of the United Nations. Inevitably it will assume some aspects of a world government. Ex-President of Soviet Russia Mikhail Gorbachev, President of Green Cross International and co-author of the Earth Charter said: The principles of the Earth Charter will be a new form of the ten commandments. They will lay the foundation for a sustainable global earth community. NB: This foundation has been building since 1983 by creation of a monstrous web of world government committees by Russia and largely Jewish international banks in waiting to launch their New (totalitarian) World Order in a repeat of the alliance with Lenin and Trotsky in 1917.
John A Stormer None Dare call it Treason p.221

What is the constitutional position of the US as to the relationship of Congress to treating such a treaty as a binding treaty? A key piece in the blueprint for revolution, described by Senator Jenner, is an interpretation of the U.S. Constitution which permits the Constitution to be changed or even abolished by a treaty. Article VI provides: This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof: and all Treaties
101
RIO DE JANEIRO EARTH SUMMIT
made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, as interpreted by the US Supreme Court, This means that treaties supersede the Constitution. American rights of freedom of speech, religion, press, assembly etc which can be changed or abolished by a treaty. In 1942, the doctrine, that treaties supersede or over-ride the Constitution, was extended to apply to executive agreements negotiated by the President, or in the name of the President, by members of the bureaucracy. In the case, United Nations vs Pink, the Court held that a personal agreement between President Roosevelt and the Russian Foreign Minister, Litvinov, nullified provisions of the laws of New York State, and of the American Constitution, which forbids confiscation of private property. The implications are frightening. The founding fathers envisioned that the Constitution could be changed only with the approval of three-fourths of the States. Today an executive agreement, perhaps made in secret without Congress and the States being aware of it, much less approving, can at some future date be judged to have changed the Constitution. In 1954, during debate on a Constitutional Amendment, which would have corrected this loophole in the Constitution, Senator William Jenner reviewed the situation. He said: Since 1920 we have had the most insidious development of this new principle by one little extension after another. The doctrine that treaties were outside the limits of the Constitution meant that they were above the laws of the States. The doctrine that treaties were above the Constitution was soon extended to executive agreements. If we note today that executive agreements mean personal agreements, like that between Roosevelt and Litvinov, or administrative decisions by a minor foreign policy official like John Stewart Service; if we add that these agreements on foreign affairs now spread into areas formerly considered purely domestic, we come closer to the full measure of our danger. The danger is great. Over 10,000 executive agreements have been negotiated with reference to the North Atlantic Treaty organization
102
alone. Many of these are secret, yet, all have power to override the Constitution. The tragic Yalta Pact, part of which has never been revealed, has the power to supersede the Constitution. Other agreements and treaties are proposed, or made, nearly every day. Any one could have the power to destroy the United States, the Constitution and the rights of American citizens. A proposed United Nations Treaty Against Genocide provides penalties for causing mental harm to a member of a minority group. Such an offender under the terms of the treaty, could be arrested, transported abroad, and tried without a jury and punished by the proposed international court. NB: The fear of John Stormer was justified in that just such a court is proposed in Agenda 21 which is likely to be authorized during the second Earth Summit in June 2012
OTHER AGREEMENTS AND TREATIES

We are forgetting the United Nations Charter in 1945. The US Senate amended the agreement on the International Court of Justice Statute to ban the court from jurisdiction over matters which were essentially domestic as determined by the United States.
DURBAN CONFERENCES FINE-PRINT SHOWS WE WILL LOSE OUR AUTONOMY

The Australian December 14, 2011
Climate Change Minister Greg Combet fully supports the decisions made at the Durham climate talks. These include binding Australia to take action. We are going to commit ourselves to an offshore body that can make binding decisions on our economy. We are gradually losing the ability to govern ourselves and to retain control of our destiny. A new international climate court will have the power to compel Western nations to pay ever-larger sums to Third World countries in the name of making reparation for supposed climate debt. The new emissions target for developed nations will be a reduction of up to 50% in the next eight years. Windmills, solar panels and other
103
renewables are the only alternatives suggested in the draft. There is no mention of the immediate and rapid expansion of nuclear power. Australians should read the fine print of the Durban agreement before signing anything. It will do virtually nothing for the environment but will most certainly undermine Australian industry and destroy our political and social freedoms.
Archives and records management 19454-19958 (predominantly 1945-6)

Purpose of the Commission: to make provisional arrangements for the first session of the General Assembly, the Security Council, the Economic and Social Council and the Trusteeship Council to establish the Secretariat; to convene the International Court of Justice. Successor organization: United Nations. The Commission was comprised of one representative from each government signatory to the Charter. Powers were exercised by the Executive Committee, which established multiple committees. An Executive Secretary, Gladwyn Jebb, served as head of the staff. Chairman of the Commission was Eduard Zuleta Angel, Vice-Chairmen were D. Z. Manuilsky and PH Spaak. Members of the Commission and officers of the Executive Committee were: Manuel Bianchi (Chile), Naarolllah Entezam (Iran), H.V. Evatt (Australia), C. de Freitas-Valle (Brazil), A. A. Gromyko (USSR), V. K. Wellington Koo (China), Lljubo Leontic (Yugoslavia), Jan Masaryk (Czechoslavia), Rene MAAIFLI (France), Luis Padilla Nervo (Mexico), J.P. Noel-Baker (United Kingdom), J. H. van Roijen (Netherlands), Edward R. Stettinius Jr (United States), Q. D. Turgeon (Canada).
PREPARATORY COMMISSION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
Evatt, not Spry, responsible for security predicts John Ballantyne News Weekly (April 16, 2011)
Australias early chief of counter-espionage, Brigadier Spry reportedly warned Britains state security service MI5 in 1954, it should seriously consider withholding intelligence information from Australia in the
104
AUSTRALIAS COLD WAR
event that Labor leader Dr. V. Evatt become Prime Minister. Sprys reported concerns came to light on April 4 with the release in London of thousands of MI5 documents from the mid-1950s. Ignored in the subsequent media uproar about Sprys behavior towards Evatt are three important and well-attested facts. First, Dr. Evatt was at the very least a communist sympathiser. Second, a number of his personal staff were actual communist agents reporting to Soviet intelligence services. And third, Spry, before 1954, had repeatedly warned of the security risk posed by his (Evatts) staff. Evatt professed a lifelong sympathy with communism and counted leading Australian communists among his closest friends and acquaintances. A large volume of clandestine radio traffic between Moscow and Canberra during 1943-8, which was intercepted by the US Armys Signal Services code-breaking project (code-named Verona) was deciphered in the late 1980s and revealed the presence in Australia of major Soviet spy rings. As has been shown in Desmond Ball and David Horners 1998 book Breaking the Codes and in Andrew Campbells two-part study in Australias National Observer magazine, the Verona decrypts revealed that many of Dr. Evatts staff appointments were not merely communist sympathisers but actual Soviet agents. Those identified included many officials of the Department of External Affairs: the so-called Rhodes Scholar spy, Dr Ian Miller (code-named Bur/Dvorak)); undercover Communist Party member Jim Hill (Khill/Tourist) and Katherine Susannah Prichards son Ric Throsell (Academicians Son/Ferro). Among Evatts personal staff identified as agents were his long-serving personal secretary Allan Dalziel (Denis) and one of his press secretaries Fergan OSullivan (Zemliak). In 1948, Dr Milner was identified as having handed over top secret postwar planning papers to a Soviet intelligence contact in Canberra. In 1950 he fled to communist Czechoslovakia. Evatt himself was not above performing a similar act of treachery. Australian diplomat, and later Liberal politician, Paul Hasluck, recalled in 1945, at the inaugural United Nations conference in San Francisco that Evatt, then Australias Minister for External
105
Affairs, leaked an important British document to Stalins foreign minister Molotov. The British quickly identified Evatt as the culprit, and the following morning the British Foreign Secretary Anthony Eden and Dominion Secretary Lord Cranbourne gave him a very public dressing down. So even if, in 1954, Spry mentioned to a British intelligence contact that Evatt was a security risk, he was not breaching any confidentiality or telling the British anything of which they were not already aware. Far from undermining Evatt, Spry before 1954 had gone to pains to warn the Labor leader of the security risks posed by some of his staff. As Dr Campbell has shown, after Menzies Liberals defeated the Chifley Labor Government in the 1949 elections, Spry and other ASIO officers repeatedly informed Evatt (who in 1951 succeeded Chifley as Labor leader) of these concerns. Gavan Duffy, in his book, Demons and Democrats: 1950s Labor Party at the Crossroads reported in 1953 that Frank Rooney, confronted Evatt with reports that his press secretary, Fergan OSullivant (Zemlick) was phoning the Communist Partys headquarters each evening, Evatt refused even to discuss the matter. John Ballantyne is editor of News Weekly and National Observer.
Keith Windschuttle, Quadrant, October 2001

9. The theory behind the demand has been a historical disaster. In May this year, the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission published a book that spelt out just what is involved in its demand for a treaty entitled Treaty: Lets Get it Right: it was aimed predominately at white readers to persuade them to go one step further than reconciliation to enshrining the law what it calls the distinct rights due to Aborigines. After eight sectors of compelling and cogent argument against a treaty, Windschuttles final argument warns, in brilliantly argued sectors nine and ten, against a treaty which he says jeopardises Australian sovereignty.
106
WHY THERE SHOULD BE NO ABORIGINAL TREATY
The idea of establishing a nation based on a race, or an ethnicity, did not originate with traditional Aboriginal culture, which did not have the concept of the nation or the state. Instead it derives from Western intellectual history, especially from the rise of German romantic nationalism in the nineteenth century. The principal visionary of this theory was Johann Gottfried von Herder, the German philosopher of history. Herder was the man who originated two of the most influential concepts of the modern era: cultural relativism and national self-determination. He said that people who commanded a language group, no matter how small and undistinguished, had their own culture, which could not be judged by outside standards, and which was authentic in their own terms all cultures are different but equal. He also argued that all unique cultures deserve to determine their own destiny and every culture should form a nation. Though Herder regarded himself as a conservative, he let loose on Europe one of the most destructive concepts ever devised. It meant establishing a polity not on political principles like liberalism, or democracy, but on the bloodlines of ethnicity and race. In the nineteenth century, the wars of German unification were waged to enforce the idea that all German volkes must be affiliated to the German state. In the twentieth century, under Adolph Hitler, this logic led to the extirpation of those who did not qualify as part of volk culture. Joseph Stalin cynically used the same concept to mollify the autonomous republics of the Soviet Empire and to export socialist revolution around the world under the guise of national liberation. In the 1970s the great enthusiast for the idea was Pol Pot, who used it to justify genocide in Cambodia. More recently, the concept emerged in the Balkans, represented by the sinister euphemism of ethnic cleansing. Throughout its history romantic nationalism, based on race, has invariably generated hatred, bloodshed and tragedy. It is hard to believe that its Aboriginal version is any more likely to produce a different result.
107
10. A treaty jeopardises Australian sovereignty A treaty is a compact between two parties and normally offers incentives to both sides. Most of the treaties of history have usually offered nothing more attractive than the cessation of hostilities. Still, this at least has been a positive outcome for all parties. In the proposals for an Aboriginal treaty, one side, mainstream Australia, has nothing to gain from it and everything to lose. One of the major arguments for federation in the 1890s was that its product would be a nation for a continent and a continent for a nation. This was especially attractive because of its implications for national security. The architects of federation saw that, unlike Europe, whose history had been dominated by territorial warfare, Australias absence of land borders with other nations would be one of its best guarantees of peace and stability. So far they have been proved right. The establishment of an aboriginal state would put this in jeopardy. At present, of course, to see a threat to national security in all this might seem absurdly farfetched. Nonetheless, given the enormous sense of grievance expressed by the current aboriginal leadership, and given the fact that Geoff Clark and his colleagues are part of an international first peoples movement that provides a momentum and influence of its own. It would be nave to imagine that, once established, the leaders of an aboriginal state would be satisfied to confine themselves to the provision of municipal service. A state would provide a bargaining position for its leaders to exert far more influence over mainstream Australia than anyone now imagines. It would also provide a political platform from which to play to a world audience and to make allies who would not necessarily share Australian interests. When Michael Mansell visited Libya in the late 1980s to seek aid for the Aboriginal Provisional Government from Colonel Gadaffi, the press treated him as a bit of a joke. But if Mansell had been an officer of a sovereign Aboriginal state, it would not have been quite so amusing. In its own interest, mainstream Australia has no reason to provide even the slightest leverage for such possibilities, or to leave future generations with their consequences. A treaty with the Aborigines has long-term risks to Australian sovereignty, which, however
108
slender they might now seem, are not worth running. Many white people today, especially those who last year walked across bridges for reconciliation, no doubt see a treaty as some kind of welfare measure or a nice symbolic gesture. It deserves to be recognised, rather, as a device that, in one stroke, would be bad for Australia and worse for aboriginal people themselves.
Tom Bingham Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales (pp 160-164)
The Rule of Law The people have not repelled the extraordinary power of the Papacy in spiritual matters, and the pretensions of royal power in temporal, in order to subject themselves to the unchallengeable rulings of unelected judges. A constitution should reflect the will of a clear majority of the people and a constitutional change of the kind here contemplated should be made in accordance with that will or not at all. As it was put to a member of Parliament in 1621, The judges are judges of law, not of the Parliament. God forbid the state of the kingdom should ever it come under the sentence of a judge. Under the constitutional settlement of the glorious revolution a substantial measure of protection was given by the requirement that the Crown, Lords and Commons, each of these powerful, independent players, should assent to legislation before it became law. As a Victorian Lord Chief Justice put it in 1846: The Constitution has lodged the sacred deposit of sovereign authority in a chest locked by three keys, confided to the authority of three different trustees.To substitute the sovereignty of a codified and entrenched constitution for the sovereignty of Parliament is, however a major constitutional change. It is one which should be made only if the British people, properly informed, choose to make it. The Rule of Law and the Sovereignty of Parliament If asked to identify the predominant characteristics of our constitutional settlement in the United Kingdom today, most of us would, I think, point to, or at any rate include in any list, our commitment to the rule of law and our recognition of the Queen in Parliament as the
109
THE RULE OF LAW
supreme law-making authority in the country. We would regard our commitment to the rule of law as one which, allowing for some flexibility and variation, we broadly share with other liberal democracies around the world. Our acceptance of parliamentary sovereignty, by contrast, distinguishes us from all other members of the European Union, the United States, almost all the former Dominions and those former colonies to which this country granted independent constitutions. In all these countries the constitution interpreted by the courts, has been the supreme law of the land with the result that legislation inconsistent with the constitution, even if duly enacted, may be held to be unconstitutional and so invalid. While preserving our inalienable right to be discontented with the government of the day, and probably with the opposition also, I do not think there has been any groundswell of dissatisfaction with our acceptance of parliamentary sovereignty. A favoured argument advanced by those seeking to undermine the principle of sovereignty was, but is no longer, absolute. Three examples are usually given to support this contention: the European Communities Act 1872, the Human Rights Act 1998 and the three 1998 Acts devolving a measure of power to Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. None of these examples, I suggest, supports the proposition, contended for all, that it involves a curtailment of Westminsters power to legislate, but that curtailment takes effect by express authority of the Westminster Parliament, which, at least, it retains the power to revoke.
John Sellars Biography vide Wikipedia

The Ruckus Society was founded in the US in late 1995 by two giants of the radical environmentalist movement: Mike Roselle and Howard Twilley Cannon. The Ruckus Societys mission was to provide training in classic civil disobedience tactics as well as non-traditional and specialized skills such as guerilla communication, urban rapelling and locking down. The organisation designs custom training camps based on the specific of the activists and uses popular education techniques to allow participants to discover the direct action knowledge they already possess.
110
RUCKUS SOCIETY
John Sellars became its executive director for eight years through the World Trade Organization protests in Seattle in 1999, the creation of Indigenous Peoples Power (IP3) bringing indigenous youth organizers from all over the country for training. The John Sellers Biography website says: Sellers has quickly become one of the most effective and feared protest organisers in the United States. Through his work with Greenpeace and the Direct Action Network, Sellers is a visible force in the protest industry. Prior to the 1999 Seattle WTO riots, he met with members of nearly every organisation whose rabble-rousers were later present in the organized protests. This included his friends at Global Exchange, Essential Information, Public Citizen, Rainforest Action Network, and a whole host of organized Labor unions. Sellers first became radicalised during a 1990 trip to visit an uncle who lives in Australia. This particular uncle happened to run an oil refinery and Sellers ended up siding with a group of environmentalists, who were busy plugging the refinerys discharge pipes. A year later, he moved to Washington and became a canvasser for Greenpeace. He became a Direct Action Team Leader for Greenpeace, the largest environmental organization in the world with an international membership of over 3 million and offices in over 40 countries. Sellers joined Ruckus, a group involved in environmental activism, less than a year after it was founded in 1996, attending its very first action camp. When John Sellers isnt busy training younger activists on the best ways to chain themselves to buildings, and behave menacingly towards law enforcement, hes often planning his own direct actions. These have included physical blockades, property destruction and the hanging of massive protest banners in hard-to-reach places (the sides of buildings and ceilings of shopping malls seem to be favourites). Sellers organized the violent Rukus military-style protests against the World Trade Organisation in Seattle in 1999, which caused such condemnation that Rukus has adopted the Occupy Wall Street tactics of chaos protest, dreamed up by a Vancouver group of ex-hippies, inspired by the uprisings in Libya and Yemen and
111
financed by the communist financier George Soros. He also initiated an Indigenous Peoples Power Project bringing indigenous youth organizers from all over the country to train in the Florida Camp of Rukus. Sellers was also acknowledged by Philadelphias finest as a ringleader behind the massive and violent protests outside the 2000 Republican National Convention. Philly police considered him such a threat to public safety that he was held on a $1 million bond after his arrest there. The trigger for Sellers violence was the fact that many Republicans had come to believe that Agenda 21 was a plan to impose world-wide centralised control over people, private property and energy usage. His activism obviously had little effect, given that 12 years later on January 13, 2012 the Republican National Committee was to declare that Agenda 21 is a comprehensive plan of extreme environmentalism, social engineering and global political control.
Go forth and process. Joseph Plaster, Wiretap (9/2/2004)

Last spring our organization hosted Our Power Camp designed by, and for, people of colour and indigenous activists.most campers recognise that the questions and conflicts at the Florida camp are part of a continuing conversation within Ruckus, which is, in many ways, a microcosm of the primarily white sectors of the global justice movement. While US activists are realising that if they are to be effective and relevant to the global justice movement, they must continue to prioritise the leadership of those most negatively affected by globalisation, bridge gaps between local and global struggles, incorporate an analysis of group power dynamics, and shift movement culture.
RUCKUS SOCIETY
The Battle for Seattle 1994. The Canadian Encyclopedia. (Leading rioters were trained by the Ruckus organization)
It was a remarkable, and perhaps, prophetic, closing chapter to the millennium. For four intense days, the city of Seattle was under siege,
112
WORLD TRADE ORGANISATION SEATTLE RIOTS
the air burned by the acrid scents of tear gas and pepper spray. The rain-slicked streets patrolled by hundreds of police in riot gear, the air echoing with rhythmic chants of peaceful protesters and the ugly sound of vandals smashing windows. Thousands of marchers were choked by gas and bruised by rubber bullets. Around 600 were arrested. Just before US President Bill Clinton arrived in the city authorities declared a civil emergency, called in the National Guard and imposed a daily curfew covering 37 squares of the downtown core from 7.00 pm to 7.30 am. Police threatened to arrest anyone not on legitimate business and cleared the streets by firing countless canisters of tear gas. Yet perhaps the oddest aspect of the surreal strife in the home city of Starbucks and Microsoft was the protestors target: the droning meetings of a once-obscure international trade grouping. Nearly five years ago when the 135-member of the World Trade Organisataion was formed such scenes would have been unthinkable: for most people the word trade would bring a thick glaze to their eyes. The convention in Seattle of trench-coated wire-rimmed mandarins from around the world was intended to quietly set the agenda for the new millennium round for trade talks beginning early 2000. Instead it turned into a brawl both inside and outside. At the end, ironically it was not the protestors who caused the meeting to break up in disarray. Deep-rooted conflicts among the delegates themselves over the arcane but explosive details of agricultural policy anti-dumping, curbs, trade in services, and environmental and labour standards led to a collapse in the talks. After arguing late into the final night, negotiators left Seattle on Saturday with no agenda, no final Declaration, and no final date for a meeting. Demonstrators outside were exultant. Its the beginning of the end for WTO, they chanted. Well hardly, the trade talks will pick up again in Geneva, and the tough international bargaining will begin anew. Yet the melee in the streets dubbed The Battle in Seattle ensures that any further move towards trade liberation will be scrutinized by the public in a way that it has never been before. The WTO with its binding rules and decisions made in secret, may well have to change its methods, something President Clinton alluded to in his speech: A lot of people who are peacefully protesting here in the best American tradition are protesting
113
in part because the interests they represent have never been allowed inside the deliberations of the world trading system. Opposition to the arcane workings of the WTO has brought together farmers and human rights advocates, environmentalists and trade union organisations, students and steelworkers. The energy that has coalesced in Seattle will move around the world. The protestors claimed that since the WTO is able to make binding decisions in secrecy it has become a de facto world government with little accountability. Grass roots dissident groups, such as the San Francisco-based Ruckus Society, spread the message about the WTO to local campuses, and held workshops on civil disobedience.
As students rampage after tuition fees vote goes through (mirror.co.uk)

They came in their thousands to vent their fury at turncoat Lib Dems (Liberal Democrats) who betrayed them with broken promises on university fees. But the peaceful student protests quickly turned to bloody violence yesterday as hundreds of hardcore demonstrators brought terror to the heart of government with riots in streets around Parliament. Thugs fought pitched battles with police, mounted officers charged groups of protestors, blood flowed on the pavements and fires glowed in the night air as MPs inside the Commons narrowly voted to triple university fees, sparking a wide spread anger. At least 22 people were arrested on charges including violent conduct, assaulting police and causing criminal damage. Twelve police officers were injured with six requiring hospital treatment. One officer was hurt when he fell from his horse and was trampled by the animal. The march planned by the National Union of Students turned nasty when thousands broke away from the intended route to get into Parliament House. Barriers were passed over heads in the crowd and hurled at officers who retaliated with batons. Snooker balls, flares, sticks, paint and smoke bombs were also lobbed at police, as anarchists urged students
114
BLOODY RIOT IN LONDON
to break through. One girl, around 20, was left lying motionless on the floor after one frightening surge. Fireworks were set off and makeshift bonfires lit, including one started by burning wooden benches. A plume of black smoke spiraled into the air after an empty security guard shelter was torched. There were fears the mob would try to storm the Commons. A massive NO was written in red on the Parliament Square lawn. Winston Churchills statue was daubed with graffiti and many students were trapped by police using kittling techniques to prevent violence spilling further into Whitehall. After the Commons vote, a group of protestors breached police defenses intent on vandalising the Treasury on Whitehall. Reinforcements had to be rushed in to bolster the ring of steel, with officers donning riot helmets and shields. Two men carrying a rock and a steel bar smashed a window on the side of the Treasury building. As they shattered one pane, the blinds were lifted to reveal riot police inside. Outside, officers surged forward using batons and shields. Students from all over the country had flocked to the capital for the third time in over a month to protest at the fee rise. The bulk of their anger was directed at the Liberal Democrats, and especially leader Nick Clegg after his embarrassing U-turn on his pre-election pledge to oppose any hike in tuition costs. Last night there were accusations that police were over-zealous in dealing with the protesters.Student Sophie Down, 19 from University College London, said: Everyone was in a good mood. It was like a carnival but there are people clearly looking for a fight. Metropolitan Police Commissioner, Sir Paul Stephenson, said last night: I have witnessed at first hand the violence and disobedience of a number of protesters determined to undermine the peaceful actions of the majority of students seeking to legitimately express their views outside Parliament.
PROTESTERS THREATEN TO DISRUPT OLYMPICS

Daily Telegraph (March 3, p.2)
115
Activists have said that they intend to turn London 2012 into the
greatest non-violent civil disobedience of our time. The campaign group calls itself Reclaim London. We exist to provide a hub for creating and promoting acts of disobedience around the 2012 Olympics. They are an offshoot of the Occupy Wall Street group whose camp around St. Pauls Cathedral group was removed by police and bailiffs last week.
Former Archbishop and Church leaders call for public displays of faith to counter efforts to sideline Christianity.
Christian leaders are today calling on Christians to wear the cross to show pride in their faith in the face of attempts to sideline Christianity in public life. Lord Carey, the former Archbishop of Canterbury, and Cardinal Keith OBrien, the Scottish Roman Catholic leader, are among those urging Christianity to demonstrate their beliefs publicly after a series of cases placing religious freedom in the spotlight. Shirley Chaplin, a nurse who was moved to a desk for refusing to take off a cross, joined them in calling for Christians to stand up for their beliefs. Meanwhile the Archbishop of York, Dr John Sentamu, and other Anglican leaders spoke out about the importance of the cross to Christians. The appeal comes as Christians mark Good Friday, commemorating the crucifixion of Jesus Christ. David Cameron spoke this week of a Christian fightback reasserting the place of religion after a series of cases won by secular campaigners. In recent years, Christians have been prevented from wearing crosses to work, praying for medical patients and until a change in the law barred from including prayers in local Council meetings. Judges at the European Court of Human Rights will consider a landmark test case on religious freedoms in Britain later this year, bringing together four separate cases including that of Mrs Chaplin. Government lawyers will argue that Christians do not have the right to wear a cross at work because it is not viewed as an essential component of Christianity. Lord Carey described the cross as an indispensable image of Christianity. I have no doubt that those who have tried to impose restrictions on the wearing of crosses are either deliberately or inadvertently
116
WEAR A CROSS WITH PRIDE
attempting to sideline the Christian faith. It is an iconic symbol of Christs suffering for us all, his humiliation and yet his glory. There could be no talk of Christs resurrection without the cross. St Paul talks of glorying in the cross. Cardinal Cormac Murphy-OConnor, former leader of the Roman Catholic Church in Wales, said: Most people in this country would feel that people should be free to wear a religious symbol, provided it is not overtly offensive to anybody else, and, of course, the cross is a part of the traditions of the country. The Archbishop of York said that Good Friday should be celebration. On the Cross of Christ love triumphs over darkness.
Tent Embassy Protest Opinion (January 30, 2012)

At least the Aboriginal Tent Embassy in Canberra has finally achieved one constructive thing in its 40 years as a moral eyesore, it helped kill off the proposed amendment to enshrine racial preference in the Australian constitution. That proposed amendment is now dead. Everything else will be its funeral. The Australian public will not enshrine special privileges for any group on the basis of race especially after the events of the past few days. Even readers of the Herald and the National Times overwhelmingly expressed their disapproval of the aboriginal embassy in an on-line poll conducted on Thursday and Friday. Most of the 25,3853 agreed the tent embassys time had passed or never existed. Only 15% expressed support. And what a pack of gutless wonders contributed to this debacle. The root cause was found in the Prime Ministers staff. One of her press secretaries, Tony Hodges, used race to make political mischief even though indigenous affairs had been an area of tacit bi-partnership between Julia Gillard and the Opposition leader, Tony Abbott. On Thursday, Hodges began looking for an aborigine to take issue with some bland remarks Tony made during a morning interview when he was asked about the tent embassy and replied: Look I can understand why the tent embassy was established all those years ago. I think a lot
117
RUCKUS PUTS REFERENDUM OUT OF REACH
has changed for the better since thenthe indigenous people can be very proud of the respect in which they are held by every Australian and I think it is probably time to move on from that. Hodges called Kim Sattler, secretary of Unions ACT, and told her Abbott had said it was time to move on and was attending an event just 100 metres from the demonstration. Sattler spoke to at least two of the demonstrators at the Embassy, Barbara Shaw and Michael Anderson, and told them Abbott said it was time for the Embassy to move on and that he was right next door. Within minutes 200 people were outside the Lobby restaurant banging on the windows and shouting abuse. The organizer of the demonstration, Michael Anderson, ranted afterwards that Abbott said the aboriginal embassy had to go, we heard it on a radio broadcast.its just madness on the part of Tony Abbott. What he said amounts to inciting race riots. Another activist, Paul Coe, a former barrister debarred from practice for lying to a court, later brandished the shoe left by PM Gillard as she was bundled away by security, said she should visit the embassy to collect her shoe as an act of goodwill. Kim Sattler crowed on her Facebook Page a huge crowd from the embassy went to greet him (Abbott) and he had to be rushed away with a police escort. When all blew up in their faces, the response was just as gutless. Hodges was sacked damage control for (PM) Gillard and delivered a mealy-mouthed apology he had distorted Abbotts words. Sattler took down her crowing FaceBook. Then she blamed Hodges, whose she said told her Abbott said the tent embassy should be shut down. She also blamed the Prime Minister for saying it was Sattler not her press secretary, who began the distortion. Barbara Green, Greens candidate for the Northern Territory federal seat of Lingiari, shifted the blame to Sattler, telling reporters Sattler had said she was speaking on behalf of the Prime Ministers office and that Abbott was right next door closing down the tent embassy. The most absurd response came from Anderson who said: Someone set us up.
118
Pathetic. Which returns us to the far larger failure, the proposed changes to the Constitution. An expert panel has delivered a report, commissioned by PM Gillard in 2010, which proposes changes to the amendments (to the constitution) that recognize indigenous culture. The idea is to seek redress for some of the sweeping disruptions and pain caused to Aboriginal communities by the process of European settlement. The changes would also remove two provisions which allow the government to legislate on the basis of race. The expert panel has delivered an inexpert political document. It has proposed four additions which should and probably would pass a referendum. It also proposed two additions which would create an unlimited new avenue for judicial action and human rights litigation. They read: Acknowledging the need to secure the advancement of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, the Commonwealth, a state or a territory, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, colour, or ethnic or national origin. Last Thursday this column described the advancement sentence as a blunder that monetarised race. On Saturday the Herald editorialised on the proposed amendment: Many will ask why should indigenous advancement be mentioned in the Constitution especially? How is it distinct from the advancement of the population as a whole? Also on Saturday, The Australian editorialized: The government is considering a referendum to provide constitutional recognition for indigenous Australians. That task has been made difficult by the overreach of the expert panel. The Canberra activist might have put it further out of reach. Referendum proposals do not survive such public misgivings. Nor has any referendum ever passed without bipartisan support. And I cannot see the opposition supporting the amendments as proposed. Abbot anticipated such a moment in his 2009 manifesto, Battlelines, when he described the chasm between the rhetoric of progressive politics and the continued failure to make real progress. Under the ideology of self-determination, an exaggerated respect for Aborigine culture has coexisted with a kind of abandonment of Aboriginal people. A couple of aboriginal women returned the Prime Ministers shoe to security guards. But it is the flag-burning, the besieged leaders and the jeering chants of Cinderella that will stick in the public mind. NB: A curious feature of this affair was the presence of some 70 Ruckus
119
members at this 40th anniversary of the founding of the Aboriginal Tent Embassy in front of Old Parliament House, Canberra. One of its original founders was quoted in the press as saying Ruckus members stated they had been interfering in the committees deliberations. Were they local or from America?
GILLARDS PROPOSED CONSTITUTIONAL REFERENDUM

Peter Westmore Newsweekly (February 4, 2012)
A proposed referendum to entrench Aboriginal identity and rights in the Australian Constitution is fundamentally flawed, and would waste millions institutionalising the very racial stereotype it purports to condemn. A 300 page report recommending such a referendum was released by the Prime Minister Julia Gillard on January 19. Every major newspaper and TV network throughout Australia gave front-page coverage to the proposal, enthusiastically endorsing its recommendations and the statements by the Prime Minister that it was time to amend the constitution to remove its allegedly discriminatory provisions, and to recognized indigenous Australians as the original owners of the land. Ms Gillard also promised to conduct a referendum at a cost of between $50 and $100 million before or at the next election, to incorporate the proposals in the Constitution. Before considering its recommendations, it is important to note that this was no independent report. It was the product of a well-organised campaign by an organization called You Me Unity, which would be known to fewer than one Australian in a hundred. You Me Unitys web site (YouMeUnity.org.au) describes itself as the national conversation about updating our Constitution to recognize Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and culture for the benefit of all Australians. In other words, it is a lobby group to achieve the result recommended in its 300-page report. The report is based upon the belief that Aboriginal disadvantage in Australia is a consequence of the lack of recognition of Aboriginal people in the Constitution. This is, of course, a fantasy. Even before federation in 1901, there were laws across Australia which sought
120
to address the problems of aboriginal disadvantage. After federation, every state had such laws, and very significant improvements occurred in advancing the interests of Aboriginal people, its employment, health, education and assimilation into the Australian community. In 1967, the Australian people overwhelmingly supported an amendment to the Commonwealth Constitution to give the Commonwealth Government power to enact laws for Aboriginals, and to remove a clause which did not include them in Australian censuses, a legacy of the time when many of them were nomadic and illiterate. It is a sad fact that since this time, improvement in the condition of most Aboriginal people has virtually come to a standstill. This is despite expanded legislation, federal and state land rights legislation, innumerable state and federal inquiries, national and state apologies to the stolen generation, High Court judgments, such as Mabo and Wik, which found in favour of Aboriginal land claims, federal intervention into the management of Aboriginal communities in the Northern Territory, and the spending of tens of billions of dollars. Nothing seems to have changed since the Henderson Inquiry into Poverty in the 1970s found that the expansion of funding on Aboriginal welfare had yielded little or no benefit to disadvantage Aborigines. The frustrated expectations of many Australians have undoubtedly fueled the belief that amendment of the Constitution will solve these problems. The You Me Unity panels recommendations are for the insertion of a new section recognizing that Australia was first occupied by Aboriginals and Torres Strait Islanders, acknowledging their continuing relationship to their traditional land and waters, respect for their continuing culture languages and heritage, and acknowledging the need to secure their advancement. Other recommendations are a clause prohibiting racial discrimination, and removing a clause in Section 25 which, allegedly, would allow states to discriminate against people on the basis of race. Not one of these measures deals with a real issue in the Australian polity, as state and federal laws already cover them exhaustively. They are token gestures which will have dramatically adverse consequences for Australia as a nation and provide no benefit to
121
Aboriginal Australians. Australians need only look at the unresolved conflicts which exist in New Zealand, as a result of the institutionalisation of separate Maori rights in New Zealands foundation documents. Further, the panels recommendations are based on a fundamental misunderstanding of the Commonwealth Constitution, which is not a charter of rights, but rather, the foundation document which sets out the division of powers between the Commonwealth and the States, to bring about Federation in 1901. By attempting to entrench Aboriginal rights in the Constitution, they will perpetuate the claim that Aboriginal disadvantage is the result of oppression and victimisation, and they will institutionalise the racial stereotyping which they purport to condemn. It is pathetic that a Government which has wasted billions of dollars in extravagant makework schemes, pushing the country deep into deficit, should now waste more money on proposals which would divide Australians on racial lines into the indefinite future.
FOUNDATION OF THE ABORIGINAL TENT EMBASSY IN 1971

40 years of canvas diplomacy. The Drum (Australian Broadcasting Corporation)
Aboriginal historian and Tent Embassy co-founder in 1942, Garey Foley, believes the embassy activism at home and abroad undermined the (Liberal) governments credibility. Peaceful symbolic action had won the day. The Coalition suffered a humiliating defeat. The new Prime Minister Gough Whitlam quickly established an inquiry resulting in the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976, which transferred almost half the Land of the Northern Territory to collective indigenous ownership. He also introduced the first national elected indigenous representative body and a separate department of indigenous affairs. The Tent Embassy offered a blueprint for future activism with embassies erected again in Canberra but also in Sydney and other locations in response to key events. This year as the Tent Embassy encampment returns again it carries the added significance of 40 years of cultural struggle.
122
To mark the occasion the new national indigenous representative body set up under the Gillard government, the National Congress of Australias First Peoples, will stage a two day forum. And central to their debate will be the very same group of defiant activists from Redfern who dared to raise it all those years ago. Comment no.1 I identify as an indigenous person and live in Canberra, but I simply cant identify with what has BECOME, and please note my emphasis, has become a site for squatters. Its an embarrassment that is ridiculed by most Canberans or at least viewed with distaste. It is squalor. And my issue with it is not based on aesthetics rather on its misguidance. It once had a point but now its just a symbol of atrophy. It fuels prejudice and that black fellas always want a hand out or to sponge off the government.
40th ANNIVERSARY ABORIGINAL TENT EMBASSY 26/12/2011 AG

Excerpts
DAY 1 9.00 am Land Rights and Sovereignty March 1.30 pm Declaration Usurpation As Genocide Declaration of Sovereignty 3.30 pm Aboriginal Sovereignty and Earth Law the Global Movement (draft document) DAY 2 9.00 am Aboriginal Sovereignty, Plural Sovereignty, Multiple Sovereignty, Uniting Sovereign Nations (Resource Camp fires) DAY 3 9.00 am Understanding the documents of Sovereignty Movements Declarations etc) 1.30 pm Formalisation of Sovereignty Movements (Declarations etc)
123
4.00 pm Review previous days sovereignty unification document Establishment Union and International Process Communique to Government signatures
The New American website (October 5, 2011)

Labour unions, communists, community organizer, socialists and anti-capitalist agitators have all joined together to Occupy Wall Street and protest against Wall Street and against greed, corporations and banks. But despite efforts to portray the movement as leaderless or grassroots it is becoming obvious that there is much more going on behind the scene than meets the eye. Billionaire financier George Soros fingerprints, for example, have been all over the anti-Wall Street campaign from the very beginning. And this week, the infamous hedge-fund boss publicly announced his sympathy for the protesters and their complaints about bailouts despite the fact that he lobbied for even greater unconstitutional bailouts to bankers in 2009. Actually I can understand their sentiments, frankly, he told reporters while announcing a large donation to the United Nations. I can sympathise with their grievances. But Soros support for the protestors goes far beyond his tepid public statements. In fact, the original call to Occupy Wall Street came from the magazine Adbusters, an anti-consumerist publication financed by, among other sources, the Soros funded Tide Foundation (and edited by an ex-Australian San Francisco hippy. Other Soros outfits promoting big government some with myriad ties to the Obama administration are also publicly driving the Occupy Wall Street campaign. MoveOn.org, for instance, has received millions of dollars from the billionaire banker. And now the group is urging its supporters to join the Occupy Wall Street as well. Over the last two weeks, an amazing wave of protests against Wall Street, and the big banks has erupted across the country MoveOn said in an e-mail to supporters, praising the brave demonstrators. On Wednesday MoveOn supporters will join labor and community
124
BIG SOROS MONEY LINKED TO OCCUPY WALL STREET
groups in New York city for a huge march down to the protest site the biggest yet. On top of supplying activists to join this procession, MoveOn is also staging what it calls a massive Virtual March online. The internet-based demonstrations are a collaborative effort with another radical and well-connected outfit tied to Soros called Reclaim the Dream. Led by a self-described communist, and former Obama administration Czar, the Dream movement is a partnership between a host of Soros financed progressive groups, Big Labor and even Planned Parenthood the largest provider in America, which receives hundreds of millions of tax dollars each year and partners too. Together we will add hundreds of thousands of voices of solidarity from the American Dream movement and show how widespread outrage at the Wall Street banks really is, is a MoveOn boast on e-mail. Other groups working with Rebuild the Dream are also publicly hyping the demonstration. And more than a few of them are on the Soros payroll as well. Some examples include People for the American Way, Planned Parenthood, Campaign for Americas Future, Leadership Conference for Civil and Human Rights, Common Cause, Public Campaign, and many more. Soros, of course, has a long history of financing organizations, targeting the American system of government. He has also served on the board of the immensely influential global governance promoting the Council of Foreign Relations. Just last year, Soros claimed that the brutal communist dictatorship ruling mainland China should lead what he calls the New World Order. The Chinese tyrants, meanwhile, have also been touting Occupy Wall Street through the regimes propaganda organ. But Soros does not love the despots in Beijing for their commitment to equality or democracy. As the New American reported, behind Soros and his tens of billions there lies even more wealth and power: the unimaginably vast Rothschild empire. One of the richest men in the world today, Soros has been in legal trouble for corruption before in France for instance, he was fined more than 2 million for his illegal scheming. So, critics noted, it might
125
seem ironic that the text book example of a corrupt financier would finance a protest supposedly aimed at corrupt financiers. Union bosses and others intimately linked to President Obama whose top campaign contributors included Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan, Chase, Citigroup, and other big banks are also playing a key role in the Wall Street protests. The protesters are even recycling administrative talking points such as the old should be forced to pay their fair share despite the fact that the Buffet rule tax proposed being advanced would almost exclusively soak what remains of the middle class. But that might be the point. According to reports and analysts, the whole Wall Street movement has been carefully orchestrated by the Obama-linked anti-capitalist union Titans and tax-funded community organizers. A troubling plot, to essentially finish off capitalism, was exposed this year, and at the time it was blasted as economic terrorism. Even more disturbing it was uncannily similar to the growing Wall Street demonstrations. Community organizer, (Stephen Lerner of the SEIU) a regular White House guest, was caught on video in March discussing the scheme to bring down the stock market and destabilize the nation all with the stated goal of redistributing wealth. And while the whole conspiracy was not revealed because Lerner suspected police were present, the strategies he mentioned included civil disobedience and mass anti-banker protests. Another conspirator said to be pulling the strings, disgraced ACORN founder and union boss Wade Rathke, was advocating a massive Day of Rage protest targeting bankers earlier this year. And he is closely tied to Obama, who actually used to work for Rathkes community organizing outfit. ACORN, of course, was recently exposed engaging in widespread criminal activity while receiving millions of federal tax dollars. But, after the organization filed for bankruptcy, its tentacles are taking over under new names and still receiving government handouts. RATHKE is also a founding member of the Soros-funded Tide Foundation, a key source of money for Adbusters magazine (which first called for the Wall Street occupation) and countless other anti126
business groups. And he is directly tied to more than a few unions including the SEIU. Beyond Big Labor and Soros front groups as critics call them, is also a vast collection of social and Marxist organizations supporting the demonstrations. The Socialist Pact USA, the Marxist-oriented Workers World Party, the International Committee of the Fourth International, the Communist Party USA affiliated Peoples World, are all publicly and openly backing the movement. While the occupation movement purports to be leaderless, in reality, critics say its leaders and financiers are barely concealed. According to analysts, the protests which are quickly spreading to cities across the United States, Canada and Europe actually represent a wellorchestrated operation being used by the very same elite one per cent supposedly being protested against.
The Marxist revolutionary aiming to lead the National Union of Students. Telegraph Media Group (21/03/2012)
Mark Bergfeld, a member of the hard-left Socialist Workers Party, could capture the leadership of the National Union of Students this week in an election described as too close to call.The result of a ballot of delegates, representing five million university, college and sixth form students, is being announced at the NUSs annual conference in Gatehead on Wednesday. There are no fears that the radicalisation of students over the imposition of higher tuition fees, and the subsequent mass protests which brought chaos to central London, could hand victory to the 24 year old revolutionary socialist. With a manifesto calling for students and trade unionists to work together to topple the Cameron-Clegg regime one of his selfpenned slogans is 400 students can block roads, 400 train drivers can bring a country to a halt. Mr. Bergfeld has tapped into a mood of growing anger. Mr. Bergfeld is the most extreme of the four candidates seeking to
127
VIOLENT PROTESTS
replace the outgoing NUS president Aaron Porter, a Labour supporter who unexpectedly announced last February that he was standing down after being widely criticized as being too moderate. With observers describing the contest as impossible to prevent Mr. Bergfeld, a member of NUS national executive council, from trying to capture the leadership and swing the union to the left. His manifesto states: Our union needs a sharp change of direction. Under the spineless, dithering leadership of Aaron Porter, NUS has called for students to give up on the fight against fees. But both the poll tax in Britain and the CPE in France were overturned by mass protests after they had been voted into law. Hundreds of protesters followed the 400,000 strong Trades Union Council march against public spending cuts in central London last month. It came at the end of a day in which black-clad anarchists rampaged along Oxford Street and Piccadilly throwing paint bombs, smashing windows and targeting police officers with ammonia- filled light bulbs and fireworks stuffed with coins. Mr Bergfeld said that the occupation was a totally peaceful celebration and he accused the Metropolitan Police of using violence against protesters to clear the square. His tactics have chimed with the new appetite for street protests. Only last Thursday students, including supporters of Mr. Bergfeld, were continuing their campaign of direction action. Around 20 activists splattered themselves with fake blood during a peaceful sit-in outside the Westminster offices of the right wing think tank, Policy Exchange, which has published studies backing the Governments controversial reforms of the NHS. Ben Beach 21, one of those taking part, said: Everything that has ever been won in this country has been won through strikes, occupations and street protests. Mr Bergfeld, who studies Philosophy, Politics and Economics at the University of Essex, where he was elected International Students Officer, is a founding member of the Education Activists Network, one of a number of organisations instrumental in planning the sitins, occupations and demonstrations which have rocked university campuses and town centres over the past six months. He has described the invasion of Milbank Tower, during which thousands of students besieged the HQ of the Conservative Party
128
last November, as brilliant. Despite disturbing scenes which saw windows smashed and a fire extinguisher thrown from the roof of the building, Mr. Bergfeld refused to condemn the students actions: There was no violence taking place and I dont condemn any action that was taken on that protest. In a recent interview he advocated the use of force to defeat the Government, stating: The Con-Dems are the real vandals so force is legitimate to bring them down. What we want to see in this country is workers and students taking mass action. We want a general strike in this country. We want barricaded schools. Mr. Bergfeld was born in the German city of Cologne. His German father Michael, a management consultant and his American mother Heather, a dentist, are liberal left wingers who, in common with many of the 1968 generation, raised their son to question authority and fight against societys skills. He threw himself into activism from an early age. He attended his first demonstration in 1999 against the G7 summit in his home town after which he joined anti-racist campaigns in defence of Colognes Turkish community. Moving to Britain in 2000 he joined the Socialist Workers Party and, while living in Colchester and studying at the University of Essex, threw himself into the struggle. His ambitious manifesto links the anti-fees campaign with the unions fight against spending cuts, and even the rebellions sweeping the Arab world and the struggle of Puerto Rican students. He says: Student action against cuts and fees pushed the coalition government into a crisis less than six months into its life. Together we could build a movement to bring this government down. But NUS moderates are worried that a Bergfeld presidency will place the movement further on the path of confrontation with the Government. They fear his revolutionary agenda will not only lead to more street clashes, but also rob the NUS of any influence in Whitehall. Liam Burns, the president of NUS Scotland, who is standing against Mr Bergfeld, said: Mark wants to bring down the Government, but unless you are willing to sit down and talk to Ministers we are not going to achieve anything. Ben Howlett, the national chairman on Conservative Future said: The election of Mark Bergfeld would be a total step backwards: his politics are militant, nave and completely discreditable.
129
SECTION 6
agenda 21
QUOTES FROM TEXT: Soros role is to tighten the ideological stranglehold of globalisation and the New World Order while promoting his own financial gain. He is without conscience, a capitalist who functions with absolute amorality. Franc has upheld an earlier conviction against Soros for insider trading. Soros was fined 2.9 million dollars The highest ranking Soviet diplomat ever to defect to the West, Arkady Shevchenko, and later Under-Secretary General of the United Nations until his defection to the United States in 1978 recalled how the Soviet controlled the World Peace Council swarming with KGB officers. How Greenpeace, World Wild Life and other nongoverning bodies (NGOs), dream of a new world governing body with a colossal budget of its own. Just check the draft Copenhagen Treaty they have prepared. To avoid dangerous climate change and build climate resilience, the way society is structured will need to change fundamentally from investment patterns to development programs. This cannot be accomplished by the existing institutions. In order to engage the implementation of the Convention in accordance with the Bali Action Plan, and its four building blocks, a new institution, the Copenhagen Climate Facility (CCF) is needed. The Facility shall enjoy such legal capacity as is necessary for the exercise of its functions.
131
SECTION 6: AGENDA 21
SHADOW PARTIES
In 2003 Soros set up a network of privately-owned groups, which act as a shadow or mirror of the Party. It performs all the functions we would normally expect the real Democratic Party to perform ..However, it performs these functions under the private supervision of Mr. Soros and his associates. Velvet revolutions is a term used in Eastern Europe to describe the sort of bloodless coup for which Soros is well known in that part of the world. He has used these methods to topple regimes in many countries.His velvet revolutions always follow the same pattern. The waits for an election then precipitates a crisis by changing voter fraud. Soros attended the London School of Economics where he fell under the thrall of a fellow atheist and Hungarian Karl Popper, one of his professors. Popper was a mentor to Soros until his death. Two of his most influential teachings concerned the Open Society and . This is the philosophical doctrine that all claims of knowledge could, in principle, be mistaken. The Open Society basically refers to a test and evaluate approach to social engineering. Regarding an Open Society, Roy Childs writes: Since the Second World War, most of the Western democracies have followed Poppers advice about piecemeal social engineering and democratic social reform and it has gotten them into a bad mess.
Former President of Russia and co-author of the Earth Charter

We need a new paradigm of development in which the environment will be a priority. The emerging environmentalism of our civilisations, and the need for vigorous action and priority in the interest of community, will inevitably have multiple political consequences. Perhaps the most important of them will be a gradual increase in the status of the United Nations. Inevitably it will assume some aspects of a world government. NB: It will mean the total political extinction of the great civilised democracy at the heart of our Western system.
133
MIKHAIL GORBACHEV
THE EARTH CHARTER

Earth Charter: Introduction
The idea of the Earth Charter originated in 1987, when the United Nations World Conference on Environment and Development (WCED) called for a new charter to guide the transition to sustainable development. Among the many recommendations in Our Common Future (1987), the report of the World Commission on Environment and Development (WECED) is a call for creation of a Universal Declaration on Environmental Protection and Sustainable Development in the form of a new Charter to guide nations in the transition to sustainable development. Building on this recommendation, Maurice F. Strong, the secretarygeneral of the 1992 Rio Earth Summit (UN Conference on Environment and Development), proposed in 1992 that the Summit adopt an Earth Charter. Intergovernmental consultations were held on the Earth Charter during the preparatory process for the Rio Earth Summit, but an intergovernmental agreement on principles for this Earth Charter could not be reached. The Rio Declaration, which was issued by the Summit in 1992, contains a valuable set of principles, but it falls short of the inclusive ethical vision that many people hoped to find in the Earth Charter. It became the statement of the achievable consensus at that time. In 1994, Mikhail Gorbachev and Maurice Strong, working through organisations they each founded Earth Council and Green Cross International started the Earth Charter as a civil society initiative, with the help of the government of the Netherlands. It was Jim McNeill, secretary general of the WCED, and Queen Beatrice of the Netherlands, and Prime Minister Ruud Lubbers of the Netherlands who had brought Gorbachev and Strong together. The Dutch government provided the initial financial support. The plan was to conduct the project as a civil society initiative and to draft a charter that articulated the consensus taking form in the emerging global civil society on values and principles for s sustainable future. Towards the end of 1996, an Earth Charter Commission was formed
134
to oversee the drafting process. It was co-chaired by Gorbachev and Strong and included a diverse group of 23 eminent persons from all the major regions of the world. The drafting of the text was done during a 5 six-year worldwide consultation process (1994 2000, overseen by the independent Earth Charter Commission, which was convened by Gorbachev and Strong with the purpose of developing a global consensus on values and principles for a sustainable future. Hundreds of organisations, and thousands of individuals, participated in the creation of the Earth Charter. 45 Earth Charter national committees were formed. Earth Charter dialogues were conducted throughout the work and on-line on the Internet. Major regional conferences were held in Asia, Africa, Central and South America, North America and Europe. The ideas and values in the Earth Charter reflect the influence of a great variety of intellectual sources and social movements. These include the wisdom of the worlds religions and great philosophical traditions and the new scientific world view being shaped by, among other disciplines, cosmology and ecology. The final text of the Earth Charter was approved at a meeting of the Earth Charter Commission at the UNESCO headquarters in Paris in March 2000. The official launch was on 29 June in a ceremony at The Peace Palace in The Hague, Netherlands. Queen Beatrix of the Netherlands attended the ceremony. The approximately 2,400 word document is divided into sections (called pillars) which have 16 main principles containing 61 supporting principles. The document opens with a preamble and ends with a conclusion entitled The Way Forward. It affirms that we are one human family, and one Earth Community with a common destiny. It encourages all people to recognise their shared responsibility, each according to his or her situation and capacity, for the well-being of the whole human family, the greater community of life, and future generations. Recognising the interrelationship of humanitys environmental, economical, social and cultural problems the Earth Charter presents an inclusive, integrated ethical framework. The titles of the four
135
sections, into which the principles are divided, indicate the breadth of the vision: 1. 2. 3. 4. Respect and Care for the Community of Life Ecological Integrity Social and Economic Justice Democracy. Non-Violence and Peace.
The Earth Charter identifies a number of widely shared spiritual attitudes and values that can strengthen commitment to its ethical principles and the document culminated with a vision of peace and the joyful celebration of life.
DISCOVERING MAURICE STRONG The Yellow Brick Road to Climate Change by John Izzard Quadrant Website Climate Sceptics Party
Like Dorothy, Lion, Tin Man and Scarecrow in The Wizard of Oz weve all been dancing down the Yellow Brick road of settled science I searched for answers from the Emerald city, only to find that what we suspected all along the Wizard has been telling us fibs. The whole climate change business started with Maurice Strong. Strong devised a plan to get his World Governance Plan up and running. In 1989 he was appointed Secretary General of the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. In addressing it he told the thousands of climate change delegates that: it is clear that current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the middle class involving high meat intake, consumption of large amounts of frozen and convenience foods, use of fossil fuels, appliances, home and work place air-conditioning and suburban housing are not sustainable. Many government organisations are dedicated to Agenda 21. Agenda 21 was the main outcome of the United Nations Earth Summit held in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. Agenda 21 outlines in detail the UNs vision for a centrally managed global society. The contract binds governments around the world to the United Nations plan for controlling the way we live, eat, learn, move and communicate all under the noble banner of saving the earth. If this is fully implemented Agenda 21 would have the government involved in every aspect of life of every human on the earth.
136
INTERNATIONALISM
Emeritus Professor John D. Trudel, in his Chains of Law writes about Agenda 21: Some say it was started by the KGB but I have not been able to validate that. However the names of those in power we hear on TV George Soros, Obama, Al Gore and their associates are connected to this by supporting it, and gaining power from it. This program was also cloaked in high purpose sustainability and saving the world, but its objectives are global governance and totalitarian control. Professor Trudel goes on to say that Maurice Strong allegedly stole $988,885 from his employer. Investigations into the UNs Oil-forFood-Program found that Strong had endorsed a check for $988,885 issued by a Jordanian bank, that was made out to M. Strong. Korean business man, Tongsun Park, was convicted in a US Federal court of conspiring to bribe UN officials. Strong resigned and fled to Canada, and thence to China where he has been living ever since. So was the whole OWG movement started as a plot for great wealth? Follow the money train Strong, Gore, Goldman Sachs?
MAURICE STRONG (BIOGRAPHY)

Maurice Strong, a senior advisor to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and former advisor to the President of the World Bank, is one of the worlds most influential political and environmental activists. Strong served on the board of directors for the United Nations Foundation, a UN affiliated organisation established by Ted Turners historic $1 billion donation. He is also a director of the World Economic Foundation, Chairman of the Earth Council, former Chairman of the Stockholm Environment Institute, and former Chairman of the World Resources Institute. In his native Canada, Strong has amassed a fortune in a career spanning over five decades in some of Canadas most prestigious companies. He has run several companies in the energy and resources sector, including the Power Corporation of Canada, Ontario Hydro and Petro-Canada, (the national oil company). He is currently the chairman of Technology Development Inc. which funds research in the groundbreaking field of applying nanotechnology towards creating energy sources that are both affordable and eco-friendly.
137
Strong first worked with the United Nations as a junior officer in 1947, when he was just eighteen, and returned to Geneva to lead the Conference on the Human Environment in 1970, after which he became the executive director of the UNs environmental program. Strong also co-ordindated the UNs emergency relief efforts in Africa in the mid 80s and was in charge of the historic 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro. He recently took part in the reorganization of the UNs University for Peace, located in Costa Rica, and continues to help the university redefine its mission for the 21st century Strongs professional accomplishments in Canada have earned him numerous honours. He is a member of the Queens Privy Council for Canada, the Swedish Royal Order of the Polar Star, and the Royal Societies of both Canada and Great Britain. He has received 41 honorary doctorates from universities in North America and Europe. He has been featured in every major news media outlet in the United States, Canada and Europe. Strong regularly travels across the globe from Japan to Africa, London to Costa Rica and all corners of the planet to further the causes of peace and the environment.
WHERE ON EARTH ARE WE GOING?

by Maurice Strong Predictions of Doom
Maurice Strong, Senior Advisor to the United Nations and World Bank and organiser of the Rio Earth Summit offers candid insight into where todays environmental movement is heading and whether the planet is on course for disaster. Kofi Annan, Secretary-General of the United Nations says: I have worked with him for many years and have always valued his advice, enjoyed his friendship and admired his commitment to international co-operation and to multilaterisms main instrument, the United Nations. I have no doubt that readers will find in this book the same qualities that had made Maurice Strong a unique and important force in our lives; they may also, not least, derive some hope for our shared future.
138
Maurice Strong is one of the most influential men in the world. He is a senior advisor to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and former senior advisor to the President of the World Bank. When media mogul, Ted Turner, wanted to give the United Nations $1,000,000 to work on finding solutions for international conflict and environmental decline, he first consulted Strong. In the past thirty years, no single person has done more for the environment movement and provided a platform for change than Strong. With the publication of Where on Earth Are We Going? April 23, 2001, 456 pages, Strong reveals his pivotal role in the political and environmental activist movements, and talks plainly about what remains to be done. And there remains much to be done. Strong provides a historical context by which to judge our progress in the struggle to save the planet from environmental degradation, and lends insight as to where we are heading. Strong takes us behind the scenes of several of the most important events in the international environmental activist over the last three decades, including the historic 1992 Earth Summit in Rio, for which he was the principal organiser. He speaks frankly about how little success there has been in reversing the trends of environmental decline in the years since Rio. To combat the situation, Strong draws upon his years of experience as a corporate leader and political organiser and offers advice for saving Earth from ruin in the crucial decades ahead. Starting with a grim scenario in which world hunger, global warming, environmental destruction, political turmoil and other ills are allowed to run unchecked, a worst-case illustration of his belief that the environment is not just an issue but a symbol of the way industrial civilization has gone terribly wrong. He presses the case for nations and corporations to adopt eco-friendly policies of sustainable development, offering several concrete methods for reversing the planets decline. He also discusses the crucial role the UN has to play in this movement what it can do to help and, just as importantly, what it cannot. Where On Earth Are We Going? also allows Strong to share his remarkable life story with readers. Born in rural Manitoba during the Depression, Strong landed his job with the newly formed United
139
Nations when he was only 18. After a while, realising his limited education would prevent him from advancing further, Strong went back to Canada where, over the next few decades, he became one of the nations most powerful businessmen, rising to the top of several major Canadian power companies and eventually returning to the UN as an under-Secretary General in the early 1970s to lead the pivotal first conference in Stockholm on the environment.
AGENDA 21 SUMMARY Rio 2 years

by Joe Kirwin
AGENDA 21 is a comprehensive plan of action to be taken globally, nationally and locally by organizations of the United Nations System, Governments and Major Groups in every area in which humans impacts on the environment. Agenda 21, the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development and the Statement of Principles for the Sustainable Management of Forests were adopted by more than 178 Governments at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) held in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil from June 3-14 1992. The Commission on Sustainable Development (CSD) was created in December 1992 to ensure effective follow-up of on UNCED, to monitor and report on implementation of the agreements at the local, national, regional and international levels. It was agreed that a five year review of Earth Summit progress would be made in 1997 by the United Nations General Assembly meeting in special session. The full implementation of Agenda 21, the Program for Further Implementation on Agenda 21, and the Commitments to the Rio principles, were strongly reaffirmed at the World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSO) held in Johannesburg, South Africa from 26 August to 4 September 2002. Treaties ratified The 21st of December 1993 marked an historic day in the aftermath of Rio. On that day the 50th ratification of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change was received at UN Headquarters in New York, and
140
allowed the Treaty to go into effect in March 1994 but the problems of implementation have become all too clear. There was a general agreement at an Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC) meeting held in February this year that there is a need for further reduction of greenhouse gases than that already called for in the Treaty. The meeting in February basically answered the question of whether the Treaty needs to be strengthened said Scott Hajost, an international attorney with the American-based Environment Defense Fund. Now the debate begins of how and when as preparations for next years first convening of the parties continues. Political battles in Western capitals have proved how difficult it will be. In Europe, where nations pushed for cutbacks to greenhouse gases in the pre-Rio days, the Treaty has yet to be ratified due to disagreements between northern and southern European nations on burden-sharing. Also a proposed European Union (EU) carbon tax has fallen by the wayside after the British Government dug in its heels and rebuffed an otherwise unanimous European Union Council of Ministers. Despite that failure Danish Environment Minister, Sven Auken, whose government has led the fight for an EU carbon tax, says the battle over the tax is not finished. It has to happen., says Auken, It is just a matter of time. Across the Atlantic Ocean, the subject of an energy tax has proved just as difficult. Despite a proposal by US President Clinton for a so-called BTU tax, which the Administration decided on in order to distribute the burden of energy education on all sources, as opposed to only fossil fuel, was rejected by the US Congress. Politicians and lobbyists from American oil-producing states, such as Louisiana, Oklahoma and Texas, played a major role in the Bills defeat. In Rio and afterwards more than 165 nations signed the convention for Biological Diversity. The Treaty went into force on December 29, 1993 after the required ratifications were received by the UN SecretaryGeneral Boutros-Ghali. Rio Two Years On: A Strong Reaction Nairobi May 1994: Will this Summit merely be a high point in our expectations of good intentions and enthusiasm and excitement, or
141
will it be the start of a process of a fundamental change which we absolutely need?...Lets be realisticthe road from Rio is going to be more difficult than the road to Rio. Secretary-General Maurice Strong uttered those words two years ago at a press conference on a Sunday morning on the outskirts of Rio de Janeiro. It was obvious that the Canadian diplomat did not let the heady cocktail of exhaustion and euphoria cloud his judgment. Like an explorer who had spent two years trying to plot the course to an Atlantis like world of sustainable development. Strong was confident the route had been charted. But the pitfalls and other perils of the journey ahead were all too clear. Two years on and, as usual, Strongs foresight proved to be more accurate than he could imagine. The momentum of Rio has been lost at the government level and the fundamental changes, needed to head off impending disaster, are no closer to reality than they were two years ago. In fact things have gone backwards if anything, says Strong who now heads the Costa Rica Earth Council, which has been set up to independently monitor Rios follow-up, and who is also Chairman of Ontario Hydro Canada. In the South there has been some increase in living standards in some places such as Asia and parts of South America but it is with the same old unsustainable ways. As Strong and others would admit, there has been some progress in areas of policy. Climate change, nuclear waste dumping at sea and biological diversity are but three important ones. It is now obvious that Rio marked a Rubicon of sorts when it comes to coupling environment and development as well as involving nongovernmental organizations. A shift in attitude Another spot in an otherwise cloudy future is a shift in attitude on the part of two of the worlds crucial players: the United States and China. Both Washington, due to the Clinton-Gore Administration, and Beijing, with their new comprehensive national Agenda 21 plan, seem much more receptive to the concept of sustainable development. However it remains to be seen how these new attitudes translate into action. Then there are those crucial issues such as finance, including the
142
restructuring of the technology transfer that seem to underpin the whole sustainable development process, and that are far from being resolved. Ditto for the issue of consumption and lifestyle patterns, which are crucial factors in the lopsided ratio that marks the difference between life in the North and the South. Indeed the recession in the world economy in the past two years has proved just how difficult squaring that equation has been and will be. Counting the cost In fact the deepening world recession added a major and somewhat unexpected roadblock months after the Heads of States and delegates left Brazil and returned home with grand plans for achieving sustainable development. In addition, the cost of placing peace-keepers in various international hotspots such as Bosnia and Somalia has left the till empty when it comes to new funding for financing what the UNCED Secretariat estimated would be a US $125 billion per annum price for implementing the 40 chapters of agenda 21. Instead it is basically a sum zero game when it comes to new money, said Cliff Curtis, an international policy advisor with Greenpeace. The question now is making use of existing money in the most efficient way, says Hussein Abaza, chief economist and head of UNEPs Economic and Environment Unit. This is especially true when it comes to making the best possible use of money spent by various United Nations agencies as well as bilateral and multilateral development institutions. It is also equally true when it comes to the policy reforms required to be introduced to ensure the sustainability of implements activities and programmes. As Abaza is quick to point out, the financial crunch that has plagued implementation of sustainable development in the South is, if anything, worse today than it was two years ago. In many cases today, the economies of the South are being strangled on the one hand by World Bank and IMF reforms which have not proved to have passed the sustainability criteria; by debt burden and unfair international economic relations, Abaz explained. On the other hand there are unfair terms of trade, including the use of policy instruments such as subsidies, that have distorted commodity prices and the competitiveness of developing countries in the international market. Lets face it, the funding for subsequent sustainable dev143
elopment will not be resolved until there is a level playing field in the global market place. Capacity building in the developing world is a great idea and very fashionable but two things have to happen. Subsidies must be removed and the GATT negotiations last year proved how difficult that will be. Also environmental value of the commodity must be borne by the consumer and producer. At workshops, and at the Commission for Sustainable Development (CSD) intersessional meetings on the finance issue, economic instruments especially in the form of green taxes in both developed and developing nations have been pinpointed as a likely way to raise needed funds for sustainable development. The latest green tax proposed would slap a levy on airlines. The possibility of reforming national taxation systems to shift the bulk of the tax burden from labour, capital and income towards the use of natural resources should be considered, stated a policy paper distributed at a recent CSD meeting. Technology transfer and the concomitant intellectual property rights issue have proved to be only slightly less difficult. Workshops held in Norway, and another in Colombia, jointly sponsored by the United States, provided numerous options. These included clearing houses, referral services, exchange programs, one-stop-shops, buildoperate-transfer schemes and technology rights banks. But first more research and development is needed when it comes to pinpointing environmentally sound techniques. This is where clean technology and life cycle analyses come into play, says Nay Htun, who until recently was Deputy Executive Director of UNEP and a former member of the UNCED Secretariat. There is a lot of work in this field now but there is still a long way to go. One quick solution, according to Abaza, would be providing appropriate technology in place of aid money. So much aid comes in the form of technology, which worked in the donor nation but collapsed in the developing world after a year or two, Abaza said: That has happened for various reasons. Either it was the wrong technology to begin with, or it was not properly supported with necessary training and maintenance services. It is like a heart or a lung transplant. It can easily be rejected.
144
An example, where an existing technology could be transferred in the form of aid to Africa, is solar energy, Abaza said, In Africa the potential is vast because the conditions are right. But how many solar panels do you see? Not too many. Many governments and NGOs (non-government organisations) from the developed world cite political corruption as a barrier to a break through not only on technology transfer but other economic and environmental reforms. But others, such as Abaza, counter these arguments. Sure there is corruption but it works both ways, he says. It is just as corrupt for developed nations to give aid and say it must be spent on A.B.C, all of which benefit companies from the donor nation.
AGENDA 21
RIO + 5 (Wikipedia)
In 1997, the General Assembly of the UN held a special session to appraise five years of progress on the implementation of Agenda 21 (Rio + 5). The Assembly recognized progress as uneven and identified key trends including increasing globalization, widening inequalities in income and a continued deterioration of the global environment. A new General Assembly Resolution (S-19/2) promised further action. The Johannesburg Summit The Johannesburg Plan of Implementation, agreed at the World Summit on Sustainable Development (Earth Summit 2002), affirmed UN commit-ment to full implementation of Agenda 21, alongside implementation of the Millennium Development Goals and other international agreements. IMPLEMENTATION The Commission on Sustainable Development acts as a high level forum on sustainable development, and has acted as a preparatory committee for summits and sessions on the implementation of Agenda 21. The United Nations Division for Sustainable Development acts as the secretariat to the Commission and works within the content of Agenda 21.
145
Structure and Contents There are 40 chapters in the Agenda 21 divided into four main sections. Section 1: Social and Economic Dimensions Which deals with combating poverty, especially for developing countries, changing consumption patterns, promoting health, changing population and sustainable settlement in decision making. Section 2: Conservation Management of Resources for Development Includes atmospheric protection, combating deforestation, protecting fragile environments, conservation of biological diversity (biodiversity) control of pollution and management of biotechnology and radioactive wastes. Section 3: Strengthening the Role of Major Groups Includes the roles of children and youth, women, non-government bodies (NGOs), local authorities, business and workers and strengthening the role of indigenous peoples their community and farmers. Section 4: Means of Implementation Implementation includes science, technology transfer, education, inter-national institutions and financial mechanism. Local Agenda 21 The implementation of Agenda 21 was intended to involve action at international, national, regional and local levels. Some national and state governments have legislated, or advised, that local authorities take steps to implement the plan locally, as recommended in Chapter 28 of the document. These programs are often known as Local Agenda 21 or LA21. For example, in the Philippines the plan is Philippines Agenda 21 (PA2l). Agenda 21 for culture During the first World Public Meeting of Culture held in Porto Alegre in 2002, it came up with the idea to draw up guidelines for local cultural policies, a document comparable to what Agenda 21
146
meant in 1992 for environment. The Agenda 21 for culture is the first document with a world wide mission that advocates establishing the groundwork of an undertaking to cities and local governments for cultural development. In the various subsections of the Agenda 21 document, the agenda will be carried out through a wide range of sub-programs and various Acts which will be enacted starting in various G8 countries etc. Conspiracy Theory Agenda 21 is viewed by some of the American Right as a plan to impose world-wide centralised control over people, attacking private property and energy usage. A resolution, approved by the Republican National Committee on January 13, 2012 asserted that Agenda 21 is a comprehensive plan of extreme environmentalism, social engineering and global political control.
AGENDA 21 WILL CREATE WORLD GOVERNMENT DICTATORSHIP

Alex Jones Because there is a war on for your mind. (20/10/2009 No World System)
The phrase sustainable development really means population control. When you think about a New World Order just think about the de-population of mankind, the enslavement of man, forcing humans into compact zones surrounded by protected wild-life where he is prohibited from entering, a social distribution of wealth, the complete centralisation of all governments and wealth in the hands of a few dictators in the United Nations. A total bureaucratic, technological slave-grid. In other words hell on earth. The Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations will hold their 15th conference on climate change through December 7-18. At the conference, globalists like Obama will sign the Copenhagen Climate Change Treaty that will replace the Kyoto Treaty that is set to expire in 2011. Lord Christopher Monckton, the man who warned many this week of this Treaty, when he appeared on the Glenn Beck radio program, makes it clear that the treaty will create a World
147
Government; a dictatorship that will have complete authority over all nations by intervening in the economies and environment of any individual country in the world without consent. The treaty will also allow the distribution of wealth from developed countries like the U.S. to Third World countries like Africa, in other words, taxpayer-funded socialist welfare! This is the reason why many believe Obama will sign this global Treaty because Obama has supported a global tax legislation that would have given $854 million of foreign aid to satisfy the United Nations goal of reducing poverty by 2015. Here is what the Copenhagen Treaty says about the future distribution of wealth (developed and developing countries and parties). All parties shall/should: a) compensate for damage to the LDCs economy and also compensate for lost opportunities, resources, lives, land and dignity, as many will become environmental refugees. b) Africa, in the context of environmental justice, should be equitably compensated for environmental, social and economic losses arising from the implementation of response measures. Meanwhile globalists, like Bob Brown (Australian Federal Senator), are using fear of impending doom of climate change in order to pass the Copenhagen Treaty. He says: The world is watching. We must make history. If we do not reach a deal at this time, let us be in no doubt that once the damage from unchecked emissions growth is done, no retrospective global agreement in some future period can undo that choice. By then it will be irretrievably too late. So we should never allow ourselves to lose sight of the catastrophe we face if present warming trends continue. The creation of a New World Order has been technically in the works for decades. America is already under the thumb of World Government in more ways than one. To understand, what is taking place in America, we have to understand what Agenda 21 is. It is the blueprint of the New World Order agenda for the 21st century. It will require a profound reorientation of all human society. Excerpt from Statement of Agenda 21: Effective execution of Agenda 21 will require a profound reorientation of all human society
148
unlike anything the world has ever experienced: a major shift in the priorities of both governments and individuals and an unprecedent deployment of humans and financial resources. This shift will demand that a concern for the environmental consequences of every human action be integrated into individual and collective decision-making at every level. Brundtland, former vice-president of Socialist International, and author of Our Common Future, chaired a World Commission on Environment and development. This was held in 1987 to plan a second conference in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. This would agree to an agenda to be implemented over the next twenty years. The resulting Agenda 21 developed an active Plan for the 21st century which would call a second conference twenty years later in June 2012, again in Rio de Janeiro, to confirm the creation of a one world government institution, which would entail an irrevocable loss of sovereignty. In the meantime an incremental loss of sovereignty was implicit in the active promotion of green programs via an active program of interference in local government at times usurping it without constitutional authorisation. Acknowledging a creeping loss of sovereignty, and abetted by creation of a spider web of bodies, it flourishes under the banner of community or civic commons supported by intensive propaganda, until total surrender by nations of their sovereignty to a new international body in June 2012. That is Agenda 21 in action.
WHO STARTED IT?

Journalist Jim Ball had no doubt that Maurice Strong was culpable in an interview with Australias renowned 2GB radio host Alan Jones. He very deliberately did it. He set up the UN Environment Program, and then he worked through that with the World Meteorological Organisation (WMO) and the International Program of Climate Change (IPCC) was set up by them. That meant that every government weather agency around the world was involved in the IPCC. They appoint the scientists that they want to be on it, and they also of course provide the funding. That has meant that the funding has only got to one side of the debate. Strong knew that. This is why he
149
organised it through the WMO. But that view disregards others like the Italian Peccio who wrote the Domesday book which led to his presidency of the Club of Rome, or Al Gore financed by Peccio to produce his infamous propaganda film to promote his book. The former Russian President Mikhail Gorbachev, co-authored the policy with UN Secretary General Maurice Strong to delude the manifold countries in the world that Pecceis Domesday forecast was genuine, and it could only be met by a surrender of sovereignty of all the nations of the world to a one world government created by the United Nations. It disregards the Hungarian recusant Jew George Soros, who unleashed his enormous wealth bred in the banking jungle of New York and fed by breaking the Bank of England, robbing Russia as American envoy under Gorbachevs regime to destroy capitalist democracy by fomenting revolution from above and below. He began doing this from 1992, the year of the first Earth Summit to create a new one world government.
The Earth Summit Rio de Janeiro 1992

Summary from Earth Summit Rio organizers
The 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro was unprecedented for a UN conference, in terms of both its size and the scope of its concerns. Twenty years after the first global environment conference, the UN sought to help Governments rethink economic development and find ways to halt the destruction of irreplaceable natural resources and pollution of the planet. Hundreds of thousands of people from all walks of life were drawn into the Rio process. They persuaded their leaders to go to Rio and join other nations in making the difficult decisions needed to ensure a healthy planet for generations to come. The Summits message that nothing less than a transformation of our attitudes and behaviour would bring about the necessary changes was transmitted by almost 10,000 on-site journalists and heard by millions around the world. The message reflected the complexity of the problems facing us: that poverty, as well as excessive consumption by affluent populations, place damaging stress on the environment.
150
Governments recognized the need to redirect international and national plans and policies to ensure that all economic decisions fully took into account any environmental impact. And the message has produced results, making eco-efficiency a guiding principle for business and governments alike: Patterns of production particularly the production of toxic components, such as lead in gasoline, or poisonous waste are being scrutinized in a systematic manner by the UN and Governments alike; Alternative sources of energy are being sought to replace the use of fossil fuels which are linked to global climate change; New reliance on public transportation systems is being emphasised in order to reduce vehicle emissions, congestion in cities and the health problems caused by polluted air and smog; There is much greater awareness of, and concern over, the growing scarcity of water. Although Agenda 21 had been weakened by compromise and negotiation, he said, it was still the most comprehensive and, if implemented, effective program of action ever sanctioned by the international community. Today, efforts to ensure its proper implementation continue, and they will be reviewed by the UN General Assembly at a special session to be held in June 1997. The Earth Summit influenced all subsequent UN conferences, which have examined the relationship between human rights, population, social development, women and human settlements and the need for environmentally sustainable development. The World Conference on Human Rights, held in Vienna in 1993, for example, underscored the right of people to a healthy environment and the right to development controversial demands that met with resistance from some Member States.
By Rachel Alexander Editor of Intellectual Conservative (10/2/2012)

Americans are so focused on Congress and Obama at the federal level of government right now that most are overlooking the Socialism
151
AGENDA 21: CONSPIRACY THEORY OR REAL THREAT?
creeping in at the local level through Agenda 21. It is easy to overlook local government since people are saturated with too much information in the internet age. Compounding this is the fact that Agenda 21 is a dull topic. It is understandable how it has been able to fly mostly under the radar since 1992, slowly working its way into the cities and counties. Agenda 21, which reportedly means an agenda for the 21st century, is a United Nations program launched in 1992 for the vague purpose of achieving global sustainable development. Congress never approved Agenda 21, although Obama, Clinton and George H.W. Bush have all signed Executive Orders implementing it. 170 other world leaders agreed to it in 1992 at the Rio Summit. Since then, the UN has mostly bypassed national governments using Agenda 21s initiative (ICELF) to make agreements directly with local governments. ICLEFs presence has grown to include agreements with over 600 cities, towns and counties here, which are now copying the land-use plans prescribed by Agenda 21. Some conservatives are trying to attract attention to Agenda 21 by labeling it a secret conspiracy to create a one-world government. While that warning will wake some people up, it will turn off others. It does not matter whether it is a conspiracy or not. There are people on the left side of the political spectrum, who may even believe they have good intentions in working together to spread their vision for society worldwide. Whether they meet in dark rooms, or openly is irrelevant. They are having great success convincing local governments in the US to adopt their socialist and extreme environmental programs under the guise of feel-good buzz words. Left-wing billionaire George Soross Open Society has provided $2,147,415 to ICLEI, Val Jones Green for All and the Tides Foundation. Apollo Alliance are also reportedly ICLEI contributors. Agent 21 ostensibly promises sustainability the latest buzz word for environmentalism since Americans have learned too many negative things about environmentalism. Sustainability is an amorphous concept that can be interpreted to such an extreme degree that it would regulate and restrict many parts of our lives. When will the level of carbon emissions be low enough? How much must we reduce our
152
consumption of fossil fuels? Preserving the environment is a dubious science and what steps are really necessary to protect the environment, are anybodys guess. Agenda 21 promotes European Socialist goals that will erode our freedom and liberties. Most of the vague, lofty sounding phrases cause the average persons eyes to glaze over. The environmental goals include atmosphere protection, combating pollution, protecting fragile environments, and conserving biological diversity. Other broad goals include combating poverty, changing consumption patterns, promoting health, and reducing private property ownership, single family homes, private car ownership and privately owned farms. It seeks to cram people into small livable areas and institute population control. There is a plan for social justice that will redistribute wealth. Once these overly broad goals are adopted, they are being interpreted to allow massive amounts of new, over-reaching regulations. Joyce Morrison from Eco-Logic Powerhouse says Agenda 21 is so broad that it will affect the way we live, eat, learn and communicate. Bent Kjos, author of Brave New Schools, warns that Agenda 21 regulation would severely limit water, electricity and transportation, even deny human access to our most treasured wilderness areas, It would monitor all lands and peoples. No one would be free from the watchful eye of the new global tracking and information system. These steps are already being enacted little by little at the local levels. Since the US is one of the wealthiest countries in the world, and uses more energy than any other country, it stands to lose the most from environmental regulators. The goal of sustainability, which comes down to using government to heavy-handed accomplishment of vague goals of caring for the earth, goes contrary to our free market capitalism. Even more unfair, struggling third world countries and communist countries that cannot financially afford to comply with the onerous environmental regulations will continue their high fossil consumption and the US will be forced to even more nonsense to make up for these countries by the UN regulators. Obama signed Executive Order 1357, earlier this month, establishing a White House Rural Council prescribed by Agenda 21. The amount of government Obama has directed to administer this is staggering.
153
Obama committed thousands of employees in 25 federal agencies to promote sustainability in rural areas, completely bypassing Congress approval. Some of these agencies are unrelated to rural areas. The agencies will entice rural areas into adopting Agenda 21 by providing them with millions of subsidy.
SIERRA CLUB/CLUB OF ROME BEHIND CALIFORNIA ENERGY CRISIS

Discovering the Times Digest April 2001
What does the current energy crisis in California, the Club of Rome and the Sierra Club have to do with each other? Everything according to John Elvin writing for the February 28 issue of Insight Magazine. Southern California Edison (SCE), one of the electric power companies facing bankruptcy before the rate hike the last week of March was told in a 1982 meeting between SCE and the Sierra Club that the environmental organisation had no intention of finding a solution to Californias energy needs. Just the opposite. They were implementing the no-growth, one-world collectivist agenda of the Club of Rome. Their intention was to shut California and the nation down. In other words the reason for the California energy crisis has been well known for nearly twenty years. It has nothing to do with deregulation, as popularly promoted by the mainstream press, and everything to do with Agenda 21. Two sources with knowledge of the meeting told Insight that a Sierra Club leader told Mr. Gould, Chief Executive officer of SCE, the group was not interested in accommodation. They were not even interested in what is perceived to be conventional conservationist concerns, the welfare of wildlife and so on. It was at this point that the Sierra Club leader went further going beyond disdainful rejection to reveal an agenda far beyond the Sierra Clubs public image as a purveyor of pretty books and calendars. As one source put it: They said that what they were interested in was creating a society restructured along the lines recommended by the Club of Rome. Mr. Gould affirmed the truth of the statement. The Sierra Club leadership had no interest in protecting the environment but in advancing an earth-worshipping, anti-human agenda bent
154
on creating a world government so a small global elite could control the rest of the world. The Club of Romes reputation is built on the Domesday report Limits To Growth published in 1972. The report predicted imminent global disaster due to out-of-control population growth, industrial expansion, depletion of natural resources, food shortages and environmental degradation. And heres the kicker: These catastrophic results might be avoided through creation of a collective world government and through attrition and consumption. Coffman states in his book Saviours of the Earth? that the key to success, according to Aurelio Peccei, founder and past president of the Club of Rome, was through communication with nature and the collective unconscious of the human race. Pecceis outrageous comments would mean relatively little were it not for the fact that the Sierra Club is moving lock step with the Club of Romes agenda, and the whos who of the global elite, like various members of the Rockefeller family, had not only been members but strongly supported the Club of Rome in the past. Notables like Gorbachev, former Premier of the Soviet Union, and other Kings and Queens of Europe are still very much involved. Never mind that the Club of Romes projections of doom and gloom have been so far off base as to be laughable. The projections of this Club are faithfully repeated in the daily news as fact, and by hundreds of organisations like the Sierra Club. It is understandable since most of these environmental groups receive a significant portion of their funding from private foundations like the Rockefeller Foundation and others that have connections with the Club of Rome. Pecceis 1978 book Turning Point should send shivers down every American back. Philosophers have, from ancient times, stressed the unity of existence. The winds of change have begun to blow. A keen and anxious awareness is evolving to suggest that fundamental changes will have to take place in the world order, and its power structure in the distribution of wealth and income, in our own outlook and behavior. Environmental leadership probably represents the greatest threat to America today. They should be rated Public Enemy
155
One. Yet because of the relentless support of the one-world globalists and the mainstream media, Americans have been deluded into truly believing environmentalists are heroes fighting for environmental protection for all Americans. In fact these leaders want to see the majority of Americans eliminated from the planet so they can enjoy a pristine mother earth while controlling every activity of the remaining masses. America, the world and even the Christian Churches are being led by the Pied Piper of deceit and delusion. Sure they are doing right, when in fact they are on a road to self-destruction.
AUSTRALIA AGENDA 21 TOWARDS RIO 2012

Agenda 21, currently on the internet, runs into 32 pages with 5 back-up documents. It declares an elaborate web of co-operative consultation and collaboration has been initiated but leaves the onlooker with the feeling that this might be an elaborate smokescreen for weaving a labyrinth of control through a door declaring Beware all those who enter here. The Australian Keating Government committed us to a persistent plan towards World Communism at the Rio de Janeiro Earth Summit Conference in June 1992 when it agreed to Agenda 21 which committed Australia to a second United Nations Earth Summit in the same city in 20 years time to be advanced by 2.0 government plans in the meantime. These 2.0 plans envisaged abolition of all private ownership including land and housing to be confirmed by the Kyoto Protocols.
The Greatest Fraud perpetrated on mankind By Vivienne Skeen (internet)

I have been researching Agenda 21 since I first became aware of its existence in 2010. I do not profess to be an expert on Agenda 21, but what I have discovered has exceeded all my worst fears. Agenda 21 is nothing more than world government, world domination and the end of all freedom for all mankind.
156
AGENDA 21
My biggest concern is that the public are asleep on this, as I was, until one of my sons asked me if I had heard of Agenda 21. Agenda 21 is the United Nations Sustainable Development Agenda 21 that is taking over Australia, as it is every other nation in the entire world. It has been on the agenda for Australia since the Hawke/ Keating government signed on to it in 1992. Since 1994 the Keating government has been sending early progress reports to the United Nations on sustainable development as required by Agenda 21, and has instituted some of its policies which has seen a lot of farmers lose properties. Its eventual aim was made clear by one of the leading authors of this UNSD Agenda 21 development and secretary-general of the 1992 Rio de Janeiro conference which passed it, the magnate Maurice Strong: Isnt the only hope for the planet that the industrialised civilisations collapse? Isnt it our responsibility to bring that about? GetUp!, founded in Australia by a donation of $1,500,000 by George Soros, is part of the process of destabilising Australia by ensuring its support for Agenda 21 when the nations gather for the second United Nations Earth Summit in June 2012 to surrender their freedom and independence to a UN Climate Court The tentacles of Agenda 21 are already in EVERY aspect of our lives. There are reams of information as to what effect Agenda 21 is having on Australia. The smart meters being introduced into Australia, as elsewhere, are a major form of control that is an integral part of Agenda 21: that is the United Nations Gaia earth religion of global warming/climate change (S.9 UNSD A21) which is the greatest fraud ever to have been perpetrated on mankind. Under Agenda 21 Dr Leana Paugh deplores that significant dollars are being distributed in grants. In the Canada Free Press, she analysed the Order, writing: It establishes unchecked federal control into rural America in education, food supply, land use, water use, recreation, property, energy and the lives of 16% of the US. Tea Party groups, talk show host Glenn Beck, and organisations like Freedom Advocates, Catholic Investigative Agency and Sovereignty International are working hard to expose Agenda 21, but there is only so much a few can do.
157
Some local governments have become aware of what Agenda 21 is really about and dropped out of the ICLEI this year. Ideally a conservative president could roll back the executive orders implementing it, but considering Republican President H.W. Bush was a disappointment in this area that may be too much to hope for. If Republicans take over Congress they could challenge the huge power grab Obama made with Executive Order 1357 and ban Agenda 21 in the US. For now local activists must champion this issue, much like Texans for Accountable Government has done, educating local boards and commissions and those serving on them that Agenda 21 is a tedious and overwhelming topic, and until it can be explained in an easy-to-understand way that interests the average American, it will be tough to beat back.
A HIDDEN PLAN FOR WORLD GOVERNMENT

As early as 1997 George Soross Open Society Institute gave the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) a $2,147,415 grant to support its Local Agenda 21 Summit Project in the US. As regards the UN, that organisations problems with Americas appreciation of freedom and self determination is one that needs no explanation. Currently in California, Agenda 21 is working to implement projects to create plans for sustainable management of open spaces. The definition of what is to be considered an open space has sparked some heated exchanges between those directing the planning meetings and citizens who want private property rights to be protected. This type of global plan could not be implemented without a large and well-funded group pushing through its priorities. For that, Agenda 21 had the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (LCLEI). And ICLEI is now already deeply entrenched in America. Launched in 1995 it has grown from a handful of local governments participating in a pilot project to a solid network of more than 600 cities, towns and counties actively striving to achieve some tangible reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and to create more sustainable communities so that ICLEI in the USA is the domestic leader on climate protection and adaptation, and sustainable development at the local government level.
158
THE FABIAN SOCIETY FLIES UNDER THE RADAR

By Aussie Stock Forums
Just a little about a society or group of powerful schemers that fly under the conspiracy radar. How do they do it? The Fabian Society was founded in 1884 by Edward Pease, Frank Podmore and Hubert Bland. The name comes from the Roman General Quintus Fabius Maximus Cunctator which means the delayer. Fabians seek to change society and government to their Socialist (aka Communist) ideals by delaying their goals and using the stealth of gradualism just as General Fabius did against Hannibal. By exploiting the natural tendency of all politicians to concentrate power, the Fabians have worked at supporting legislation to empower bureaucracy, thereby undermining Parliament and thus destroying the rights of individuals. The Fabian coat of arms was originally the WOLF IN SHEEPS CLOTHING, that may have been a bit too telling as it has now been replaced with the TORTOISE which portrays slow and steady. The motto of their tortoise is When I strike, I strike hard. The Fabian Maximus of Australia is Gough Whitlam, The list of politicians who are members of the Fabians is horrifically large, such key politicians as Paul Keating, Bob Hawke, Barry Jones, John Button, John Dawkins, Gareth Evans and Bill Hayden to name only a few. Then there are the Fabian infiltrators within our bureaucracy, and other areas of influence, such as Race Mathews, Laurie Carmichael, Bill Kelty, Phil Ruthven, John Halfpenny, the Reverend Peter Hollingworth, Lionel Murphy and Arthur Calwell were also members. The list of Fabian policies, publications and conferences is awesome and leaves absolutely no doubt as to their political interests. The Fabian Society is a key component of the global mechanism that is transferring control and ownership of Australia to the forces of globalisation. Using the practice of Fabius Maximus, the Fabians are clearly succeeding in their plan to restructure our entire ECONOMY. It has been carried out so well that the populace of Australia are completely unaware that it has happened. Everyone knows that Bob Hawke is a Fabian. In his speech to the Fabian Society in Melbourne on May 8, 1984, one of the facts that
159
he stated was: The Fabian Society acknowledges the principle tenet of Marxism, the abolition of private property, in this case to own land. They align themselves with the non-violent arm of Marxism by accepting the non-violent road of patient gradualism to total government. They believe that America should be replaced by a world government and that reorganising the world will need to extend beyond the financial system that globalist Soros wrote in an opinion piece. Soros is saying that a washed-up America should be replaced by a world government with a global currency under UN rule. What George Soros does not say is that two decades of outsourcing US industry, opening the borders and bankrupting the economy with pointless wars and other debacles have been intentionally orchestrated so that now international bankers can tell the world the system is broken and that the individuals who broke it need to show us how to fix it. Georgy Schwartz (aka George Soros) is a Hungarian Jew who has been described as anti-God, anti-family and anti-American. By his own admission he even helped confiscate the homes of fellow Jews in Hungary in 1944. In an interview with Steve Kroft of 60 Minutes he said 1944 was the best year of his life. Asked by Kroft if he felt any remorse, he answered, No, not at all. I rather enjoyed it. No feelings of guilt? asked Kroft. No, only feelings of power. Soros made his first billion as a currency speculator in 1992 by shorting the British pound and causing misery to millions of hardworking British citizens. He went on to cause the 1999 Russiangate scandal, almost collapsing the Russian economy. He did the same to Thailand and Malaysia in 1997, causing the Asian financial crisis of that time. Malaysian Prime Minister Mahar Mohamad called him a villain and a moron while Thailands PM referred to him as Dracula. He also helped dismantle Yugoslavia and caused major trouble in Japan, Indonesia, Georgia, Ukraine and Burma by raiding their economies. Soros also fosters cultural degeneracy by supporting abortion rights, atheism, drug legalization, sex education, euthanasia, feminism, gun control, globalisation, mass immigration, gay marriage etc. Soros funded Barak Obamas campaign and often visits the White House. At 81, taking down America appears to be his
160
final challenge. The main obstacle to a stable and just world order is the United States. The time has come for a very serious adjustment. Destroying America will be the culmination of my work.
By John Ballantyne No 64 National Observer 2005

Australias former Labor Deputy Prime Minister, the late Dr. James Ford (Jnr) Cairns, was a high ranking member of a communist front organisation, co-ordinated and financed by Moscow, and was a longstanding Soviet agent of influence. First elected to the federal House of Representatives in 1955, Cairns became a popular leader of Australias Left and, in 1955, almost became Labor Party leader. In the late 1960s and early 70s, he worked ceaselessly to mobilize public opposition to Australias involvement in the Vietnam War. He served as Deputy Prime Minister and Treasurer in Gough Whitlams Labor Government (1972-5). He died on October 12, 2003, aged 89, still a Labor hero to many. During most of his public career, Cairns was also deeply involved with the World Peace Council (WPC), one of a number of front organisations controlled by the International Department of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union and the Soviet Committee for State Security, the KGB. The WPC was established in 1949 as the initiative of the brutal Soviet tyrant Joseph Stalin. It aimed to promote Soviet foreign policy objectives by initiating and controlling peace organizations in Western countries. Its first president was nuclear scientist Professor Frederic Jolie Curie, a member of the Central Committee of the French Communist Party. Moscows peace offensive. In November 1950, the WPC attempted to launch a peace conference in Sheffield, England, but failed after the Attlee Labour Government barred Soviet and other communist delegates from entering Britain. The following year, the WPC was expelled by the French Government for what were described as fifth column activities. In 1957, the
161
AUSTRALIAS JIM CAIRNS AND THE SOVIET KGB
Austrian Government banned the WPC for activities directed against the interests of the Austrian state. In 1968 the WPC established its headquarters in Helsinki. Throughout its existence, the WPC unfailingly defended every act of Soviet military aggression such as the invasion of Hungary (1956), Czechoslovakia (1968) and Afghanistan (1979), and the 1981 Soviet-backed imposition of martial law in Poland and the crushing of Polands 10-million strong independent trade union, Solidarity. Cairnss long involvement with the WPC began in 1949 when he was co-founder and first chairman of an early WPC offshoot, the Australian Peace Council. The APC was publicly launched at Melbournes Exhibition Hall on April 16, 1950 by the Dean of Canterbury, Hewlett Johnson, popularly known as the Red Dean on account of his fervent admiration of Stalin. The Dean proclaimed to his Melbourne audience, The Soviet people want peace. Only weeks after this statement, the Soviets supported communist North Koreas invasion of South Korea. The WPC and APC were typical Soviet fronts of the sort originally devised by Lenin and perfected by the celebrated inter-war communist propaganda genius and Comintern agent, talent-spotter and recruiter, Will Munzenberg. The strategy Munzenberg used was to create a faade of respectability for communist initiatives by recruiting well-meaning celebrities and public figures to lend their support to seemingly worthy causes such as peace and disarmament causes which were used to further Soviet strategic objectives against the West. Munzenberg called these fronts innocents clubs. Innocent some of the followers may have been, but not so are the behind-the-scenesorganisers. The leadership of the APC consisted heavily of communists and fellow travellers. Prominent among them were two left-wing clerics, Rev. Alf Dickie and Rev. Frank Hartley both senior officebearers in the WPC.. . The WPC morphed into a Congress for International Co-operation and Disarmament which, as Ballantyne writes, mobilised the vast nationwide anti-war protest movement despite the fact that Australian troops were fighting alongside American troops in Vietnam against the Soviet-backed invasion of the south.
162
Soviet control Contrary to Cairns claim, the World Peace Council was in fact rigidly controlled by the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union (CPSU) International Department which worked hand in glove with the Soviet spy agency, the KGB. The highest ranking Soviet diplomat ever to defect to the West, Arkady N. Shevchenko, and later Under Secretary General of the United Nations until his defection to the United States in 1978 recalled how the Soviet-controlled World Peace Council.swarmed with KGB officers. Moscow wanted to boost the Councils prestige by creating high visibility via UN recognition of the Councils great role in the world movement for peace, I never developed a skin thick enough not to cringe inwardly with embarrassment when I approached the then UN Secretary-General Walldheims deputies with my recommendation to UN participation in another World Peace Council activity. I never became immune to their patient, knowing smile when I insistently proposed that the Secretary-Generals upcoming statement praise whatever latest peace initiative the USSR wanted to push, no matter how transparent the initiative might be.
Flannerys hope of a global treaty to influence your every move.

King Leonidas, TruthNews (internet) April 2008 Headed Andrew Bolt admits Copenhagen Treaty is for world government.
To be honest at first I thought, and said, that Christopher Monckton was exaggerating a bit in claiming that the United Nations Copenhagen meeting on global warming would negotiate the creation of a new world government. However at Copenhagen this December, weeks away, a treaty will be signed. I read that treaty. The second purpose is the transfer of wealth from the countries of the west to third world countries in satisfaction of what is called, coyly, climate debt because weve been burning CO2 and they havent. Now Alarmist of the Year Tim Flannery, on yet another gassy overseas
163
junket, suggests this is indeed the intention, and his most fervent hope for these talks. Mark Steyn rightly asks: Did you know every aspect of your life was being negotiated at Copenhagen? Three questions for prime Minister Kevin Rudd: 1. Which of Australias sovereign powers will this treaty take from us? 2. How much will this treaty cost us? 3. Are you really going to sign it? Update: How Greenpeace, World Wild Life, and other non-governing bodies (NGOS) dream of a new world governing body with a colossal budget of its own! Just check the draft Copenhagen treaty they have prepared: To avoid dangerous climate change and build climate resilience, the way society is structured will need to change fundamentally from investment patterns to development programs. This cannot be accomplished by the fragmented set of existing institutions. In order to enhance the implementation of the Convention in accordance with the Bali Action Plan and its four building blocks, a new institution, the Copenhagen Climate Facility (CCF) is needed. The Facility shall enjoy such legal capacity as is necessary for the exercise of its functions. The Facility shall have: An Executive Committee, as the supreme body of the Facility, to supervise and monitor the implementation of operational policies, guidelines and administrative arrangements, including the disarmament of resources and at least four Boards to assist Parties in fulfilling their actions, aims, objectives and commitments. The Boards shall have decision-making powers, including the allocation of funding and other support. The Executive Committee may only review decisions of a Board in cases where the Board has exceeded its mandated functions pursuant to this Article. Each industrial country should be responsible for part of the 160 billion USD per year required to support action in developing countries as part of its binding obligations. An example of the powers these NGOs pray their creation will have, over countries such as Australia, is as follows; Final plans for both industrialised countries are due on January 1, 2011 in order to ensure
164
enough time for ratification. The Mitigation Board will review these final versions. If it finds that the Party has not properly addressed all of its concerns, it shall forward the situation, namely the questions of concern to the Facilitative Branch. The provisions for dealing with the Facilitative Branch are in article 11. Briefly, if outstanding issues remain after another dialogue with the Party concerned, the Facilitative Branch may issue a statement of concern. This applies to both industrialised and developing countries. In the case of industrialised countries the Branch may also require the country concerned to post a board representing a portion of the penalties a country would be required to pay in the case of noncompliance. If, at the end of the commitment period, the country is in compliance, the bond is returned. To say that this is a conspiracy theory, and not the literal truth, is proven by their own words. NB: The Copenhagen Treaty was not signed by a small group of dissenters led by China and was therefore not empowered to proceed.
165
SECTION 7
fabian treachery in australia

QUOTES FROM TEXT:
From 1984 until 1993, Ms Gillard became a prominent figure in the militant left Socialist Forum, which had recently been formed by disaffected members of the Communist Party of Australia and Labors left wing.In 1994 the ALP National Conference passed an Affirmative Action Rule requiring that women be preselected in 35% winnable seats in all elections by 2002.
EMILYS list is not a faction of the Australian Labor Party, but a party linked to the original EMILYS List in the USA, which is now the second most powerful lobbying and fund raising force in the USA.
Founded by IBM heiress, Ellen Malcolm, it rose to power after billionaire, George Soros (Shwartz) won an 8 year battle, which cost him $48 million dollars, to limit the amount of donations candidates for political office could receive from any individual. However he ensured that section 257 of the tax code that governs any organisations, that were not political parties, excluded them from this limitation.
167
SECTION 7: FABIAN TREACHERY IN AUSTRALIA
IS GetUp! A COMMUNIST ORGANISATION?

By Amy McGrath. Circular, August 8, 2010.
The curious electoral organization, GetUp! first appeared on the Australian federal electoral scene in 2007 with this curious title which seemed to have no obvious explanation except to invite internet browsers to join them in a new approach to electioneering, its purpose was aimed at young voters likely to vote for the Australian Labor Party or the Greens. Nobody asked for an answer except the Australian Electoral Commission, faced with the fact that GetUp! were operating outside the scope of the Electoral Act both in raising money and in campaign tactics. No one, who smelt a rat, seemed able to identify what kind of rat it was. However then two generations had risen knowing little or nothing of Stalin, the Cold War with Russia, or the Korean and Vietnam wars. But there were many like myself and my husband, who had clashed with them during the long march through our institutions from the fifties onwards. However few, even of these, would know the Communist anthem, the Internationale and, even if they did, would not connect the opening line of the English anthem, which is Arise ye workers. Nor did I at first associate it with GetUp!. However by a hunch I did connect GetUp! with communism due to a life-long association with its political practice and theory. So one day I typed the words Get-up communism into my computer expecting nothing. WHAT IT GOT WAS A BOMBSHELL. The first words of the first version of the Communist anthem, the Internationale, in both French and German in the 19th century were Get up not Arise as in English. The original by Pier de Geyter, Lille 1888 was different. It read thus: Get up, damned of the earth. Get up, slaves of the hunger. Reason thunders in its crater. This is the eruption of the end. Of the past let us make a clean swipe. Enslaved masses, get up, get up. The world is about to change its foundation. We are nothing, let us be all.
169
CHORUS Let us group together, and tomorrow will be the mankind The first words of the first version of Communist Russias anthem until 1949, and still today the anthem of Russias federation are: GetUp, you who are branded by a curse. you, the worlds starving and enslaved. outraged minds are boiling ready to lead us into a deadly fight. We will destroy this world of violence down to the foundations, and then we will build our new world. He who has nothing will become everything. CHORUS (repeated with every stanza) This will be the final and decisive battle. With the Internationale mankind will GetUp.
FOUNDATION OF GetUp! IN AUSTRALIA

August 1, 2005.
GetUp! was founded in Australia by two Australians as a replica of Move On, founded in turn in 2003 as participatory democracy in order to get US President Clinton returned to office as American President. This Australian organization was launched on August 1, 2005 as a nonpartisan group with $1,500,000 capital from Hungarian financier, George Soros. Its purpose was said to be to allow people disaffected with the parliamentary system to have a say, but also to defeat the retiring conservative Liberal Party Prime Minister John Howard in his seat. At its launch, GetUp! announced it expected funds from unions and corporations as well as small donations from members recruited from the internet and discussion groups. As evidence of this, unions were represented among the foundation directors by Bill Shorten, national secretary of the Australian Workers Union, who resigned when he
170
won a seat in the federal parliament, Amanda Tattersall, research director for Unions NSW, former Liberal Party leader John Hewson, who resigned shortly after, and IT entrepreneur Evan Thornley, who was secretary of the Fabian (communist) Society, to which Shorten and other Australian parliamentary members belonged. Left wing Greens were represented by Cate Faehrmann, directors of the NSW Nature Conservation Council and World Wild Life charity. The conglomerate union, CEMFU, a coalition of five former Communist unions also donated $1,000,000 towards a later election to maintain the Australian Labor Party in power. GetUp!, although not a registered political party, immediately began to campaign, to oust the Liberal Party from office after 11 years in the forthcoming November 2007 election, by massive policy-begging mail-outs and issues based (24 of them) campaigns. Many of its members for they paid no dues marched, lobbied, advertised, lobbied and door knocked. Others campaigned in shopping centres, and manned polling booths for the ALP, particularly in marginal seats, during the November 2007 election campaign. They even flew balloons in Bennelong, the electorate of the Prime Minister, and wore purple T-shirts. The Liberal Party raised $100,000 from donors for an advertisement concerning the exchange of votes between the ALP, Democrats and Senate candidates. This read GET-Up!s DANGEROUS COMMUNIST FACE OF A WOLF IN SHEEPS CLOTHING. Such people power as that gained by Get-Up!, which encourages contempt for our evolved system of representative parliamentary government, and harvests large sums of money without any process of accountability in order to campaign against it, is an abnegation of democracy. It has shown even greater contempt in its recent High Court case of 2010 in order to require the Australian Electoral Commission to enrol 100,000 would-be voters, who had broken the law by failing to enrol before the close of the roll, to enrol after the close of the roll. This not only destroyed key principles of the Electoral Act but delivered victory in the election to the Australian Labor Party in 2010 albeit only to a frail and troublesome coalition with the Green Party and Independents.
171
GEORGE SOROS TENTACLES REACH INTO AUSTRALIA Menzies House Canberra Headquarters Liberal Party
The left-wing activist group, GetUp! claims it is an independent grass-roots community advocacy organisation. GetUp!s founders, David Madden and Jeremy Heimans, are heavily involved in a number of similar US and global left-wing activist groups, each of which is tied to George Soros, the shadowy billionaire. GetUp! was inspired by, and modelled on similar US groups, such as MoveOn.org and Win Back Respect. Madden and Heimans were cofounders of Win Back Respect. According to public records published on Campaign Donations.net when they were drawing expenses from the group in 2004, the major donor that year, with a contribution of $150,000, was George Soros. Madden and Heimans had also been involved with another Sorosfinanced left-wing activist group in the US MoveOn.org. Public records reveal that between January 2003 and December 2004, George Soros contributed $2,500,999 to MoveOn.org. Madden and Heimans are also co-founders of the global activist group Avaaz.org, an organization that the Canadian Minister John Baird in 2008 labelled as a shadowy foreign organisation tied to billionaire activist George Soros. Madden and Heimans can hardly claim that GetUp! is non-partisan when its original board members included Australian Workers Union secretary Bill Shorten, Australian Fabian Society secretary Evan Thornley, green activist Cate Faehrmann, and left-wing trade union researcher and community organiser Amanda Tattersall. The largest donor to GetUp! in 2010, with a donation of $l.l million, is the CFMEU. GetUp!s benefactor George Soros is clearly partisan. Of the $3.5 million in recent campaign donations made by Soros, 99.84% was donated to Democrat candidates and organisations. The $3.5 million is just the amount declared as political donations. Soros has poured untold millions into numerous political, activist and media front groups. In 2003 in an attempt to defeat George Bush at the forthcoming election, Soros gathered a group of left-wing activists and Democrats
172
GetUp! EXPOSED
at his mansion and helped found, with a donation of $10 million, America Coming Together (ACT), a grassroots activist group designed to co-ordinate all his other front groups. When the US brought in laws limiting political donations, Soros used his considerable clout to circumvent the laws by inspiring new legislation allowing the 527 organisations to raise funds without breaching the laws. Hence the myriad of Soros activist groups can raise funds without limitation on the basis that they are not political groups. So while they may not donate to political parties they can run very effective advertising campaigns and stunts that clearly target one party and favour another. It is clear that GetUp! follows the Soros model in Australia. It is set up as a non-partisan activist group to harvest donations that are exempt from Australias political donations laws. The corporate entity, GetUp! Limited does not appear on the list of associated entities of the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC), even though it claims on its website that it is legally obliged to disclose donations of over $11,200 to the AEC. The group utilises the funds together with the energy of its wellmeaning activist members to target the conservative parties with stunts and advertising campaigns whilst pushing left-wing agendas such as global warming scaremongering, the carbon tax, same-sex marriage and the release of illegal refugees from detention.
Via Australian News Commentary GetUp! website

The union movement has emerged as a key financial backer of the advocacy group GetUp! with six unions pouring more than a million dollars into its election purse in the past three weeks alone. GetUp! has splashed nearly $1.5 million on TV advertising since the campaign began, meaning the unions have effectively supplied two-thirds of its advertising budget. The organisations director, Simon Sheikh, refused to name the six unions yesterday, saying they wanted their identities kept secret until after donor returns are filed with the Australian Electoral Commission. No money from any political party, but plenty from one partys (ALP) chief donors.
173
AMY SEMPLE COMMENT (internet) GetUp! is the Australian counterpart to the MoveOn.org in the United States. The two co-founders of GetUp!, Harvard graduates Jeremy Heimans and David Madden, both worked for the Soros-funded MoveOn.org in the US to also launch the global web movement, Avaaz.org. Madden was previously a consultant to the World Bank and Heimans previously consulted for the UN, OECD and ILO. And when GetUp! suddenly popped up in 2005, this peoples organisation boasted among its founding board members: John Hewson, former federal opposition leader and former Macquarie Bank Executive Director, and Trilateral Commission member: Don Mercer, a mining chief, former ANZ CEO, and a past Director of the Australian Institute of Company Directors; and Evan ThornIey, the super-rich Labor Party money-bags who was also National Secretary of the Australian Fabian Society, to which belong all of the ALPs leading advocates of population reduction Julia Gillard, Bob Carr and Kelvin Thompson. Foreign billionaire hedge fund speculator, drug pusher and Nazi collaborator George Soros was, by his own admission, a willing participant in the Holocaust, as a Nazi collaborator with the extermination machine run by Adolf Eichmann in Soross native Hungary.
Wikipedia (December 13, 2011)

GetUp! is a left-leaning Australian activist group that campaigns on issues important to its members. It was launched in August 2005, the week that the Coalition took control of the Australian Senate. GetUp! campaigns are community based, and are primarily coordinated through the Internet. They involve e-mail, its website, and traditional media. GetUp! is a non-profit organization which states that it relies on donations from individuals, organisations, unions and community groups for funding. GetUp! describes itself as a new independent political movement to build a progressive Australia. They identify campaigns based on the interests of its members, which are usually issues such as social justice, economic fairness and environmental sustainability.
174
GetUp!
History Founded by Jeremy Heimans and David Madden, the GetUp!.org. au website was launched on August 1, 2005 along with a television advertising campaign. Inspired by the American web site MoveOn.org, GetUp!s initial campaign aimed to help voters to keep the Howard Government accountable after Howard won a majority of seats in the Australian Senate on August 9, 2005, following the Australian federal election, 2004. Although both Liberal and National Coalition parties permit their members to cross the floor to vote against party policy, this was nevertheless the first time an Australian government had been elected to hold a majority of seats in both Houses of Parliament since 1981. GetUp! encouraged visitors to send an e-mail to Coalition senators that read Im sending you this message because I want you to know that Im watching. Now that you have absolute power in the Senate, it is only people like me who can hold you accountable in elections and we will. Get-Up! has campaigned vocally over issues such as pressuring the Howard Government to lobby for the release of David Hicks into the Australian community (Hicks had been in detention at Guantanamo Bay for undertaking combat training in al Qaeda-linked camps and serving with the ruling Taliban regime in Afghanistan in 2001); and opposing efforts by the Rudd Government to examine ways to implement an internet filter (Internet censorship in Australia); and has promoted voter enrolment. In March 2011, GetUp! endorsed the controversial decision of the Gillard Labor Government to reverse its 2010 Election promise not to introduce a carbon tax as a means of addressing Australias contribution to carbon emissions. Campaigns While GetUp!s primary methodology to date has been to encourage its membership to e-mail or call their elected representatives, the organisation has also employed a range of campaigning techniques, such as taking out advertisements in major daily newspapers, holding local events, running television commercials, and hiring a skywriter to write Vote No above Parliament House in Canberra. Several
175
GetUp! members initiated petitions that have been presented in the Australian Senate by representatives of different political parties. Past and current campaigns include: 2005: Campaigned against changes to anti-terrorism legislation, against WorkChoices and against racism in response to the 2005 Cronulla riots. 2006: Campaigned against proposed changes to migration laws and against Australian involvement in the Iraq War. Campaigned in support of David Hicks, expanding terms of reference for the Cole Inquiry into the Australian Wheat Board and in favour of certain actions in relation to global warming. 2007: Campaigned against the Northern Territory National Emergency Response. Campaigned for the repeal of laws that close the electoral rolls the day that the elections are officially called, and to achieve health equality for Indigenous Australians and for same sex marriage. 2008: Campaigned against a proposed mandatory internet filter. Campaigned to raise awareness on pay disparity for female workers, urged Kevin Rudd to take action and stand against Chinas crackdown in Tibet and to save the Murray River. 2009: Campaigned against mandatory detention. Campaigned for same-sex equality, renewable energy and paid parental leave. 2010: Placed full page ads in The New York Times and The Washington Times in support of WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange and condemning calls for violence against him. 2011: Campaigned against mining coal seam gas. Campaigned to create a permanent Climate Natural Disaster Fund funded by reduction of fossil fuel subsidies. Released a video supporting same-sex marriage starring Julian Shaw that was described by The Advocate as possibly the most beautiful ad for marriage equality weve seen.
176
Structure GetUp! is a non-profit organisation registered as GetUp! Ltd. In the vein of MoveOn.org, much of the organisations funding comes in the form of small contributions made through its website. Under Australias taxation regime, donations to GetUp! are not considered tax deductible as the organisation advocates for changes to government policy. GetUp! has a small team of staff and volunteers based in Sydney, including National Director Simon Sheikh. GetUp!s board members are David Madden, co-founder Jeremy Heimans, Amanda Tattersall, a union researcher, Anne Coombs, a historian and online opinion author, Brett Solomon, former Campaigns Director of AVAAZ and former Executive. The GetUp! web site allows visitors to send pro forma protest e-mails to Coalition parliamentarians, leading to charges that GetUp! generates spam. Shortly after the first GetUp! e-mails began to arrive, member for Wentworth Malcolm Turnbull said that: When you get 1,000 e-mails, all in exactly the same form, its not exactly as persuasive as a bunch of e-mails that people have written to independently express themselves. GetUp! dismisses this criticism arguing that it rarely allows for form letters or e-mails, rather it encourages its members to write individual and handcrafted e-mails. This position is reflected in an article in the Sydney Morning Herald which acknowledges the role of GetUp! in an age in which people were interested in political issues but no longer had the time to write letters. Labor Party Front claims GetUp! has been criticised for being a partisan site because of its consistent opposition to key Liberal Party policies. On August 4, 2005, Liberal Party politician Andrew Robb said on the ABCs The 7.30 Report that GetUp! is a political front for the Labor Party. Theyre quite entitled to do it, its a free country, but its a political front. Thats what it is, GetUp! has repeatedly rejected this claim, reiterating that they are strictly independent and dont have any affiliation with any political party. GetUp! cites a number of campaigns which critique the Labor party, including Your message to Labor regarding climate change and
177
also the anti-Gunns pulp mill campaigns. GetUp! quotes that our campaigns target issues and those with the power to make them happen rather than directly for or against a party. In August, 2005, Australian Special Minister of State Eric Abetz called for two Australian regulatory bodies the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) and the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) to investigate GetUp!s corporate structure, donations, and affiliation with political parties. The AEC rejected the call for an investigation concluding that there were insufficient grounds on which to undertake a formal investigation. Since the change of Government in 2007, GetUp! has criticised Labor Party policies such as Fuel Watch. In 2010 it became public that GetUp! received more than $l million in donations from six unions in the course of three weeks during that years federal election campaign, equal to about two thirds of its advertising campaign expenditure and over half of their total donations. GetUp! director, Simon Sheikh, said; we dont exactly know why they are chipping in, but we are happy they have. In 2011 following the Australian Labor partys decision to seek a swap arrangement with Malaysia over humanitarian asylum seekers arriving by boat GetUp! were criticised for the fact they lacked condemnation of this policy turnaround. GetUp! director Simon Sheikh stated that The government would love to see groups like us marching against this plan because thats their strategy. He further explained that the Labor party were attempting to shore themselves up as a conservative force. The refusal to take a vocal stance, critical of the new policy, came despite past criticism of mandatory detention policies (above). Human rights groups have been critical of the Malaysian swap deal noting that asylum seekers in Malaysia live under the threat of human rights abuses including punishment by caning. Dubious membership claims: GetUp!s homepage states Join the movement of 585,581 Australians. This figure however is debatable, as anyone who signs a GetUp! petition is automatically listed as a member. In its most recently published annual report for 2008-09, the total number of individual donors was 17,295. According to Quadrant magazine, It quickly becomes clear, however, that much of the support GetUp! claims to have is exaggerated.
178
ENERGISING THE WORLDS GRASSROOTS

Interview with Jeremy Heimans from Purpose Campaigns (edited version) 30/1/2009. Netsguard.org
Campaigns Interviewer: How did you get started in the online social benefit space? Did it all start with GetUp!? I am originally from Australia. And then, in late 2003 I got involved in the US. Presidential ElectionWhat was striking about that campaign was the money we were able to raise working with groups like MoveOn and others online in small donations over the internet, to support the activities of women, the Band of Sisters, and to support the TV spots. Back in 2004 this was still an emerging phase. MoveOn had made great inroads, so, after the end of the 2004 cycle, I got very interested in how to apply this more broadly in other parts of the world, and so myself and David Madden, whod been involved with the work that we did together in 2004 in the US, and at the Harvard School, went back to Australia and started GetUp! We felt the time was ripe to bring this kind of online organising to Australia. No large leaps of any kind were being used for political purposes. It was not online activism in the way that you and I know it at that point. Politically circumstances were ripe for a certain kind of nonparty grassroots, people power kind of movement to emerge. We had had about 10 years of the Howard government at that time. John Howard, who was then the Prime Minister. Howard is a leader of the Australian Liberal Party. Some people whom we call small L liberals werent being heard at all. His opposition party, the Labor party, wasnt a very effective force, and people were not at all excited about political process. People did not want to join political parties and did not want to get involved in activities at that time so we created a movement that was independent of political parties that was not linked to any specific party, but was an independent progressive social movement that we called GetUp! So, we went around the country and raised a bunch of money, and corralled a bunch of supporters to launch this organisation, and weve grown it over the past three years.
179
Interviewer: In terms of using social web, whats going on in Australia? What are people responding to more than anything else? Is there an easy way to mobilize Australians online in any way that differs from the way people are doing it in the States? It has taken a little longer in Australia to use some of this stuff. GetUp! is now the largest kind of political group of any kind in the country. It has a larger membership than any of the political parties put together, which is really interesting to me. We have about 280,000 members, which in U.S. terms, by population size, is the equivalent of having about four and a half to five million Americans. It is now the main nexus to online organising and activism. There is nothing like it on the right. FaceBook is big, absolutely big in Australia. It has reached critical mass in Australia. It is just a mixed crowd of landscape. But GetUp! has been quite innovative by global standards. It has infused more traditional campaign techniques with online techniques and created a really good personality and culture around the organization. It is also interesting in creative campaigning, the kind of campaigning thats really mobilized the membership like weve got a lot of interesting billboards. Interviewer Like actual billboards? Huge signs? We have done a lot of interesting kind of media work around climate change. We ran a group of very large government advertising campaigns that really took off, and went viral and raised hundreds of thousands of dollars to this kind of particular government in a way the opposition parties couldnt do very well. We also released a ground operation in the 2007 general election in Australia, when thousands of volunteers came out in a national field operation. We got our members involved. Interviewer: It sounds like youre very successful at transferring all of this energy online into real, on the ground, activism. Theres definitely good success in converting online energy into offline activity, but it is not easy to do that and you really need to build a meaningful online community and a real culture before it happens. People figure these online groups are full of young people. Sure, there are a lot of young people involved, but the actual demographics served
180
by GetUp! organisations is actually much older. Its Baby Boomers and grandmas and people from all ages who are actually becoming politically active for the first time. Part of that is it gives people the opportunity to participate in ways that they saw in our on the ground activities. Interviewer: Now, youre working in the U.S., right? We have been based in the U.S. for most of the past eight years. After GetUp!? we got together with some other folks and started something called Avaaz in early 2007. It is a global online political community, that now has three and a half million members, which is the global version of GetUp! and MoveOn. The challenge with Avaaz is how do you create a global public opinion that can be brought to bear on global decision makers. Interviewer: Is that whats taking up your time pretty much full time now? We now have a consulting firm, called Purpose Campaigns. We advise mainly non-profit organisations and companies on how to build these kinds of movements. Finance of GetUp! Donations from 5 unions for 700 TV advertisements. Fees and donations from 350,000 members. Special donations for campaigns in certain electorates. Possible donations from GetUp!s progenitor MoveOn in the USA. Possible donations from the organisation of which GetUp! and MoveOn were progenitors Avaaz with nearly 4,000,000 members world-wide. Possible donation from Soros, a progenitor of MoveOn with $5,000,000 and possible progenitor of GetUp! with foundation capital of $1.5 million. Possible fund should GetUp! lose its High Court case to force the AEC to enrol late enrolments. NB: Critical comment of GetUp! GetUp!s role in our elections is excessive as it is not a registered political party.
181
GetUps style is more reminiscent of Germanys early Brownshirts, as an emotional progressive-based organisation as a loose emotive brotherhood managed by a small oligarchy, than a political party with a formal pyramid structure as one expects of responsible government. GetUp!s connection with MoveOn in the 2007 election, run by a MoveOn member must be put under scrutiny considering widespread protests of voter harassment, intimidation in voting and enrolment for a fee in the USA. The issue cards outside polling booths arguably are telling people how to vote. GetUp! volunteers should not be allowed to wear the T-shirts into polling booths. GetUp!s salesmanship, that the issues paper is anything but a deceitful nonsense used as a device to trick people into conversation whereby they can gain a Green Voter. Last, but not least, GetUp! should declare the names of those five unions, who paid for their television advertisements. GetUp! should also declare any financial connection they may have with George Soros, given his policy of non-governmental political organisations known as Stealth Groups and his pursuit of the same objectives, such as stimulus, cap and trade, and radical socialism and green revolution, as the Australian Green Party. Also that he is known to operate in 50 countries. Is Australia one of them?
Hearings of Joint Standing Committee on Electoral Matters

Senator Abetz, Senator for Tasmania, May 11, 2011
I wish to address the involvement by left wing activist group GetUp! in the 2010 campaign and specifically its misleading claims to be independent when that is clearly not the case. What I object to is its pretence not to be a left-wing organisation in its ubiquitous and misleading claims to be independent, and non-partisan in the various ruses it employs in election campaigns.
182
In e-mails to members, in statements on its web site and in public, GetUp! states it is independent but it is not. Far from it. So long as it participates in election campaigns, it should be prevented from claiming to be independent. GetUp! is a union-initiated front for the benefit of Labor and the Greens. How do we know that? Unions have given GetUp! at least $1.2 million, maybe more. Kathy Marks, in the Monthly, refers to GetUp! receiving start-up funds from trade unions, while GetUp!s board member Anne Coombs has said GetUp! was started with some union funds. We know that GetUp! was founded, and conceptualized, by Unions NSW official Amanda Tattersall, together with Jeremy Heimans and David Madden, whose company Purpose Campaigns boasts that it works with the Australian and US labour movements. We also now know that former GetUp! board member, Evan Thornley, has stated that, by working closely with the ACTU, the founders of GetUp! are ensuring similar capacity is built within the union itself. GetUp! founder and chair, Amanda Tattersall, has outlined how GetUp! was conceived in league with a Unions NSW campaign to interconnect individual committees to specific campaigns to a broader anti-business, anti-coalition purpose. Evan Thornley illustrated GetUp!s role as a mass movement diagrammatically and I understand that the document has been circulated designed to assist Labor win elections by rebuilding its community links. Anne Coombs has said how GetUp! invested such extraordinary effort and passion into defeating the coalition government. GetUp!s occasional criticism of Labor, but never the Greens, is part of its modus operandi and a means of attracting non-Labor people. Lately GetUp! has been working at the margins to shore up the Labor-Green alliance by backing the pet agendas of the so-called independents Rob Oakeshott and Andrew Wilkie. At the NSW state election, GetUp! assisted the Greens by producing an advertisement telling people not to waste their vote by failing to allocate any preferences, thereby letting extreme crazy cats gain the balance of power. In the final analysis, GetUp! never advocates voting for the coalition at final elections. We have now twice seen GetUp!s sneaky approach to federal
183
electioneering. In 2007, the Australian Electoral Commission warned GetUp! its personalised how-to-vote generator, if unmodified, could misleadingly breach the Commonwealth Electoral Act 1918 by always placing coalition candidates last. In 2010 GetUp! campaigned on the issues of climate change, refugees and mental health. The coalition had an excellent mental health policy. In the last few days of the campaign GetUp! distributed 1.1 million score sheets, purporting to rank the parties on its issues of concern. On this score sheet, GetUp!s three campaign criteria had miraculously expanded to 14. The Greens got the tick on every issue, Labor more ticks than crosses, and the coalition more crosses than ticks. The message was very clear; vote for the Greens or, failing that, Labor. This score sheet, e-mailed to GetUp!s members, as an independent guide from an independent non-partisan source, was inserted in major newspapers covering key marginal seats and handed about by GetUp! booth workers who were heard telling voters that it provided an independent assessment of parties. Such activity renders Labor and the Greens massive assistance by effectively advocating on their behalf. At both the 2007 and 2010 elections, GetUp! fielded 7,000 volunteer campaigners. In 2010 GetUp! ran 700 television advertisements and fielded 3,000 booth workers. The scale of its operations, and focus on marginal seats, has the potential to affect election outcomes. Claims by Getup! to be independent, and activities such as producing supposedly independent how-to-vote cards and score cards, have the potential to mislead large numbers of people. Therefore the Electoral Act should be amended to prevent third parties, which incur electoral expenditure, from claiming to be independent, non-partisan or impartial or not backing any particular party. This would not affect bona fides third parties but would go some way towards limiting the new phenomenon of ulterior campaigning by groups like Get Up!. Indeed, third parties are generally understood to represent sectional interest and not to be independent. The only organisation, involved in federal election campaigns able to claim independence, should be the Australian Electoral Commission itself. The Liberal Party put a 250 page submission, with supporting
184
documentation and quotes, to the AEC early in the New Year. It sought to have GetUp! declared an associated entity as unions are affiliated parties with the ALP. It has not yet received a reply.
Peter Westmore, Executive Director National Civic Council. Paper at HS Chapman Society seminar (26/2/2012)
I would like to thank the H. S. Chapman Society for organising this symposium. In our free-wheeling democracy, where many different voices are struggling to make themselves heard, the emergence of new voices is always to be welcomed. But when organisations appear which claim to be mass movements with a substantial base of support, their claims need to be examined seriously. GetUp! is not the only such organisation. Last January, almost every major newspaper in Australia carried front page articles in which our Prime Minister, Julia Gillard, released and endorsed a 300 page report which recommends the institutionalisation of racial stereotyping into the Australian Constitution. The body which sponsored this project, called You Me Unity (youmeunity,org.au) is a lobby group which was established to campaign for institutional change, by incorporating indigenous rights into our foundational document. Despite employing an army of political and investigative journalists, not one of our newspapers, as far as I am aware, even questioned the independence, or content, of the 300 page report prepared by this lobby group. In fact, its proposals were nothing more than self-serving propaganda. I am also indebted to Senator Eric Abetz for his contribution to the debate, through his important submission to the Joint Standing Committee on Electoral Matters in June 2011 which exploded the idea that GetUp! was an independent organisation. Senator Abetz documented how GetUp!s electoral campaigning has been heavily funded by the left-wing Construction, Forestry, Mining and Energy Union (CFMEU). Senator Abetz did not say it, but the CMEFU is a union conglomerate
185
IS GET-UP! A THREAT TO AUSTRALIAN DEMOCRACY?
which was created in the 1990s through the merging of several unions, the most powerful of which for decades before the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1990, were run by communists of one complexion or another. Especially here I refer to the Building Workers Industrial Union, the Builders Labourers Federation, the Miners Federation, and the Federated Engine Drivers and Firemens Association. Senator Abetz also documented the fact that almost every member of GetUp!s Board has been associated with either the ALP, the trade union movement or extreme environmentalism, with the exception of Dr. John Hewson, who was appointed as a director of GetUp!, but resigned within weeks of its launch, and Don Mercer, Chairman of Newcrest Mining, who was on GetUp!s Board from 2006-8. Senator Abetz also refuted GetUp!s claim to be independent, citing statements from its own Board members, and its reports on the 2007 and 2010 Federal Election campaigns. I want to examine a separate but related aspect of GetUp!s operations, its claim to be a democratic mass organisation. First, you need to understand that GetUp! Is not a normal public policy organisation. It operates almost entirely through the internet. It uses the internet as an organisating medium, to encourage people to sign up for particular causes, and to raise money. If you go to GetUP!s website, you will see that its current campaigns are: support for the Gillard-Wilkie pokies reform support for same-sex marriage opposition to mandatory detention and off-shore processing of asylum seekers stopping coal seam gas mining campaigning against Harvey Normans policy of using timber from native forests At any time it has a handful of campaigns about the environment, human rights and other sensitive issues which concern all of us. But what I want to draw your attention to is GetUp!s home page, which has an unidentified photo of a candlelight rally, for an unknown cause, with the words in bold next to it: JOIN THE MOVEMENT OF 589,261 AUSTRALIANS. And, under it, are two boxes. The first is to
186
filled out by you, with the words [email protected], second, again in bold, BECOME A MEMBER NOW. In other words, persons become members of GetUp! by inserting their e-mail address into the box. This is the spurious basis on which Getp! claims to have a mass membership. I want to put to you that these 589,261 Australians do not have any of the rights which normally attach to membership of an organisation. They cannot attend the annual Meetings of GetUp!. They cannot vote for office-bearers. They have no say as to how its income is to be spent. They have no role, other than to supply their e-mail addresses to GetUP! and donate to its campaign fund. It is a fundamental principle in all political, industrial and other organisations in Australia that they protect the rights of members. This principle is violated by GetUp!, which denies its members the rights which apply to similar organisations in Australia. It is not even possible to find a copy of the constitution of GetUp! on the organisations website. This is not a trivial matter, because GetUp! raises millions of dollars in donations every year and claims to speak for nearly 600,000 Australians. It goes to the credibility of the organization. In both New South Wales and Victoria and possibly in other states, there are laws which allow for the incorporation of voluntary associations such as GetUp!. These laws require organisations to provide members with copies of their constitutions and ensures members their rights to participate in policy formation and the election of office bearers. GetUp! Members have no such rights. There is another related matter here. GetUp! has a very interesting way in which it generates political pressure. When a person clicks on a GetUp! online petition, the GetUp! website then generates a personalised e-mail which it sends to selected MPs or Senators. In other words, GetUp! disguises the fact that the person, whose name appears on the bottom of the e-mail, has not drafted the e-mail, but has simply clicked on a box on its website. I say this is fundamentally dishonest. If this happens once, it is unimportant. But when it happens thousands, or tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of
187
times, in an effort to change public policy, it should be described for what it is: a scam and a fraud on Australian democracy. The third point I wish to raise is the way in which GetUp! reduces complex issues to shallow slogans designed to whip up the emotions of those who participate in them. There are many examples I could give here. But if you look at their current campaigns, one of them is directed towards the three Independent MPs, Rob Oakeshott, Andrew Wilkie and Tony Windsor, to join the Greens in opposing the use of waste timber and forest trash for electricity production. Under the heading Sign the Petition is a YouTube video of just 43 seconds, with the heading Did you just kill a koala?, and next to it, is the box headed in bold red type SIGN HERE! Under that it says, To the Independents, burning native forests for electricity production is not renewable! Please keep the climate agreement strong. Dont divert taxpayer funds from solar and wind into the logging of native forests. Under that is a space with the words, Your e-mail address. Below that is a button which reads, SIGN THE PETITION!. Apart from the fact that the person who completes all these steps has actually signed nothing, but simply their e-mail address to GetUp!, the presentation of what GetUp! admits is a complicated issue, is mendacious and manipulative in the extreme. GetUp!s campaigns on other issues follow exactly the same style, and are equally simplistic. The Pokies Petition shows what appears to be a handful of $100 and $59 notes in front of a battery of poker machines. Interestingly, the photo has been digitally edited, I think, by superimposing the hand and the money on top of the poker machines, as the $100 notes have actually been reversed, so that the amount on the notes reads not 100 but 001. Under that appears the words, Australians lose over $12 billion every year on pokies and problem gamblers can lose over $1000 in a single hour. This parliament is our best chance to implement sensible pre-commitment technology to help problem gamblers kick pokie reform on the petition to the right! The petition supports the GilllardWilkie plan for mandatory pre-commitment. Again a complex issue is reduced to a few slogans. No mention is made of the fact that this does not prevent a person pre-committing to spend
188
$2,000 an hour or any other figure, if they want to do so. Nor that this does not deal with other forms of gambling, including casinos, TAB betting, the growing online betting market, and international betting. As in the other campaigns, people are asked to sign the PETITION FOR POKIE REFORM. And again it supports the Gillard Government. At the end of all this we are faced with Lenins famous question. What is to be done? In my view, the effectiveness of GetUp! depends on its credibility, and the need to show that GetUp! is not, as it advertises itself, an independent movement tobring participation back into our democracy, but a left-wing propaganda outfit which exploits nave peoples sentiments for its own devious purposes. Well documented exposures, of the type which Senator Abetz has published, are an extremely important part of this process. I encourage you to take copies of it, and circulate it widely. I am happy to make copies of this paper available, for the same purpose. I also think we have to encourage young people to use the social network where GetUp! mobilises young people particularly Facebook, Twitter and YouTube to tell young people that GetUp! is an instrument of mass manipulation, not a mass movement.
By Dr. Amy McGrath, President H.S.Chapman Society

The Executive Director of GetUp! in 2005 was Brett Solomons. Its headquarters was in one of several hotels owned by his father, namely the Edinburgh Castle in Bathurst Street in the city of Sydney, for the 2007 election. But most of all the spotlight needs to be turned on GetUps Electoral Director, the Australian-born but American-bred Taren Stinebreckner-Kaufman. Electoral Director? Since when did a lobby group in Australia of dubious origins, because of its record in the US during its 2004 presidential election, appoint paid electoral directors from then US to run its election campaign? Taren in fact was a University mathematics major who, at the time of the US Presidential election, was employed as an analyst with the Mellman Group, a polling and consulting firm whose clients included leading political figures, Fortune 500 companies and the nations most
189
WHO PAID TAREN STINEBRECKNER?
important public interest groups. One well might ask why the Mellman Group released one of their top executives to assist the Australian Labor Party and associated groups to defeat the Howard government by the same methods they had deployed on behalf of the Democratic party in the US, in a disturbing new interference in Australian politics from another country. One might also ask more importantly who paid her salary GetUp!, Mellman or George Soros? As Electoral Director Taren Stinebreckner ran at least 24 issued-based campaigns which generated a massive potential mailing list of 228,000 alleged members over the next two years, some by default because they ticked yes to e-mailed questions like Do you believe the ABC should be independent? Such peoples power was harnessed throughout Australia in the November 24, 2007 election to magnify the heavy canvassing, traditionally done by certain unions on the ground for months before the election day, particularly in marginal seats by house to house door knocking, working shopping centres, checking the electoral roll, and mail-drops etc. During the election the host of GetUp! warriors were prepared to wear campaign T-shirts, carry balloons, intercept shoppers. Not so long ago when police monitored polling booths on polling day and only registered parties were allowed to hand out voting material outside booths, they would have ordered the GetUp! freebooters away from the gates as happened to the Wilderness Society in Queensland in 1987. Such peoples power, that encourages contempt for our system of representative democracy and harvests large sums of money without any accountability, is a dangerous abnegation of our democracy.
GETUP ELECTION AUGUST 21, 2010 Is GetUp! responsible for the hung federal Parliament
GetUp! until the music stops. George Soros In 2010, according to GetUp! it is larger than ever before with 350,000 members nationwide, and this federal election will be the biggest campaign to date three years in the making. GetUp! campaigners
190
shadow partners
will be training members so that GetUp! volunteers will be out in force when the election is called. Getup! will: Have staff in targeted marginal electorates to help over 10,000 GetUp! members mobilise on the ground contacting swing voters to talk about refugees, climate change, forests and more. Bring the Obama campaigns secret weapon Camp Obama to Australia as Camp-GetUp! a weekend-long training on integrating powerful stories with strategy and skills to transform members, into persuasive campaigners. Mobilise more GetUp! volunteers at the polling booths in marginal electorates than the major parties to talk about the issues that are important to Australians. Create online tools for voters in electorates across the country like Twitter to host political debates. Run advertising and media campaigns to shape the national agenda.
GETUPS CAMPAIGN
GetUp! members will take action in all 150 electorates across the nation. However it will focus resources on four marginal, high-impact seats that will afford the greatest opportunity to change the national agenda. Bennelong (North Sydney) and Ryan (North-west Brisbane) have been chosen because, as ultra-marginal seats, the candidates from both major parties have a direct line to party leaders, and have significant influence over each partys campaign direction. Candidates can expect to run a campaign without confronting issues such as climate change. GetUp! will ensure these issues are at the fore. (2041 volunteers in Bennelong and 193 in Ryan) The Australian Capital Territory (ACT) is home to the closest-contested Senate race in the country. And 18 ACT residents are GetUp! members, and they will be campaigning to shift the ACT Senate debate (593 volunteers of 13,000 members). The electorate of Wentworth is particularly important due to Malcolm Turnbulls position within the Liberal Party. GetUp!s campaign will help put progressive issues on the agenda in Wentworth, and given Mr. Turnbulls role as a national
191
political figure, around the country (383 volunteers of 12,000 members donations $450,000 odd). Over the course of the election members will be creating a huge local presence in shopping centres, knocking on doors, universities advertising, fund-raisers, stunts and events.
FRAUD AND THE 2011 ELECTION: HIGH COURT CHALLENGE

Australian Conservative Professor David Flint (December 14, 2011)
A last minute challenge to a 2006 Howard government amendment to the Electoral Act is being rushed to a High Court hearing before the election. The amendment closed the rolls one day after the election writs are issued. Legislation in the eighties allowed for a generous seven day period, ostensibly to make voting easier. But critics said this latitude opened the door to more fraud. Some even alleged that this was its very purpose. They said the Electoral Commission was inundated in the seven days with an unmanageable flood of registration, many of which would be removed well after they had cast their secret ballots, when it was found they were unknown at the place registered. In one celebrated Queensland instance registrations were found to have been made for electors on both sides of a very long road, one side of which was a waterfront without dwellings. Now it seems that 100,000 people, who couldnt be bothered to get on to the roll in time for an election, which has been endlessly talked about in the media for most of the year, curiously waited until the rolls closed then rushed to the AEC to register, and then meticulously did so before the seven days had expired. This is curious behaviour indeed. Not one of those registrations is, of course, designed to manipulate the vote in any marginal electorate. Nor was this some stunt dreamed up to hoodwink Their Honours on the High Court. It would be surprising if Their Honours were to find the amendment unconstitutional, because I cant seem to find the clause in the Constitution which says its alright to close the roll seven days after the writs but not one day after. GetUp! had five years to go to the High Court. You really do have to wonder why GetUp! waited until now to
192
challenge the Howard legislation which has been on the statute book since 2006. The answer is simple. They hoped that the Rudd government would have been able to amend the law for them to revert to the seven days. But, as with so many of Mr. Rudds projects, this proved too difficult to deliver. The High Court case is being justified because the two plaintiffs must be among those who registered after the first day following the writs, but before the eighth. (There were two plaintiffs because GetUp! would have ensured that each sex be represented.) While gerrymandering the Summit is apparently alright, you must never engage in anything those with time on their hands could possibly determine is sex discrimination. Does this mean the plaintiffs have the ability, knowledge and persistence to bring a High Court case, but are unable to comply with a simple one day deadline well publicized by the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC). Does it mean they could not have registered beforehand? Why did they wait for the second day but ensure they did it before the eighth? Originally the plaintiffs were described as petitioning the Court on their own behalf and in a representative capacity, presumably for the other 99,998 people the AEC says registered on the second to the seventh day after the writs were issued. But this representative capacity was abandoned on Justice Haynes suggestion after the Electoral Commission indicated, not unreasonably, that it would apply any decision favourable to the two plaintiffs to all of those in the same boat. Who will represent the public interest? While there will be an opportunity for the states to intervene, only the Western Australian Attorney, Christian Porter, would be likely to argue strongly for the constitutional validity of the Howard amendment. So who will present the case for electoral propriety and against electoral fraud? Should they at least seek leave to file an amicus curiae (friend of the court). If they were to intervene it would be important, as in the Pape case after the Chief Justice, Robert French, to his credit, intervened. (Brian Pape was a party not an intervenor, and the rules may well cover this.) In the unlikely event that this challenge is upheld and upheld without
193
firm conditions, it is likely to open the door to electoral fraud, or rather more fraud than is currently possible. Wide open to fraud Common sense will tell you that the present system is open to fraud. Let me illustrate this challenging proposition that government should involve a good dollop of old fashioned common sense and a good degree of skepticism about political motives with some examples. When I recently went to the post office to send a DVD overseas, I had to make a declaration as to the contents and show my drivers licence. When I last opened a bank account I had to show not only my passport but other documents including my birth certificate. But when I vote in elections, or indeed referendums, at any one of the many polling stations in my electorate I just say my name. The clerk then reads aloud my full name and my address merely seeking my assent. It is assumed with good sense, that without identification there will be fraud or something worse in financial transactions and even in posting material overseas. But when it comes to exercising that democratic right, voting, it is apparently assumed by those paragons of virtue, the politicians or some of them that a minority will not seek to fraudulently engineer the result. This came to mind when I learned about this curious case which is being rushed through the High Court. The British experience When Richard Mawrey QC was asked recently about this and other practices ostensibly designed to make voting easier he replied that what they did was to make fraud easier. He was speaking at a seminar held at Parliament House, Sydney, on Thursday 25th February, organized by the H. S. Chapman Society and co-hosted by ACM. He would know. In a trial he said would disgrace a banana republic Richard Mawrey QC, sitting as a High Court judge found six Labour councilors guilty of electoral fraud in the British, 2004 Birmingham Council election. This made news not only in the UK but around the world. In a splendidly bipartisan approach, he subsequently found that Conservative councillors had engaged in fraud in the Slough Council election. There was evidence of massive postal vote rigging in the last British
194
general election, according to a report in the Daily Mail on May 4, 2010 by Sam Greenhill and Tim Shipman: Postal vote fraud: 50 criminal inquiries nationwide and fears bogus voters could swing this election. They say that British police have launched 50 criminal inquiries nationwide amid widespread cases of electoral rolls being packed with bogus voters. If we create the opportunity for fraud, common sense will tell you that someone will take that up. Lets hope the High Court doesnt fall for this, and if it finds the Constitution says rolls must stay open for seven days, it also finds the Constitution says it must be honest. Professor Flint is the national convenor of Australians for Constitutional Monarchy. NB: Four of seven judges found that the AEC must enroll the 100,000 late enrollees despite the fact that most were already in breach of the law by failing to enrol when turning 18 or moving from one address to another. GetUp!s motive in pursuing the case was not questioned.
THE GetUp! ORGANISATION EXPOSED

Voiceofthepoeplelobbygroup.com
Gyorgy Schwartz, better known to the world as George Soros, was born August 12, 1930 in Hungary. Soros father, Tivadar, was a fervent practitioner of the Esperanto language invented in 1887, and designed to be the first global language, free of any national identity. The Schwartzs, who were non-practicing Jews, changed the family name to Soros, in order to facilitate assimilation into the gentile population, as the Nazis spread into Hungary during the 1930s. When Hitlers henchman, Adolf Eichmann, arrived in Hungary, to oversee the murder of that countrys Jews, George Soros ended up with a man whose job was confiscating property from the Jewish population. Soros went with him on his rounds. Soros has repeatedly called 1944 the best year of his life. 70% of Mr. Soross fellow Jews in Hungary, nearly a half-million human beings, were annihilated in that year, yet he gives no sign that this put any damper on his elation, either at the time or indeed in retrospect. During an interview with Sixty Minutes Steve Kroft, Soros was asked about his best year:
195
KROFT: My understanding is that you went out with this protector of yours who swore that you were his adopted godson. SOROS: Yes. Yes. KROFT: Went out, in fact, and helped in the confiscation of property from your fellow Jews, friends and neighbours. SOROS: Yes. Thats right. Yes. KROFT: I mean, that sounds like an experience that would send lots of people to the psychiatric couch for many, many years. Was it difficult? SOROS: SOROS: No, not at all I rather enjoyed it. No, only feelings of absolute power. KROFT: No feeling of guilt? In his article, Muravchik describes how Soros has admitted to having carried some rather potent messianic fantasies with me from childhood, which I felt I had to control, otherwise they might get me into trouble. Be that as it may, after World War 2 Soros attended the London School of Economics where he fell under the thrall of a fellow atheist and Hungarian, Karl Popper, one of his professors. Popper was a mentor to Soros until his death. Two of his most influential teachings concerned the Open Society and Fallibillism. This is the philosophical doctrine that all claims of knowledge could, in principle be mistaken. The Open Society basically refers to a test and evaluate approach to social engineering. Regarding Open Society, Roy Childs writes, Since the Second World War, most of the Western democracies have followed Poppers advice about piecemeal social engineering and democratic social reform, and it has gotten them into a grand mess. In 1956 Soros moved to New York City, where he worked on Wall Street, and started amassing his fortune. He specialised in hedge funds and currency speculation. Soros is absolutely ruthless, amoral, and clever in his business dealings, and quickly made his fortune. By the 1980s he was well on his way to becoming the global powerhouse that he is today. In an article Kyle-Anne Shiver wrote for The American Thinker, she says, Soros made his first billion in 1992 by shorting the British pound with leveraged billions in financial bets, and became
196
known as the man who broke the Bank of England. He broke it on the backs of hard-working British citizens who immediately saw their homes severely devalued and their life savings cut drastically, almost overnight. In 1994 Soros crowed in The New Republic that the former Soviet Empire is now called the Soros Empire. The Russia-gate scandal in 1999, which almost collapsed the Russian economy, was labelled by Representative Jim Leach, then head of the US House Banking Committee, to be one of the greatest social robberies in human history. The Soros Empire indeed. In 1997 Soros almost destroyed the economies of Thailand and Malaysia. At the time, Malaysias Prime Minister, Mahathir Mohamad, called Soros a villain, and a moron. Thai activist Weng Tojirakam said, We regard George Soros as a kind of Dracula. He sucks the blood from the people. The website Greek National Pride reports, [Soros] was part of the full court press that dismantled Yugoslavia and caused trouble in Georgia, Ukraine and Myanmar [Burma]. Calling himself a philanthropist, Soros role is to tighten the ideological stranglehold of globalization and the New World Order while promoting his own financial gain. He is without conscience; a capitalist who functions with absolute amorality. France has upheld an earlier conviction against Soros, for felony insider trading. Soros was fined 2.9 million dollars. Recently, his native Hungary fined Soros 2.2 million dollars for illegal market manipulation. Elizabeth Crum writes that, The Hungarian economy has been in a state of transition as the country seeks to become more financially stable and westernized. Soros deliberately driving down the share price of its largest bank, put Hungarys economy into a wicked tailspin, one from which it is still trying to recover. My point here is that Soros is a planetary parasite. His grasp, greed and gluttony have a global reach. But what about America? Soros told Australias national newspaper The Australian, America, as the centre of the globalised financial markets, was sucking up the savings of the world. This is now over. The game is out, he said, adding that the time has come for a very serious adjustment in Americans consumption habits.
197
He implied that he was the one with the power to bring this about. Soros: World financial crisis was stimulating and in a way, the culmination of my lifes work. President Obama has recently promised 10 billion of our tax dollars to Brazil, in order to give them a leg-up in expanding their offshore oil fields. Obamas largesse towards Brazil, came shortly after his political financial backer, George Soros, invested heavily in Brazilian oil (Petrobras). Tait Trussel writes, The Petrobras loan may be a windfall for Soros and Brazil, but it is a bad deal for the US. The American Petroleum Institute estimates that oil exploration in the US could create 160,000 new, well-paying jobs, as well as $l.7 trillion in revenues to federal, state and local governments, all while fostering greater energy, security and independence. A blog you might want to keep an eye on is Soros Watch.Com. Their mission is: This blog is dedicated to all who have suffered due to the ruthless financial pursuits of George Soros. Your stories are many and varied, but the theme is the same: the destructive power of greed without conscience. We pledge to tirelessly watch Soros wherever he goes and to print the truth in the hope that he will one day be made to stop preying upon the worlds poor, that justice will be served. Back to America. Soros has been actively working to destroy America from the inside out for some years now. People have been warning us. Two years ago news sources reported that Soros [is] an extremist who wants open borders, a one-world foreign policy, legalized drugs, euthanasia, and on and on. This is off-the-chart dangerous. In 1997 Rachel Ehrenfeld wrote, Soros uses his philanthropy to change, or more accurately he uses it to deconstruct, the moral values and attitudes of the Western world, and particularly of the American people. His open society is not about freedom; it is about license. His vision rejects the notion of ordered liberty in favour of a progressive ideology of rights and entitlements. Perhaps the most important of these whistle blowers are David Horowitz and Richard Poe. Their book The Shadow Party outlines in detail how Soros hijacked the Democratic Party, and now owns it lock,
198
stock and barrel. Soros has been packing the Democratic Party with radicals, and ousting moderate Democrats for years. The Shadow Party became the Shadow Government, which became the Obama Administration. DiscoverTheNetworking.org (another good source) writes, By his [Soros] own admission, he helped engineer coups in Slovakia, Croatia, Georgia, and Yugoslavia. When Soros targets a country for regime change, he begins by creating a shadow government, a fully formed government-in-exile, ready to assume power when the opportunity arises. The Shadow Party he has built in America greatly resembles those he has created in other countries prior to instigating a coup. November 2008 edition of the German magazine Der Spiegel, in which Soros gives his opinion on what the next President of the US should do after taking office. I think we need a large stimulus package. Soros thought that around 600 billion would be about right. Soros also said that I think Obama presents us a great opportunity to finally deal with global warming and energy dependence. The U.S. needs a cap and trade system with auctioning of licenses for emissions rights. Although Soros does not (yet) own the Republican Party, like he does the Democrats, make no mistake, his tentacles are spread throughout the Republican Party as well. Soros is a partner in the Carlyle Group where he has invested more than 100 million dollars. According to an article by The Baltimore Chronicles Alice Cherbonnier, the Carlyle Group is run by a veritable whos who of former Republican leaders from CIA man Frank Carlucci, to CIA head [and ex-President] George Bush Sr. In late 2006, Soros bought about 2 million shares of Halliburton, Dick Cheneys old stomping grounds. When the Democrats and Republicans held their conventions in 2000, Soros held Shadow Party conventions in the same cities, at the same time.
(Soros financial centres). Self-advertisement, internet.

Open Society Foundations work to promote Open Societies around the globe including in Europe and the United States. It does so primarily by supporting over the long term individuals and groups
199
OPEN SOCIETY FOUNDATIONS
working to establish or improve an open society in their country by deciding which groups or individuals to support and for what purposes. Open Society Insititutes (OSI) seek guidance from local advisors. Often this can be supporting the creation of a local Open Society Foundation with a local board and staff, which work according to their own priorities. Some of the activities that OSI supports such as promoting open, inclusive and accountable governance practices at all levels of government, promoting a vigorous civil society, or promoting a free press and freedom of information, creating an accountable police force or supporting an independent judiciary may be considered democracy promotion activities. From OSIs perspective, these are essential elements of an open society. We ground our support for democracy in international law. The Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) guarantees the right to take part in representative government (Article 21) and this is also guaranteed in the International Covenant on Civil and Political rights (Article 25). The UN Charter says that member states pledge to take joint and separate action to promote human rights and fundamental freedoms (Article 56). The Open Society Institute believes there is now an international norm that guarantees the right of individuals and groups to seek information and support from groups both within their borders and beyond for peaceful humanitarian, educational or civic purposes, as they strive to establish or to strengthen an open society. The UDHR guarantees the right to receive and impart information and ideas regardless of frontiers. (Article 19) in 1998 the UN Assembly adopted with the active support of democracies and the human rights community a declaration on human rights defenders which states that everyone has the right individually, and in association with others, to solicit, receive and utilise resources for the express purpose of promoting and protecting human rights and fundamental freedom through peaceful means. The Open Society Institute provides such support in a manner consistent with that right. It may provide support to groups opposing actions by governments that significantly interfere
200
with this right. We believe that governments may require that such aid from foreign governments be publicly disclosed, and may regulate assistance from abroad in reasonable ways that do not impinge on the exercise of a individuals freedom of association and expression and do not create an undue burden for civil society. They provide support for groups working to facilitate or monitor free and fair elections in such areas as simplified registration, nonpartisan training or provisions for poll watchers. However, under no circumstances will OSI provide support to a political party or a candidate in an electoral contest or otherwise take sides in an election. We believe it is legitimate for government to prohibit such support from abroad for political candidates or partisan political activity, but do not believe that there should be prohibitions on foreign support for non-partisan organisations engaged in non-partisan efforts to improve electoral practices. The Open Society Institute believes that democratic governments have a right and obligation under the UN Charter to assist those seeking to promote human rights and fundamental freedoms, including the right to representative government. However, government should not use force, except when specifically authorised by the United Nations Security Council under Chapter VII of the UN charter, to promote or protect democracy. Democracy assistance should be provided by governments to civil society only when sought by indigenous groups. Governments should not provide support to candidates for office or partisan groups in another country or otherwise take sides in an election. Democratic governments should support efforts to strengthen and codify the international norms supporting the right of civil society to receive information and support from abroad pursuant to reasonable regulation, and should observe these norms of dealing with their own civil society. They should also assist, as appropriate, those resisting onerous regulation of or prohibition of such assistance by their government. NB: Government document Institutional Aspects of Sustainable development in Australia.
201
INSIDE THE PLANS AND SCHEMES OF THE INSURGENT LEFT

by David Horowitz and Richard Poe. (Inside front flap jacket)
For the past forty years, the Democratic Party has been heavily influenced and increasingly dominated by a secret party within its ranks. In their newest block buster, David Horowitz and Richard Poe expose the Shadow Partys hidden history, dangerous motives, frightening ambitions, and the twisted vision of its leader George Soros. Horowitz and Poe, both former radicals, weave together riveting history, investigative reporting, and cutting political analysis to help expose and explain the same methods here. The vast network of private think tanks, foundations, unions, stealth PACs and other front groups through which the Shadow Party operates in America. The networks voluminous contributions to the Democrats, which totaled more than $300 million in the 2004 elections, and its growing influence over the partys message and policy. The politicians on both sides of the aisle who have exchanged political favours with George Soros and his government in the wings. The Shadow Partys efforts to conceal its radical agenda behind the moderate pose of Hillary Clinton and other public figures. The radical networks plan to seize power in 2008. A battle is raging for the future of America and the forces of the insurgent Left have masked themselves behind the mainstream facade of the Democratic Party. Now Horowitz and Poe expose these shadow warriors and their true intentions. Who really pulls the levers of power in America? Its institutions and values are under daily attack. But the principal culprits are not foreign terrorists. They are influential and powerful Americans secretly stirring up disunion and disloyalty in the shifting shadows of the Democratic Party. Radical influences have been quietly transforming Americas social, cultural and political institutions for more than a generation.
202
Backed by George Soros, they are ready to make their move. These supposed progressive extremists have gained control over a once responsible but now desperate and dangerous political party. From their perches in the Democratic hierarchy, they seek to undermine the war on terror, destabilise the nation and effect radical regime change in America.
Interview with author Richard Poe by David Horowitz frontpagemagazine.com

The Shadow Party is the real power driving the Democratic machine. It is a network of radicals dedicated to transforming our constitutional republic into a socialist hive. The leader of these radicals is multi-billionaire, George Soros. He has essentially privatised the democratic Party, bringing it under his personal control. The Shadow Party is the instrument through which he exerts that control. It works by siphoning off hundreds of millions of dollars in campaign contributions that would have gone to the Democrat Party in normal times, and putting those contributions at the personal disposal of Mr. Soros. He uses the money to buy influence and loyalty where he sees it. In 2003, Soros set up a network of privately-owned groups which acts as a shadow or mirror of the Party. It performs all the functions we would normally expect the real Democratic Party to perform. ...However, it performs these functions under the private supervision of Mr. Soros and his associates. The Shadow Party derives its power from his ability to raise huge sums of money. By controlling the Democrat purse strings, the Shadow Party can make or break any Democrat candidates by deciding whether or not to fund them prompting one of its operatives the MoveOn Director Eli Paruser to declare: Now its our party. We bought it. We own it. Question: Everyone knows Soros has poured money into MoveOn. Can you name some other Shadow Party group? The Shadow party is always changing. New groups form and old ones dissolve. For instance America Coming Together (ACT), which raised
203
SHADOW PARTY
$135 million for Democrat get-out-the-vote has been mothballed, at least for now. The most active Shadow Party groups today are probably the Centre for American Progress, America Votes, Democracy Alliance, the New Democrat Network, the New Policy Network, ACORN and of course, MoveOn.org. Question: How does Soros use his influence over the Party? Soros tries to push the party leftward. He is systematically purging the party of moderates and packing it with radicals. For instance, the Shadow Party ousted Senator Joseph Lieberman in favour of Ned Lamont because Lieberman refused to support a cut-and-run policy in Iraq. Question: Isnt that just politics as usual? Funding ordinary candidates would be politics as usual, be they Democrat or Republican. Funding radical candidates, who seek Americas destruction, is not. Question: Does the Shadow Party really seek to destroy America. Judge for yourself. In his new book The Age of Fallibility Soros writes: The only obstacle to a stable and just world order is the United States. He declared in 2003 that it is necessary to puncture the bubble of American supremacy. Soros is working systematically to achieve that goal. On the economic front he is shorting the dollar in global currency markets trying to force on a devaluation. At the same time, Soros is orchestrating a nation-wide movement to encourage mass immigration into the United States and to mandate the provision of free social services to illegal immigrants. These measures alone have the potential to bankrupt the nation. However, if they fail, Soros has another program that will certainly finish the job. On the political front, Soros has poured massive funding into such groups as the ACLU which uses lawsuits to hamstring the War on Terror. Soros also funds Amnesty International whose US Executive Director has called for the arrest of President Bush as a war criminal. Another Sorros-funded group, the Centre for Constitutional Rights, has drawn up detailed articles designed to impeach the President. Question: Why dont more Americans know that Soros is pushing these destructive policies?
204
The Shadow Party operates through deception. It uses the Democratic Party as camouflage. By posing as ordinary Democrats, Shadow Party candidates trick mainstream voters into supporting them. Their true agenda remains concealed. Their true agenda remains hidden. As Soros said in The Age of Fallibility: The Democratic Party does not stand for the policies that I advocate. If it did, it could not be elected. The fact is that Soros aspires to establish a neo-socialist order. In the Atlantic Monthly of February 1997, he wrote: The main enemy of the open society, I believe, is no longer the communist but the capitalist threat. Question: Could you tell me about Soros efforts to rewrite the US Constitution? Mr. Sorros advocates deep structural change in our system of government. In April 2005 Yale Law School hosted an event called : The Constitution in 2020. Its goal was to formulate a progressive vision of what the Constitution ought to be. Of the events five hundred sponsors, one was Soros flagship foundation the Open Society Institute and two others were Soros-funded shadow party groups, the Center for American Progress and the American Constitution Society. We nicknamed the event the Shadow Constitutional Conference. He appears to have a special animus against the Bill of Rights. Take freedom of worship. He seems to favour some sort of religious apartheid with fundamentalist Christians banished to a socio-political Bandustan. In a New Yorker interview of October 18, 2004 he said of President Bush : The separation of church and state, the bedrock of our democracy, is clearly undermined by having a born-again president. Then there is the second amendment. Soros has provided massive funding to anti-gun groups and litigators. The unprecedented assault on gun rights during the 1990s was legally bankrolled by Soros. Question: You and David Horowitz have also accused Soros of promoting political censorship. Most Americans do not realise that the McCain-Feingold Act of 2002 was a Trojan Horse. Its stated purpose was to reform
205
campaign finance law. Its actual effect is to regulate political speech. McCain-Feingold was a Shadow Party initiative. Soros and a group of left-wing foundations spent over $140 million to get it passed. Heres how it works. McCain-Feingold authorises federal elections to decide who may not run political advertisements during election season, and what sorts of advertisements they may run. In September 2004 federal judges expanded its reach by ordering the Federal Electoral Commission (FEC) to begin censoring the Internet Blogger outrage forcing the FEC to back down, but McCain-Feingold remains on the books. Sooner or later it will be enforced to the full extent its creators envisaged. Of course we can thank Republic Senator John McCain who cosponsored the Bill. Yes but McCain has a long history of collusion with the Shadow Party. During the 2000 presidential campaign, Soros sponsored two so-called Shadow Conventions held at the same time as the Republican and Democratic Conventions in Philadelphia and Los Angeles respectively. Their purpose was to promote campaign finance reform. John McCain gave the key speech at the Philadelphia Soros convention (as columnist Robert Novak dubbed it). McCains service to the Shadow Party brought him financial benefits. In 2001, McCain founded the Reform Institute for Campaign and Election Issues. The Institutes major funders were mostly leftwing foundations. Prominent among them was George Soros Open Society Institute. It seems ironic that Soros spent ten years lobbying for campaign finances reform, only to emerge as one of the biggest influence buyers in Washington. As I said the McCain-Feingold Act was a Trojan Horse. It made the Shadow Party possible. Among other things it forced the Democratic Party into a financial crisis, enabling Soros to swoop in and buy up the Party at a bargain-basement cost. Democrats have traditionally relied on large soft-money union donations, while Republicans relied more on small, hard money donations from big and small mom-and-pop donors. When McCainFeingold outlawed soft-money donations to the parties, Republicans were not unduly hampered but Democrats flew into a panic. They faced the real possibility of bankruptcy. Enter George Soros. After forcing the Democrats into a fiscal crisis he then offered to rescue them. He set up a network of non-profit enterprises issue-advocacy groups the Shadow Party and invited all
206
the big Democrat donors to contribute to his network. Thus they could still contribute to the Democrat cause but without giving directly to the Party. The Party became dependent on Soros to raise campaign contributions which the law now forbade the Party to raise. Question. You and David Horowitz charge that Hillary Clinton has a secret alliance with Soros. Thats right. They have to keep that alliance secret, because any political co-ordination between them would violate federal election law. Soros Shadow Party is barred by law from co-ordinating its archives with official Democratic candidates like Hillary. It is a poorly kept secret, however. At the annual Take Back America conference on June 3, she gave him a glowing introduction saying, We need people like George Soros who is fearless and willing to step up when it counts. More importantly her right hand man, Harold Ickles who served the Clinton White House as Deputy Chief of Staff now serves Soros as de facto CEO of the Shadow Party. Ickles plays a significant role in running Hillarys political machine and Soros Shadow Party simultaneously. This is arguably illegal. But no controlling authority seems willing to intervene. The institutional manifestation of the Hillary Soros axis is a group called the Centre for American Progress, whose president, John Podesta, formerly served as chief of staff to the Clinton White House. Hillary has an official connection to the Centre for American Progress. However her dominance of the organisation seems to be something of an open secret among leftists. One insider told a UPI reporter that the centre is the official Hillary Centre think tank Robert Dreyfuss of The Nation wrote of the Center Its not completely wrong to see it as a shadow government, a kind of Clinton White House-in-exile, or as a White House staff in readiness for President Hillary Clinton. The Center for American Progress received its start-up funding from Soros and was, in fact, Soros brainchild. Question: Some conservatives welcome Soros intervention. They say the further left he pushes the Democrats, the fewer people will vote Democrat. It would certainly be nice if we could just sit back and wait for the
207
Shadow Party to fizzle out of its own accord. Given what is at stake, however, I think a more energetic approach is in order. In my view the farther left Soros pushes the Democrats, the more dangerous they grow. The Party is becoming more cult-like and fanatical by the day. History teaches that a fanatical minority can prevail over a moderate majority. The Bolsheviks proved that in 1917. Question: Are we talking Red Guards in the streets? Thats a little hard to imagine. Actually the Shadow Party funds a number of groups which specialise in street action. Last march about half a million protestors brought Los Angeles to a standstill calling for open borders and free immigration. Some burned American flags and fought with police. Similar protests occurred simultaneously in many cities. The whole extravaganza was a Shadow Party operation. Virtually every sponsor was a Sorosfunded group at least eight organisations including ACORN, La Raza, MALDEF and others. One of the organisers, the Center for Community Change has received $5.2 million from Soros Open Society Institute. Question: What is their plan? How does the Shadow Party intend to take power in America? They appear to be pursuing a three-stage plan. The first two phases are based upon the successful strategy which the left used to force regime change in America during the late 60s and early 70s. One is to impeach President Bush for allegedly deceiving the nation into war. We call this phase Watergate. Phase Two is to force a US withdrawal from Iraq and to cut off aid to the Iraq Republic just as democrats cut off aid to South Vietnam after Nixon resigned. We call this phase Vietnam. Velvet revolution is a term used in Eastern Europe to describe the sort of bloodless coup for which Soros is well-known in that part of the world. He has used these methods to topple regimes in many countries. His velvet revolutions always follow the same pattern. The rebels wait for an election, then precipitate a crisis by charging voter fraud. We believe the Shadow Party may attempt something similar in the USA. If they fail to win legitimately in 2008 they will likely cry voter fraud, fomenting an electoral crisis similar to the Bush-Gore deadlock of 2000.
208
We must expect, however, that the left has learned a few lessons since 2000. It seems doubtful that they will stake their revolution on a decision of John Roberts Supreme Court. More likely, they will press for international arbitration this time, possibly under the auspices of the Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe. This group actually monitored our election in 2004. Its relations with Soros and with the Democratic Party are extremely cordial to say the least. America would normally accept foreign arbitration of an election, but a destabilised America, demoralised by military defeat, discouraged by the fall of a president and also alarmed by orchestrated unrest in the masses, might just go along with any plan that promised to restore order. The 2004 election almost seemed like a dress rehearsal for such a manoeuvre given the raucous demand by some Congressional Democrats for UN election monitors, and the so-called Boxer Rebellion, in which Senate Democrats alleged Bushs electoral vote count was fraudulent.
The Shadow Party by David Horowitz and Richard Poe (pp.21-22)

Any journalist, who has studied Soros with sufficient attentiveness has learned to greet his public utterances with an ounce of scepticism. At times Soros evinces what can only be called a professional pride in his skill at deception. His work affords him ample opportunity to hone this talent. Soros Open Society foundations have facilitated coups and rebellions in many countries, always ostensibly in the interests of democratision. In a 1995 New Yorker profile Soros told his interlocutor that the subversive mission of his Open Society network has required him to wear a variety of masks through the years. In some countries he would adopt a pro-communist pose while in others he would play the anti-communist. Only Soros himself knew where he really stood and perhaps not even Soros. I would say one thing in one country, and another thing in another country, he laughed. In many ways, the Shadow Party reflects the personality of its creator, an institutional manifestation of its authors fascination with smoke and mirrors. Secrecy, misdirection and misinformation are its stock in
209
HOW SOROS WORKS
trade. A fog of deception cloaks its operations at every level. The financial nerve centre of Soros empire is an investment firm called Soros Fund Management LLC, located at 888 Seventh Avenue in Manhattan. Political operations are facilitated mainly through the Open Society Institute (OSI), whose main office is at 400 West 59th Street. His Open Society Institute is the flagship of the Soros Foundation Network, whose Open Society Foundations operate in more than 50 countries. NB: Soros Open Society Institute launched the Progressive Legislation Action Network (PLAN) to seed state legislatures with pre-written model legislation reflecting their leftist goals. These were intended to dovetail neatly with the Lefts ongoing campaign to radicalise America from the bottom up, gaining power city by city, county by county and state by state in a relentless political ground war (ibid p.37).
Precis from Discover networks.com (June 17, 2011)

Officially designated as a Section 527 committee, America Votes (AV) is a national coalition of grassroots, get-out-the-vote organisations. Its task is to work with more than 300 state and national groups to advance progressive policies and co-ordinate issue advocacy and election campaigns and protect every Americans right to vote. While AV professes a commitment to such nominally nonpartisan goals as increasing participation in electoral policies its get-out-the-vote efforts are in fact targeted wholly towards likely Democratic voters eg swing voters (working women and young people) and Democrat base voters (especially blacks and Hispanics). AV was the brainchild of several longtime Democratic activists. In November 2000 one of those activists, Gina Glantz who was then an official with the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) called a meeting in Washington DC which was attended by Ellen Malcolm, Harold Ickles, Steve Rosenthal, Andrew Stern, Carl Pope and Jim Jordan (campaign manager for Senator John Kerrys upcoming 2004 presidential run). At this gathering Glantz suggested that pro-Democrat voter210
AMERICA VOTES
mobilisation organisations needed to form an umbrella group that could help them avoid any needless duplication of effort or waste of resources. Everyone in attendance approved of this idea. Thus was born the concept of America Votes. It was launched on July 15, 2003. Cecil Richards, who was then deputy chief of staff for Nancy Pelosi and a board member of Americans Coming Together (ACT) was selected to head the fledgling coalition. As of 2004, America Votes (AV) is still including such national partner groups as America Coming Together, EMILYs List, MoveOn, Political Action, the SEIU, the Human Rights Campaign, Acorn and many more. As of April 2011, AVs national partner organisations still included EMILYs LIST. This America Votes coalition itself is a constituent of a larger party, the Shadow Party. AV is identified by Discover the Network as a nationwide network of activist groups whose agendas are ideologically left and which are engaged in campaigning for the Democrats. In the 2006 election cycle, billionaire philanthropist George Soros donated $2.15 million to America Votes in 2008, and again in 2010 he gave the coalition $1.25 million. Moreover as of December 2008, America votes had received at least $6 million in Democracy Allianceapproved funding commitments from Soros. In addition separate members of AV, including EMILYs List, ACT, MoveOn.org and many others donate to their head organisation AV.
ACADEMIA
(27/011/2012)
It is generally accepted that the politicisation of American academia formally began in 1964 when student radicals involved in the University of Californias Free Speech Movement, occupied the UC Berkeley administration buildings (800 were arrested). But after a tumultuous decade in which they failed in their bid to ignite a socialist revolution, many of these radicals returned to school, earned graduate degrees, secured professional positions and set about giving the university an identity that was stridently political and at odds with much of American society. These tenured radicals, as writer Roger Kimball calls them, have made the contemporary university an institutional output of leftist thought
211
by reshaping entire disciplines, particularly in the humanities and social sciences, and by using control of the hiring process to assemble faculties whose views are uniformly left. Among a long list of outcomes, this had led to: The vastly disproportionate presence of leftist professors on university campuses across the United States. Examples of the political and ideological indoctrination that takes place in university classrooms nationwide. The vital need for academic freedom, where professors and students alike are permitted to think for themselves, and to express their views openly in an atmosphere that encourages the exchange of ideas rather than forced conformity. Whiteness studies, a discipline which advances the notion that white people historically have sought to oppress non-whites in the US and elsewhere. Womens Studies (aka Feminist Studies) which hold that women, by and large, are the oppressed victims of Western cultures inequities which are tied most closely to capitalism. Peace studies, which view the United States, and capitalism, as the predominant sources of international strife. Social work education programs, which are dominated by leftists who have crafted curricula designed to indoctrinate their students ideologically and politically. NB: Scholarships, advertised on the internet/TV in Australia, are financed by Soros through his Australian Open Society Foundation. They are only available in Social Science and the Humanities.
THE WARNING BELL OF PAUL JOHNSTON

Britains distinguished historian, Paul Johnston warned: Throughout the West there are large numbers of dons in most disciplines who teach Marxism of one kind or another. A vast number of textbooks, including many used in schools, reflect Marxist concepts. Clearing out this poison, human and printed, will take a long time.
212
Captains Quarter blog Edward Morrisey in the declared: He seems more interested in how to break nations rather than help strengthen them. He intends to force a sovereign UN based government on the world rather than the nation-state model.
Marxist communism reborn as Chaos (Anarchist Communism) or perpetual revolution. Amy McGrath editor.
The Open Society Foundations include the Open Society Institutes - with offices in New York, Baltimore, Brussels, Budapest, London, Paris and Washington D.C. as well as in country and regional foundations active in more than 70 countries around the world. Their programs and offices work together. It defines itself as Australias open data, open government and civic hacking charity in a website boasting transforming democracy in Australia. These Open Society Foundations manage subsidiary sites such as: PlanningAlerts.com Electionleaflets.org.au OpenAustralia.org Open University Creative Commons and Alliance Civic Commons and doubtless many more under the political radar. It builds tools to simplify the discovery and use of public data and shares them for free. It also associates with others like the Albert Einstein Institution in the US, which proposes 198 means of strategic non-violent action and boasts 138 signatories, two in Australian universities, one in Queensland and the other in Wollongong, for example. It received public funding from the curious Taskforce 2.0, a short-lived body appointed by the federal Labor government in Australia, which approved 17 projects.
213
THE OPEN SOCIETY INSTITUTE AND FOUNDATIONS
Curiously the Australian Open Society Foundation received a grant to fund a Planning Alerts website, which appears only to have been authorised the day before Australian PM Gillard called an election in July 2010. It had not been debated or approved by parliament. Two even more curious facts relate to this. A website Shareable; The Worlds Top Ten Gov.2.0 Initiatives (The Gov.2.0 movement) continues to gain momentum around the world with a number of inspiring people, projects and ideas rising to prominence in the last year or so. Some of the most important innovations emerge from the periphery, where creative citizens take a do it first, ask for permission later approach that can generate a wealth of benefits for the entire global community. It cites the Australian Government as having been leaders in the development of an open government policy framework through initiatives like the Government 2.0 Taskforce, the Declaration of Open Government and Ahead of the Game or Blueprint for Reform of Australian Government Administration. The Australian Government Information Office (AGIMO) recently launched a Gov. 2.0 Primer, which is about putting the policy ideas and principles into action, and providing examples of where and how agencies can engage with the public and release more data. That is if the public can wade through this deluge.
soros foundation network discoverynetworks.org

Since 1979 Soross foundation network whose flagship is the Open Society Institute has dispensed more than $5 billion in a multitude of organisations whose objectives are consistent with those of Soros. It accuses America of violating the civil rights and liberties of many of its residents. The Arab American Institute The Bill of Rights Defence Committee It depicts America as a nation whose enduring racism must be counterbalanced by racial and ethnic preferences in favour of nonwhites, and specifically portrays the American criminal justice system as racist and inequitable, and calls for massive social change, and for the recruitment and training of activist leaders to help foment that
214
change. It also disparages capitalism while promoting a dramatic expansion of social welfare programs funded by ever-escalating taxes. It strives to move American politics to the left by promoting the election of progressive political candidates through fifty organisations alone. Project Vote is the voter mobilisation arm of the notoriously corrupt ACORN advocacy of - voter registration drives and get-out-the-vote initiatives despite massive fraud/corruption. (5 orgs) - inject the American judicial system with leftist values. (3 orgs) - advance leftist agendas by infiltrating churches and religious congregations. (4 orgs) - think tanks that promote leftist policies eg health care, energy policy, environmentalism, - global governance to promote open borders, mass immigration, relax immigration law, - increase rights and benefits for illegal aliens and favour all government which would bring Americas foreign policy under the control of the United Nations or other international bodies. (2 orgs) Their activity is also manifest in advocacy of all national security measures enacted by the US government. (6 orgs) all American military actions as unwarranted and immoral. (2 orgs) Americas unilateral disarmament and/or a steep reduction in its military spending. (1 org) promotion of radical environmentalism. (7 orgs) opposition to the death penalty in all circumstances. (6 orgs) promote feminisms core tenet that America is a sexist society where discrimination and violence against women have reached epidemic proportions. (3 orgs) promote not only womens right to taxpayer-funded abortion on demand, but also political candidates who take the same position. (6 orgs) promote drug legalisation. (1 org plus) support euthanasia for the terminally ill. (3 orgs)
215
They have also pressured mortgage lenders to make loans to undercapitalised borrowers, a practice that helped spark the sub-prime mortgage crisis and housing market collapse of 2008.
BREAKTHROUGH AT DURBAN CLIMATE CHANGE CONFERENCE

Australian Government media release
The Minister for Climate Change and Energy Efficiency, Greg Combet, has welcomed the outcome of the Durban climate change conference, which has made a significant breakthrough in tackling global warming. The historic Durban agreement opens the way to bring all of the worlds major greenhouse gas emitters including the United States and important developing economies like China, India and Brazil into a new international legal framework for reducing carbon pollution. In addition, the 194 countries represented at the United Nations conference adopted a package of measures which will consolidate and build on the extensive actions already under way around the world to reduce carbon emissions. These Durban outcomes are good news for the environment. They set the world on a path of long-term action to tackle climate change through a regime of global coverage and strong environmental effectiveness. It will complement Australias carbon price mechanism by boosting confidence in global Mitigation efforts, providing a sound basis for investment in clean energy and stimulating growth in carbon markets. The Australian Government went to Durban with three key objectives: building on emissions reduction pledges made at last years UN conference in Cancun taking the next steps towards a legal framework to cover all major emitters promoting market mechanisms to cut emissions in the lowest cost. Durban has delivered on each of these objectives.
216
DURBAN FINE-PRINT SHOWS WE WILL LOSE OUT AUTONOMY

The Australian December 14, 2010
Climate Change Minister Greg Combet fully supports the decisions made at the Durham climate talks. These include binding Australia to take action. We are going to commit ourselves to an offshore body that can make binding decisions on our economy. We are gradually losing the ability to govern ourselves and to retain control of our destiny. A new international climate court will have the power to compel Western nations to pay ever-larger sums to Third World countries in the name of making reparation for supposed climate debt. The new emissions target for developed nations will be a reduction of up to 50% in the next eight years. Windmills, solar panels and other renewables are the only alternatives suggested in the draft. There is no mention of the immediate and rapid expansion of nuclear powers. Australians should read the fine print of the Durban agreement before signing anything. It will do virtually nothing for the environment but will most certainly undermine Australian industry and destroy our political and social freedoms.
THE AUSTRALIAN PRIME MINISTER

freestatevoice.com.au (05/02/2011)
In a dramatic coup on June 24, 2010, Julia Gillard who was Deputy Prime Minister took over as the Prime Minister from Kevin Rudd and became Australias first female PM. It occurred at a time Rudd was taking a battering in the polls and was not well liked within his own party... She is the first PM to be sworn in without making reference to God and did not swear on the Bible. (Like her hero, Hawke, Gillard is an admitted atheist.) She was sworn in by Australias first female Governor General (Quentin Bryce). Bryce has held numerous high offices with the aim of advancing womens and minority rights at the expense of the Australias European majority. Bryces daughter is married to Bill Shorten who was pivotal in bringing Gillard into the office of PM. When she was at high school, Gillard was mentored by the Jewish liberal
217
(i.e. Communist) Marlene Pilowski. When she moved to Melbourne to attend university, she became the Education Vice President of the left wing (i.e. Communist) AUS (Australian Union of Students), and later was its President. Gillard was in the Socialist Forum from her university days. The Forums objectives were to create a socialist/feminist society through Labor governments. It originally consisted of ex-members of the Victorian branch of the Communist Party and some ALP members. Gillard was one of the two original paid organisers of the Forum. She wrote numerous documents for the Socialist Forum including Being a Socialist Teacher and Future Directions of the Left. It was also through the Forum that she met Labor heavy-weight Joan Kirner and worked closely with her on Labors policy. Affirmative Action Plan. Gillard wrote the constitution for the pro-abortion feminist organization EMILYS List Australia, which supports progressive Labor women. In 2006, when in opposition, Gillard voted for legalising the abortion pill RU486 and for stem cell research, which both became law. In March 2010, when she was Education Minister, Senator Ron Boswell said that Julia Gillards new education curriculum reads like a learners manual for international socialism. As Prime Minister, Gillard has tried to assuage Australians by painting herself as a moderate, she has also distanced herself from the former PM Rudd, who had become the fall-guy for a bad government. Gillard however should take more blame as she was one of the gang of four that made the decisions. She was directly responsible for the Building Education Revolution (BER) scandal over building unneeded overpriced schools. In less than three years, the Federal Government has gone from a 20 billion dollar surplus (left by Howard) to 180 billion debt, and is borrowing an extra BILLION dollars every week. The repeating theme in Australian federal and state politics is that Labor governments create massive debt, and the Conservatives (Liberal-National party governments) then spend years repaying that debt. The main point is often unrealized. Governments should not be borrowing, or repaying, money from off-shore lenders in the first place.
218
Before holding the next general election, Gillard will have to straighten out three key policy areas. She compromised on the mining tax, which was originally introduced by Rudd to pay off debt. With her dodgy projection figures, she claimed it would bring the budget back into the black, but this is unlikely. The second issue is that of the boat people. Boat arrivals have increased at over 50 times the rate under former PM Howard because of Rudds loose regulations. Boat people are considered to be queue jumpers. Gillard said that they will be processed in East Timor although there is no centre there. She is ignoring the centre already built at Nauru. Gusmao, the PM of East Timor claims he wasnt consulted and did not want a centre in his country. The third issue is the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). Rudd at first pushed hard, but was defeated in the Senate. The average Australian did not understand what it was, but many have since woken up that it is essentially a big expense which will affect ordinary people. The ETS is not about saving the environment so much as social change and the redistribution of wealth. Gillard who has painted herself to be a bit of a non-scary moderate, is red at the centre. The media distracts and woos the dumb masses with news about her latest haircuts However, it is clearly her aim to re-engineer society, but years of the Lefts influence in Labor governments, education and the media has already done much of that. PM, Gillard just looks like another version of Rudd, pretending to listen to the people as, she pushes the New World Order Agenda 21 instead. Being a non-religious 50 year old woman in a de-facto relationship is nothing unusual in Australia anymore. Gillard simply mirrors what Australia already is, while helping to push it ever closer to extinction in the name of tolerance.
JULIA GILLARDS BACKGROUND

Peter Forde OzUnited (August 2010)
Gillard was president of the extreme left Australian Union Students (AUS) in 1983. As leader of this socialist organisation she organised that acts of terrorism and political violence should not be opposed
219
(AUS Annual Council 1983 motion N28). She believed a married woman is a prostitute. Prostitution in marriage is the transaction of sex in return for love, security and house-keeping. (Quoted by Helen Trinca The Australian April 6, 1984 p. 7). Her extreme and radical socialist views resulted in university campus after campus quitting the AUS and refusing to fund the extreme socialist agenda. This eventually brought about the collapse of the AUS. Notice therefore that Ms Gillard has the capacity to either be completely out of touch with the reality of what a majority of other people think and want, or the capacity to completely ignore the wishes of others even if in great majority against her own views. So much so that she caused the collapse of her own student organisation. Think she wont do the same to Australia if she has the power? Think wisely. A leopard does not change its spots. But Julia Gillard did not respect that MAJORITY view that she was being too extremist. Oh no, she wasnt anywhere near done with her extreme socialist ideology. In 1984 she became a prominent figure in the militant left Socialist Forum, which had recently been formed by disaffected members of the Communist Party of Australia. She wrote an article urging that the extreme socialists give strategic support for Labor governments. We want to recognize that the only possibility for major social change is under a long period of Labor administration. The left needs to be willing to participate to shape political outcomes, recognising the need to except (sic) often unpalatable compromises in the short term to bolster the prospect of future advance. Does the term Moving Forward now have a different tone for you? Does not her willingness to share power with the Greens clearly indicate that her thinking has NOT changed in accepting an unpalatable compromise now in order to facilitate the future progress of her socialism.
220
PM Julia: Atheism, Adultery, Feminism and Fabianism (21/02/2012)

On June 24th Australia experienced one of its most tumultuous days in federal politics since Gough Whitlam was dismissed by Governor General John Kerr. Only this time it was a Fabian Socialist moving into the Prime Ministers chair, rather than being ejected out of it, that was making all the headlines. Julia Gillard may be Australias first female Prime Minister but, more importantly, her biography indicates that some of her past associations are even redder than her Prime Ministerial hairdo. Julia Eileen Gillard was born on 29th September 1961 in Barry, Wales. When Julia was four years old her family (father John, mother Moira and older sister Alison) emigrated to Adelaide, partly because doctors believed the warmer climate would help young Julia recover from broncho-pneumonia. In Adelaide she attended Unley High School and then went on to the University of Adelaide. Her father John became an avid supporter of the pink hot-shorts wearing Premier of South Australia, the Australian Labor Partys, Don Dunstan, known for his extreme socially progressive views. Julias political career really began in her University days. After becoming heavily involved in Labor student activism in her second year at Adelaide University she then transferred to the University of Melbourne in 1982. Her prominence within the student-left reached its zenith, when she became President of the Australian Union of Students, the umbrella representative group for student politicians around the country. Shortly after this she became Secretary of a far Left-Wing faction of the Australian Union of Students, called the Socialist Forum which was started as an intra-Labor pressure group in 1984. According to The Making of Julia Gillard by author Jacqueline Kent, most of the executive members of the Communist Party Victorian branch walked out in 1984 to form the Socialist Forum. The Socialist Forum from the very beginning attracted dozens of ex-card carrying members of the Communist Party of Australia
221
ANDREW BOLT SUN HERALD COMMENTS WHY?
to its senior ranks and inherited that Partys Victorian Branchs bank balance. Julias pitch to the Socialist Forum membership in the mid-1980s was her credentials as a feminist and a socialist who was committed to steering the Labor Party towards a more radical policy platform. Kents biography of Gillard includes the Statement of Identity for Gillards communist affiliated Forum: Our commitment to a reshaped socialist objective and strategy arises from our firm belief in the need for a radically different society. We seek a socialist society which includes the realisation of feminist and environmental objectives and which is non-racist... The Socialist Forum supports the election of Labor Governments and making them more responsive to their constituency. The Socialist Forum was basically a Communist Party splinter group. Some of the Forums proposals during Gillards tenure were legalisation of abortion on demand, an end to the AustralianAmerican alliance (when Reagan was President), making the USSRs Leningrad a sister city of Melbourne and a push for radical tax reform, which would mandate massive redistributions of wealth in the Australian economy. This last plan was brought across to reflect the tax policy of the Communist Party of Australia (for details see Will Julia Gillards past cause red faces? Herald Sun, October 7/20/07). Julia Gillard has since tried to play down her role with the Socialist Forum in the 1980s. She told Latelines Tony Jones that It is more than 20 years ago when I was in my 20s. I was a full-time university student and I had a part-time job for an organisation called Socialist Forum, which was a sort of debating society. It ultimately amalgamated with the Fabian Society in 2002. Julia says Bob Hawke is her role model, her gold standard for running Australia. Many Fabian socialists have reached the top of Australias political establishment: Gough Whitlam, Bob Hawke, Paul Keating, John Cain, Neville Wran and Jim Cairns. For those unfamiliar with the concept of Fabianism it is named after Roman general Quintus Fabius Maximus. His whole military strategy was to delay and to engage in a war of attrition to wear down opponents. The Fabian Socialists, who formed in 1884 in Britain, chose him as their model
222
as they believed communistic and socialistic goals would only be achieved incrementally rather than through revolution. Julia Gillards official parliamentary disclosure page has listed, among her continuing affiliations, the Fabian Society of Australia. Bob Hawke, one of Julia Gillards political heroes, was a proud Fabian Socialist during his Prime Ministership. At a book launch by (former PM) Hawkes wife Blanche dAlpuget, PM Julia Gillard proclaimed him as her role model and gold standard for running Australia. At a one hundredth anniversary gala event for the Fabians. Bob Hawke famously remarked, I gladly acknowledge the debt of my own government to Fabianism. The Fabian Society acknowledges the principal tenet of Marxism, the abolition of private property, in this case to own land. They then align themselves with the non-violent arm of Marxism by accepting the non-violent road of patient gradualism to total government. Gillard was involved in the far-left Socialist Forum from 1984-1987 (hardly a minor blip during her formative political action training years). It is interesting that the Communist Party in Victoria adopted incremental Fabianism over revolutionary goals in 1984, with future PM Julia Gillard in the vanguard of the CPA splinter group Socialist Forum. It has the makings of a political action-thriller novel. It could be entitled with the same names as Orwells famous denunciation of communism, 1984! (Literary critics have actually suggested that Orwell set his novel in 1984 because it represented the 100th anniversary of Fabianism). Moving forward (where have I heard that recently?) Julia graduated from Melbourne University with a Bachelor of Laws/Arts in 1986. After doing further study at the Leo Cussen Law Institute Julia ended up at the prominent litigation firm Slater & Gordon. By 1990 she was a partner in the firm and her industrial law work meant close ties with the Trade Union movement. All the while she remained active in Labor Party branch politics. Her next political job (1996-1998) was Chief of Staff to the then Victorian opposition Leader John Brumby. John Brumby himself will be always remembered as the Premier who legalised abortion on demand up to birth. Julias influence on Brumby with regard to the issue of abortion could only have been very bad during her time working for him.
223
Gillard was a foundation member of EMILYs List Australia, when it was launched the same year that Julia began working in the Brumby office (1996). The entire modus operandi of Emilys List Australia is to have radically pro-abortion women elected to the Parliament and it was Julia Gillard who helped place many of these women into the future Labor government of Victoria. These Listers dutifully eradicated the abortion laws in that state under John Brumby. Not content to be a faceless back room planner for the Socialist Forum left, Julia Gillard stood for and won the federal seat of Lalor (Werribee and surrounds) at the 1998 election. Since that time she has been a reliable anti-life voter. Gillard voted for the legalisation of human cloning, destructive embryonic stem cell research and the legalisation of abortion drug RU486. When in (federal) government, as Deputy Prime Minister, she was one of the Cabinet members who pushed Kevin Rudd to OK foreign aid money for abortion services (this had been illegal until Rudd & Gillard changed the rules). In defending abortion during the RU486 debate Gillard said, It seems that abortions are being had by women in committed relationships in the older age range. We do not necessarily know why, but I say that we should respect their decision because we will never know as much about their individual circumstances as they do (Hansard, 14 Feb, 2006). She is also a long standing member of the Parliamentary Group on Population and Development (PGPD) and has campaigned vigorously on population issues since ascending to the Prime Ministership. Since 2006 Julia Gillard has been in a de facto relationship with a divorced father-of-three, hairdresser Tim Mathieson (he now works for influential Israel lobbyist and property developer Albert Dadon). Tim is just the latest man Julia has called partner. She famously started a relationship with fellow Labor MP Craig Emerson whilst he was still married with three children. It is interesting that the media has not pried into the Emerson affair seeing as the glossy magazines usually attempt to trip up politicians for such personal follies. Can we imagine that Tony Abbott would receive such soft treatment if he started an affair with a married woman? If Labor wins the election, Julia and Tim will be the first de facto couple to take up residence in the Lodge (The Prime Ministerial residence) which makes him Australias First Partner. She has had several
224
partners as a lawyer turned-politician. If she is elected to be Prime Minister for three more years then voters wont necessarily know who will be shacked-up with her in the lodge by the time another election swings around. She is also an atheist. For those of us who have been in the gallery it is always the case that Julia Gillard is among the dozens of members who enter the chamber immediately after the prayer to open a parliamentary sitting day. This is so she does not have to listen to, let alone participate in, the recitation of the Our Father. Upon being sworn in as Prime Minister she chose to make a never before used secular affirmation rather than the traditional Oath which includes references to Almighty God (a first for a Prime Minister). It made for interesting theatre; Australias first woman (and active pro-abort feminist) PM Julia Gillard sworn in by Australias first woman (atheist and active pro-abortion feminist) Governor General, Quentin Bryce. Bryce and Gillard are connected in a typically dysfunctional fashion. Governor General Bryce is the mother of Chloe Bryce who is married to Bill Shorten. Bill Shorten (another Fabian) was the union leader, now MP, who was tipped for quick promotion under Rudd but he did not receive it. Some thought that Shortens decision to abandon his first wife Debbie Beale and date Chloe Bryce, fathering a child with her whilst both were still married to their first spouses, harmed his political future. Shortens fortunes have now turned around because he is widely regarded as the man principally responsible for arranging Kevin Rudds political assassination (revenge for not promoting him quickly enough perhaps?). Shorten and Gillard are now political allies because he got her the top job. Shorten, like Gillard, is a Fabian Socialist who cut his teeth as an industrial lawyer working for the Trade Unions. He is now considered a top candidate for next leader of the Australian Labor Party. When Shortens new mother-in-law swore Julia Gillard in as the nations 27th Prime Minister, Socialists and home-wreckers alike must have been rejoicing in their twin-formed ascendancy. Although Gillard may not be married in the traditional sense we can see she has had several long term committed relationships with atheism, adultery, feminism and Fabianism during her political life.
225
Paul Sheehan helps Julia Gillard to fill in the gaps shes left in her CV. I do know she has air-brushed her past.
According to her entry in Whos Who, she was a solicitor from 198795 and a partner from 1890-95. This was her working career prior to federal politics. From 1995-1998 she was chief of staff to the Victorian Premier J. Brumby. On the Labor Partys website it says: In 1983 she was a president of the Australian Union of Students. She began work with Slater and Gordon in 1987 as an industrial lawyer, and as a partner in 1990. The problem with this official history is that her Melbourne working career does not start until she is 26. The closest we come in her official history to filling in the missing link is her maiden speech on November 11, 1998 when she made this passionate aside. While experience in the student movement inspired those of the other side of the House to dedicate themselves to the destruction of unions, it inspired us to work with, and for, unions. Our youthful anger may now be tempered by experience but the same beliefs in fairness and the same fire remains. What exactly is she talking about, or rather not talking about? Between 1984 and 1987 she worked full-time for the Socialist Forum, a group that formed after another schism in the Communist Party of Australia. Moreover she served as a member of the Socialist Forums management committee until 1993. Is Gillard ashamed of her past that she fails to mention an allegiance that spanned nine years well into her career as a lawyer?
SOCIALIST FORUM
DONT SAY WE HAVENT BEEN WARNED.

John Balantyne, NewsWeekly (10/07/2010)
Our new Prime Minister is not the mainstream centrist leader that the media want us to think she is. Julia Gillard comes with a lot of ideological baggage from her radical left past. For several years she has played down her past political affiliations, attempted to mainstream herself and altogether presented an agreeable image to
226
the public. So appealing is she that she has won plaudits from across the political spectrum, even from conservatives such as Christopher Pearson and Janet Albrechtsen. The left-dominated media, no doubt with an eye on the forthcoming federal election, have bent over backwards to depict Julia Gillard as, if anything, a conservative. They have reminded us that she was brought to power with the help of Labors right-wing factions. Thus, so the story goes, she will be beholden to Labors right and not to stray far from moderate politics. In the past week, Julia Gillard herself has tried to connect with conservative voters, even going so far as infer that she would be prepared to take a harder line on asylum seekers. This is all for public consumption before the election. What she will be like after an election victory, when she has her own mandate to govern, and is no longer so beholden to Labor power brokers, is another question altogether. Then we will see just how much of her radicalism she has shed, and whether she really is the centrist Labor figure she would like us to think she is. Ms Gillard has long been a prominent figure of Labors powerful left wing feminist caucus, Emilys List, which was founded by two former Labor premiers, Joan Kirner (Victoria) and Carmen Lawrence (Western Australia.). The stated aim of Emilys List is to raise money to help progressive, that is pro-abortion, women get elected to parliament. Emily stands for Early Money is Like Yeast because it rises the dough Joan Kirner, whom Ms Gillard has described as a mentor and friend, was one of the driving forces behind the passage of Victorias notorious 2008 abortion laws, which not only decriminalised abortion but legalised late-term abortion right through nine months of pregnancy. Ms Gillard has been unswervingly faithful to radical feminist orthodoxy. In 2000, as a member of the House of Representatives Standing Committee on Education, she adopted a very hostile tone towards two members of the public who presented scientific data about the biological and psychological differences between the sexes and the specific educational needs of boys. Julia Gillards first foray into politics was in the early 1980s when, as a
227
University law student, she became active in the now defunct Australian Union of Students (AUS). It was then totally dominated by the extreme left in 1983 the year she was elected AUS President, An AUS annual Council defeated heavily a call to oppose all acts of terrorism and political violence (AUS Annual Council 1983: motion N34). The AUS declared 1983 to be the International Year of the lesbian. It also adopted a left policy on prostitution saying. Prostitution takes many forms and is not only the exchange of money for sex. Prostitution in marriage is the transaction of sex in return for security and housekeeping. This bizarre statement made headlines across Australia Anti-AUS student activists produce posters with the slogan: AUS says your mother is a prostitute! By early 1984, not only Liberals, but moderate Labor and Jewish students, were campaigning vigorously to abolish the AUS. While Julia Gillard and her left-wing colleagues were defending the union, campus after campus was seceding from it, depriving it of funds and bringing about its rapid collapse. From 1984 until 1993, Ms Gillard became a prominent figure in the militant left Socialist Forum, which had recently been formed by disaffected members of the Communist Party of Australia and Labors left wing. It sought among other things to remove Australia from the ANZAC Alliance and to twin Melbourne with Leningrad (renamed St. Petersburg since the fall of communism). Julia Gillard has made light of her youthful radicalism and has been painstakingly careful to present herself as a moderate. It is worth remembering, however, what she once wrote for the Socialist Forum on how the extreme Left could advance its agenda by giving strategic support for Labor governments. She said: We need to recognise the only possibility for major social change is under a long period of Labor administration. Within that administration the Left needs to be willing to participate to shape political outcomes, recognising the need to except often unpalatable compromises in the short term to bolster the prospect of future advance.
228
WILL JULIA GILLARDS PAST CAUSE RED FACES?

Andrew Bolt Sun Herald
Founded in 1984 as a pressure group within the ALP, the Socialist Forum also wanted to sever Australias alliance with the US, remove the spy base at Pine Gap, introduce death duties and redistribute wealth from the rich to the poor. Sundays Herald Sun has gained access to the Forums archive held in the Baillieu Library at the University of Melbourne. The archive contains material revealing the radical past of Ms Gillard, including her links to former members of the Communist Party of Australia. In a pamphlet from the mid-1980s, Ms Gillard describes herself as a socialist and a feminist and someone who joined the ALP at 16. Contrary to what may have been suggested, the Socialist Forum is not a secret organisation nor is it a sub-caucus with the Socialist Left, Ms Gillard says in the pamphlet. The members of the Socialist Forum are drawn from varied backgrounds. Around 45 of the Forums members left the Communist Party of Australia in the division of a year ago and about 80 are members of the ALP. The largest group are not members of any political party. The 200-plus member Socialist Forum sought to influence Bob Hawkes Labor government, especially on foreign and economic policy. One key document in the 1985 Pine Gap Planning a Strategy, drafted by Philip Hind, recommend abrogating the ANZUS Treaty, removing Pine Gap and eventually closing all US bases. Mr. Hind visited the former Soviet Union and came back praising the reforms of President Mikhail Gorbachev. He recommended stronger ties with the USSR, including making Melbourne a sister city of Leningrad. The archive also reveals the Forums debate over tax policy was based on a Communist Party pamphlet titled A Case for Radical Tax Reform. We argue that there is only one effective way to reform the tax system, by a sweeping redistribution of the tax burden which now hits hardest at low and middle-income earners.
229
EMILYS List Australia

Wikipedia (08/02/2012)
EMILYs List Australia is a political network in Australia that supports progressive women candidates to be elected to political office. EMILYs List Australia was inspired by EMILYs List, a Political Action Committee with similar goals in the United States. Issues central to the organisations support of candidates are equity, diversity, prochoice, and the provision of equal pay and childcare. There are over 100 EMILYs List members in Australian Parliaments. The organisation has contributed over $600,000 to Labor womens campaigns since its founding in 1996. History On 26 November 1994, at Fire with Fire: The Feminist Forum held at the Sydney Town Hall, Joan Kirner mentioned the plan currently before the ALP National Executive to introduce an Australian version of the US Emilys List. In 1994, the ALP National Conference passed an Affirmative Action Rule requiring that women be pre-selected in 35 per cent winnable seats, in all elections, by 2002. In 1995 the Australian Labor Party decided to form an internal version of EMILYs List, and in 1996 Kirner established EMILYs List Australia outside the party, with the aim of attaining 45% female membership in both the House of Representatives and the Senate. The name EMILY comes from its United States equivalent. Its an acronym for Early Money Is Like Yeast from the political saying, Early money is like yeast, because it helps to raise the dough. In the 2004 Federal Election campaign EMILYs List donated a total of $100,000 to candidates. Research conducted by EMILYs List and submitted to the Labor Partys national executive stated that Labor women regarded then health spokeswoman Julia Gillard as the best performer during the campaign, with then Prime Minister John Howard in second place.
Tribute by Julia Gillard

She was always someone that I very much looked up to for support and advice. Joan was pivotal to setting up EMILYS List. She was the
230
JOAN KIRNER
founder, inaugural co-convenor and current ambassador for Emilys List Australia. She was a former Premier of Victoria. Without Joans oversight, and her stewarding, clear thinking, political judgement, generosity and plain hard work, Emilys List would not be the successful organisation it is today. She saw the organization grow and develop in esteem across Australia, giving it an incredible influence in a short period of time. Until the organisation could afford a senior role, Joan was the unpaid CEO for the first nine years (1996-2005). This voluntary contribution was on top of her many other commitments. Joan assisted Emilys List to replicate successful elements of Emilys List in the USA through her international network and linkages, and considerable gifts, as a networker and political activist. Joan has assisted Emilys List in its plans in this area by helping it establish programs to support young women to obtain the skills, network, experience and confidence to be future leaders including running for parliament. Her direct experience as Premier and as a leader in the ALP demonstrate why there is a need to support progressive women in politics. She is a founder, inaugural co-convenor and current ambassador for EMILYS List Australia. She is a former Premier of Victoria. Without Joans oversight, stewardship, clear thinking, political judgment, generosity and just plain hard work, EMILYS List would not be the successful organization it is today. Until the organisation could afford a senior role, Joan was the unpaid CEO of EMILYS List for its first nine years. The volunteer contribution was on top of her many other commitments. Joan assisted Emilys List Australia to replicate successful elements of EMILYS List in the USA among her international networks and linkages. Her considerable gifts as a networker and political activist saw the organisation grow and develop in esteem across Australia, giving it incredible influence in a short period of time. Joan has assisted EMILYS List in its plans in this arena by helping it establish programs to support young women to obtain the skills, networks, experience and confidence to be future leaders including running for parliament. Her direct experience as Premier and as a leader of the ALP demonstrates why there is a need to support progressive women in politics.
231
EMILYs List President and Founder. Wikipedia (25/01/2012)

ElIen R. Malcom (born February 2, 1947) is an activist who has had a long career in American politics, particularly in political fundraising. She is an heiress of one of the founders of IBM. Malcolm attended Montclair Kimberley Academy, graduating in the class of 1965: from Hollins College in 1969, she worked for Common Cause in the 1970s. She was a press secretary for National Womens Political Caucus and later for Esther Peterson, special assistant for consumer affairs in the Carter administration. She went on to found EMILYs List, a political advocacy organization which supports the election of prochoice, female Democrats to public office, and was president of America Coming Together. In 2007 she served as co-chair of Hillary Clintons election campaign, and in 2010 she was appointed to the National Park Foundation Board of Directors. Malcolm was named one of Americas most influential women by Vanity Fair (1998), one of the 100 Most Important Women in America by Ladies Home Journal (1999), one of the Women of the Year by Glamour (1992), and Most Valuable Player by the American Association of Political Consultants.
ELLEN MALCOM
EMILYS LIST WHO AND WHAT ARE THEY?

Endeavour Forum, News Weekly Articles, February 5, 2012
Many people have no idea what EMILYs List means, nor are aware of its pernicious influence, writes Babette Francis. She says: It is a core strength in the ranks of women of those who are supported in their career by it. The List supports Labor pro-choice women from pre-selection right through; once in power, these successful candidates owe allegiance to this agenda. Even more dangerously, they are the strong glue for the cross-party womens alliances so clearly demonstrated in the federal legislative initiatives of 2006, the Lockhart Bills, in order to permit embryoexperimentation and cloning, the RU-486 abortion pill regulatory regime (taking authority away from Health Minister Tony Abbott),
232
and the attempted silencing of pregnancy-support groups by punitive measures, which is still on-going. If their Labor colleagues expect some consultation or consideration for the partys standing on a divisive topic, they are living in another universe. The alliance between EMILYs List ALP women in all Australian parliaments and non-Labor pro-abortion MPs is growing stronger all the time. Their weapon of choice is the private members bill. Major parties can dodge making policy decisions defending core values by subsequently offering a conscience vote. One could add to Kath Woolfs list of the anti-life activities of EMILYs List and their allies the pressure currently being exerted on the Howard Government to include abortion-funding in Australias overseas aid. Besides its anti-life activities, EMILYs List is committed to affirmative action. This plainly means discrimination against men in employment and promotion until an equal number of women are employed at all levels. As the pool of available women is always smaller (because of child-bearing and child-raising) than the pool of men, any affirmative action will involve gross discrimination against men instead of employment, and promotion, on merit. One wonders why ALP men tolerate the sexism of EMILYS List. EMILYS List will not tolerate any restrictions on abortion, even to viable full-term babies. Andrew Bolt, in the Melbourne Herald Sun (July 25,2007), pointed out that Candy Broads Bill in the Victorian Parliament had been motivated by the controversy surrounding the abortion of Jessica, the 32 week gestation baby, wrongly suspected of dwarfism. This is the only case in decades in which abortionists might have had to face charges. Subsequently, they did not nor have the abortionists of the other 20,000 pregnancies terminated every year in Victoria. Just how committed EMILYs List is to late-term abortion is illustrated by what happened in the United States to Democrat Senator Mary Landrieu of Louisiana. Senator Landrieu is pro-choice but she did vote for the ban of the US Congress on partial-birth abortion. The US Supreme Court, in upholding the ban, stated: A moral, medical and ethical consensus exists that the practice of performing a partialbirth abortion ... is a gruesome and inhumane procedure that is never medically necessary and should be prohibited. In 1996, when
233
Landrieu first ran for the US Senate, EMILYs List donated $112,000 to her campaign, but cut her off from any funding in the 2002 elections after she voted for the ban on partial-birth abortions. To have the financial and political support of EMILYs List, a candidate must support the abortion of a full term baby right up to the moment of birth. EMILYs List who and what are they? Many people have no idea what EMLYs List means, nor are they aware of its pernicious influence, writes Babette Francis. The acronym EMILYs List stands for Early Money Is Like Yeast (it makes the dough rise. First established in the United States, Emilys List is a feminist organisation which raises money to have pro-abortion women elected to parliament. It functions within the Democratic Party in the US and the Australian Labor Party in Australia. EMILYs List candidates also support equity, that is the preferential hiring and promotion of women, and diversity, meaning homosexual rights. In Australia, EMILYs List was founded by two former Labor premiers, Joan Kirner (Victoria) and Carmen Lawrence (Western Australia). It claims to have 3,000 members and to have helped 115 women into state and federal parliaments. Candy Broad, MLC for Northern Victoria (whose recent Bill to decriminalise abortion in Victoria has been deferred until after the federal election). EMILYs List member, Joan Kirner, is one of the driving forces behind the Bill. Kath Woolf, spokesman for the Australian Federation of Right to Life Associations, says Broads male ALP colleagues, some of whom have indicated they would not support her bill but would consider a different bill, either do not understand, or do not wish to acknowledge, the influence of the pro-abortion women in all our parliaments. She says: A core strength in these womens ranks are those who are supported in their career by EMILYs List. The List supports Labor pro-choice women from pre-selection right through; once in power, these successful candidates owe allegiance to this agenda. Even more dangerously, they are the strong glue for the cross-party womens alliances so clearly demonstrated in the federal legislative initiatives of 2006: the Lockhart bills (permitting embryo experimentation and cloning), the RU-486 abortion pill regulatory regime (taking authority away from Health Minister Tony Abbott), and the attempted silencing
234
of pregnancy-support groups by punitive measures, which is still ongoing. If their Labor colleagues expect some consultation or consideration for the partys standing on a divisive topic, they are living in another universe. The alliance between EMILYs List Labor women in all Australian parliaments and non-Labor pre-abortion women MPs is growing stronger all the time; their weapon of choice is the private members bill. Major parties can dodge making policy decisions defending core values by subsequently offering a conscience vote. Besides its anti-life activities, EMILYs List is committed to affirmative action, meaning discrimination against men in employment and promotion until an equal number of women are employed at all levels. As the pool of available women is always smaller (because of childbearing and child-raising) than the pool of men, affirmative action involves gross discrimination against men instead of employment and promotion on merit. One wonders why ALP men tolerate the sexism of EMILYs List.
EMILYS LIST
Anonymous How many people in politics today have heard of Emilys List Australia (Early money is like yeast it helps to raise the dough)? Very few. Yet Tony Abbot, Leader of the federal Opposition, has recently declared: EMILYs List is arguably the ALPs biggest faction. He is wrong in one respect. EMILYs List is not a faction of the Australian Labor Party (ALP) but a party linked to the original Emilys List P arty in the USA which is now the second most powerful lobbying and fund raising force in the USA. These facts should urgently be exposed to the voting public before the next federal election. Founded by IBM heiress, Ellen Malcolm, it rose to power after billionaire, George Soros, (Shwartz) won an 8 year battle, which cost him $48 million dollars, to limit the amount of donations candidates for political office could receive from any individual. However he ensured section 527 of the tax code that governs any organisations that were not political parties, excluded them from this limitation. Next he created America Coming Together (ACT) to
235
create a spider web of small organizations to deploy subsidies to getout-the vote in the forthcoming 2004 presidential election. He gave $14.5 million to ACT itself, and $2.5 million to MoveOn.org to carry out this policy for ACT whose leader was Ellen Malcolm. She was abetted by former Clinton Deputy Chief of Staff, Harold Ikles, as its Chief of Staff, and Steve Rosenthal of major health unions. It declared Going forward, ACT will deepen its original partnerships with progressive allies, elected officials and community organisers. They raised $125 million, six times greater than the Democratic Party had traditionally taken in turn-out efforts, and paid a vast army for workers in 17 states. The first victory of EMILYs List was won in the Labor Partys national Conference in 1994 which passed an Affirmative Action Rule requiring it to present progressive women to be presented for pre-selection in 35 winnable seats in order to achieve 35% election of women. This victory had been led by Julia Gillard, Joan Kirner, and Meredith Burgmann, backed by eight lesser known names. When results proved disappointing in the next two years, they listened to the advice of Leonie Morgan, who had witnessed the success of EMILYs List in America, which had made it the second most powerful force in electioneering. They decided to link with the US as Emily s List Australia. When they presented the idea to the ALP, the ALP Executive it said it would have to nominate the Board and distribute the money to candidates. The women replied they valued the feminist and community organising principle that women should control their own finances and organisations. EMILYs List continued to champion the vexatious principle that democracy and the ALP would be best served when there was equal representation, and to pursue a 50% representation until it was secured as a 40% rule, although it was highly questionable whether democracy was genuinely best served by such a didactic decision without a referendum. Nor has democracy been well served when the list of their leading campaigns never includes the rights and concerns of women, who wish to stay at home, or their children who would like them to stay at home. I am told that this is because feminists think mothers who
236
stay at home are oppressed, not that doing two jobs oppresses them even more. Further, it is open to question whether the fund-raising of EMILYs List, which its declaration on the internet claims to have assisted their successful election in federal seats, or whether this remains under the political radar as in the USA. Its website constantly boasts the central importance of fund-raising, and now has an instant means of donating on its website. A sum of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars is mentioned in recent records. The issue is important in that the world EMILY stands for Early money is like yeast because it helps to raise the dough. In an interview on Radio National by Lex Metherell with Liberal Party MP Pru Goward, a member of the NSW Parliament, she said that EMILYs List Australia is an offshoot of EMILYs List in the USA, an American group founded to help female pro-choice democrats into office in state parliaments and Congress. Today Julia Gillard, Tanya Pliberseck, Jenny Macklin and Penny Wong are key leaders of EMILYs List. Julia Gillard drew up the constitution when she was a young lawyer. Its sole purpose is to elect women into parliament and to select and groom them to do so. None of its advertising to this end asks for the quality or qualifications of candidates, nor does it stress any need for loyalty to the Australian Labor Party, whose seats they are presumably cannibalising from loyal members of that party. Moreover a key question of the ALP should be whether the ALP constitution has been altered to allow members of other political parties or organisations to stand for office in their party and to gain it to the level of 35%. Has the fact that they have done so as a shadow party, destroyed the once proud Australian Labor Party to which, I myself, belonged in its earlier days of representing true workers and tradesmen. Can these self-declared progressive women really be genuine Labor women in their understanding of the credo of the old Labor Party? The findings of a survey of its alleged large national based organization for progressive women of all ages concluded the following: 51.4% were tertiary educated. 40.9% have an income level of over $61,000. 56.2% were aged 40 and over. 51.7% ate out once a week. 95.9% purchased books regularly.
237
Can a womens organisation, whose sole objective is the advancement of women, be respected when it is reported thus just days before the August 20, 2010 election: Affirmative action fund raising organization EMILYS List will target women voters in marginal seats. We are calling on you to twitter for Gillard tomorrow night by showing that women support her, and the 39 other progressive women running for parliament and to send anti-Abbott messages that he is sexist and out of touch. Whether you are a Member of Parliament, current candidate, a political activist with your own parliamentary aspirations, or just a passionate supporter of progressive women, EMILYs List can provide you with opportunities to empower your participation, develop your own skills and garner support from a nation-wide network of volunteers. With our own new website your participation is easier. Stay up to date with political developments for women online, or through our social networking sites on FaceBook and Twitter. Find out information about our Empowering Women political training program network events and our Gender Gap research, the only pre-election polling of women in marginal seats in Australia.
EMILYs List Website

Welcome to the relaunch of EMILYs List web site. Whether you are a Member of Parliament, current candidate, a political activist with parliamentary aspirations or just a passionate supporter of progressive women, EMILYs List can provide you with opportunities to empower your participation, develop your skills or garner support from a nationwide network of volunteers. With our new website your participation is even easier. 2010 is an exciting year for EMILYs List in Australia. We have record numbers of talented progressive women in Parliaments across the country, many holding important ministerial positions within Labor governments where they are impacting directly on public policy for the common good of women. Nowhere is our impact more clear than in support of working women. Who would have thought fourteen years ago when EMILYs List Australia was first launched that we would head into the 2010 election
238
ABOUT US
with consensus on both sides of the federal parliament that women and families needed Paid Parental leave. Without the significant increase in women Parliamentarians, that our advocacy has delivered, this development would not have occurred. Despite these terrific opportunities for women, we know not to be complacent. If we are to reach our target of 50% representation of women we must also be focused on fostering the next generation of progressive Labor women MPs through training, mentoring and financial support. Our first step, in achieving this goal is to give women the confidence to share their talents and skills in the political arena. You too can inspire your daughters, nieces, friends or granddaughters by purchasing our Future Prime Minister T-shirts from our merchandise store. Our mantra is: When Women Support Women, Women win If you believe Australia should be a more egalitarian society join us today, a nationwide network of women using their financial and political influence to support the election of the next generation of progressive Labor women into parliament.
239
FABIAN WAR ON THE WESTERN WORLD

Editor Amy McGrath
In 1884 in number 10 Adelphi Street in London George Bernard Shaw, and Sidney Webb embraced the world- revolutionary vision of Marx, evolved in the British Library not far away, and inspired by the French Revolution into the gradualism of their Fabian Society. The only differences between them were that it should occur gradually by subterranean means, not revolution on the barricades, and that they should look to the middle class themselves as the revolutionary armies not the working class. As Shaw pointed out the workers all wanted to be middle class like themselves. The purpose of the Fabian war has been to destroy the civilisation of the west as the 19th century knew it to our capitalism, our democracy, our Christianity, our independence, our freedom, our parliaments, our right to vote. Of all these, the right to vote is the most precious symbol of all because it is the means by which, presuming a free press, we can still constrain what is in our name either to protect or destroy our existence as free citizens in a free country. What would the Fabians create instead of western democracy? One world government by the United Nations as a Facilitative body at the heart of a giant spider web of facilitating bodies. Who in Australia would have believed that a generation of communists, bred in the depression of the 1930s and embraced when we were allies with Stalin against Hitler in World War 2, would disappear underground in the Cold War of the 1950s into a long march to entrench themselves within our institutions public service, politics, parliaments, schools, universities, arts, journalism, science, business, unions, banking - a number into the highest posts in the land such as Premiers, Prime Ministers, Chancellors and so forth. Let me attest here I knew a number of them, who were never identified as communists. In 1988 the Fabian Prime Minister Bob Hawke began a new march of communism with the embryonic green politicians Bob Brown and Christine Milne because his embedded intimate trusty Grahame Richardson persuaded him forcefully that he would lose the 1990 election if he didnt. It was Richardson who embedded environmentalism as official ALP policy.
240
Marian Sawyers biography Whatever it Takes devotes several pages of explanation as to how he achieved this. He then created a Department of the Environment and attended a first United Nations Conference of 170 world representatives called Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, this considered and accepted an Earth Charter written by Mikhail Gorbachev and the former United Nations Deputy SecretaryGeneral Maurice Strong in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. The Australian delegation to this conference ensured that Australia became one of the 170 countries who signed the non-binding treaty of Agenda 21 for eventual one world government based on the United Nations, the numeral 21 denoting the 20 years until a day to be appointed in Rio de Janeiro in 2012. In June 2012 they would reassemble to sign a binding treaty to surrender their sovereignty. In the meantime Australia agreed to a program of interference at the level of local government, in the name of urgent need to save the planet from day one. What the Australian government under P.M. Keating agreed to is beyond belief, that we would establish a UN world government in 20 years time abolish all private ownership of homes abolish all private ownership of land tax developed nations to compensate them for destructive emissions for their industrialization Worse, moves to implement Agenda 21 began at once throughout Australia and annual reports, as demanded by the UN, provided. These revealed a growing Canberra bureaucracy weaving a fog of consultation within that fog a spider web of contact with local councils imposing environmental urging and policing below the political radar which was Agenda 21 on the move to widespread irritation. conferences to implement Agenda 21 began popping up overseas as a happy hunting ground for environmental PhDs and bureaucrats. The NSW government trebled the seizure of land for parks often
241
without compensation Greens in Victoria caused the closure of 16 sawmills who had habitually cleared the fire-prone undergrowth. This led to the fire which caused 179 deaths. A parallel Fabian revolution in Australian Labor Party politics also began from 1988 onwards. The Communist Party closed down. Dozens of them joined a newly formed Socialist Forum, including one of its most active, extreme members, Julia Gillard. When the Forum in turn closed down in 2002, Gillard along with others joined the Fabian Society. The Fabians of course are communists. Thus when she became the Fabian (communist) Prime Minister of Australia in 2010, she was the 7th in succession. A second parallel evolution was the foundation of EMILYs List (Australia) in 1996, child of the notorious EMILYs List in the US which had created a shadow party to capture the traditional Democratic Partys vote for their own left-wing candidates. The Australian counter-part is a pressure group rather than a party. Despite this the ALP yielded to its demand that its candidates stand for 32 winnable seats. A number of these now surround Gillard in the federal parliament. A third parallel evolution has been the creation of GetUp! In Australia in 2000 by two Australian organizers of MoveOn in America, who had joined EMILYs List in America in founding the America Comes Together, with $14 million capital from billionaire George Soros, in order to re-elect Clinton. Soros gave GetUp! $1.5 million in order to do the opposite to the Australian Prime Minister John Howard to destroy him as he had done to leaders and their policies in other countries. The weapon was GetUp! And the board members predictably members of the Fabian Society such as Evan Thornley (its secretary) and Shorten, national secretary of one of Australias biggest unions, the Australian Workers Union, Amanda Tattersall from Unions NSW and two Green organisation members. Like EMILYS List, GetUp! functions like a political party although not such a party. Therefore they are not subject to ordinary electioneering rules. No limits on donations of money. No inquiry if it comes from abroad.
242
One political stream of political interference from Soros is not so well known. That is the Australian Open Society Foundation. Similar bodies have masqueraded as Institutes in previous electoral campaign of interference in a dozen countries in Europe, Eastern Europe, Russia, former republics in the Russian communist empire, Georgia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Philippines. The President of Malaysia spoke for them all when he called Soros a Dracula. Given this grim record of destructive interference by Soros in other countries, Australia should be analysing this foundations website very carefully noting its many new projects in Australia claiming to be nonpolitical which are listed below: Extending OpenAustralia.org to include all State and Territory parliaments Listing the contact information for all members of state and federal parliaments Creating electionleaflets.org.au for all State and Territory elections Including information on how each local member votes in State and federal parliaments Extending planning alerts to cover every local authority in Australia Developing new projects like Fix my Street where people can use technology to lobby and track essential community development work Provide support and expertise to enable other community building and civic engagement web projects. We have been victims of the greatest confidence trick and fraudulent electoral schemes of all time over the past 24 years in all of this. GetUp! And the Green Agenda have been decoys to distract us from the real game One World Government! Soros has played us for the greatest fools of all time abetted by the four wolves in sheeps clothing over the past 40 years 24 years the Marxist, Fabians, the various Greens and EMILYs List.
243
CONCLUSION
QUOTES FROM TEXT: The secret Leninist revolutionaries covet the mad object of world government. By definition a world government must be a world dictatorship, which will seek to maintain total control. Its architects are seeking to eliminate all opposition to the establishment of world government by enlisting, through deception, the Wests enthusiastic co-operation in its establishment (C. Storys interview with defector Anatole Golitlskyn). Gorbachevs Earth Summit of Rio 1992s Agenda 21 moved into a deception phase by abandoning talk of a one world government, which had begun to sound the alarm bells in democratic nations, for the much more misleading title of a Global Compact soon afterwards. Thereupon a Global Compact Board and Office was endorsed by the UN General Assembly, to network development of the Global Compact in what amounted to creating an alterative structure of power to parliamentary government. In Rio + 2012 it advanced ten universally accepted principles in the area of human rights, labour, environment and corruption to govern business (official website). Environment lawyer Polly Higgins has been campaigning for more than 2 years for a new law of ecocide as an international crime against peace alongside genocide and crimes against humanity punishable in an International Climate Court of Justice. Part of this new law is intended to outlaw the denial of climate change so that so-called climate deniers would be arrested. Australias Foreign Minister, Robert Carr, assured the UN of Australias support for an UN resolution seeking an opinion from the International Court of Justice that would mean nations like Australia had to take action over climate debt running into billions under existing treaties.
245
Conclusion
The Perestroika Deception (Part 3) by William F. Jasper, senior editor of The New America
Extract from the final part of an interview with Christopher Story, editor of the London-based journal Soviet Analysis and of the Perestroika Deception by Anatoly Golitsyn, the Soviet defector and author of New Lies for Old. Q. What does Golitsyn mean in The Perestroika Deception by his warning that the West may yet experience its bloody feasts? A. The secret Lenininst revolutionaries covet the mad object of world government. By definition, a world government must be a world dictatorship, which will seek to maintain total control. Its architects are seeking to eliminate all opposition to the establishment of world government by enlisting, through deception, the Wests enthusiastic co-operation in its establishment. Conceivably they may not succeed, in which case there will be bloodshed before the final purpose is achieved. But what is certain is that, if it is ever achieved, maintenance of a global dictatorship will prove an impossible task, even though access to weaponry by the population will be precluded, and in order to simplify this task the controllers may resort, as Stalin did, to the wholesale liquidation of millions of people. The Communists are responsible for perhaps 150-plus million deaths, and it is this image they have sought to erase from the Wests consciousness with their talk of the elimination of the image of the enemy. They need to erase this image precisely because as long as it remains embedded in our memory, we will resist their schemes, including their plan to establish global control. Q. The West has been assured time and time again that the Communist Party was suspended and has been greatly weakened in the Soviet Union. Please comment on Golitsyns explanation in The Perestroika Deception that the reverse is the case. A. At the 28th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union held in July 1990, Yeltsin and Gorbachev spelled out the task the Party now faced. In brief, it was to subdivide itself into factions spanning the entire political spectrum in order to establish the conditions for democratism fake democracy.
247
RED MARCH TO GLOBAL TYRANNY
Yeltsins own resignation from the Communist Party at the 28th Party Congress in July 1900 coincided with the emergence of all those instant Soviet democrats, anti-communists and nationalists mentioned by Golitsyn in The Perestroika Deception. Communists were given the freedom to adopt whatever deceptive political label they liked. Some became Stalinists, others Social Democrats or Liberals. Some remained Communists. Others moved incongruously to the right, or adopted a nationalist stance. All these sudden political changes of heart were fake. Their purpose was to create the apparatus needed in order to play the game of democratism an essential ingredient in the deception campaign to persuade the West that Communism was dead and had been succeeded by democracy. At the 28th Party Congress, Gorbachev stated: The Party must resolutely, and without delay, restructure all its work and reorganize all its structures on the basis of the new Statutes and the Congress Program Statement, so that it can effectively perform its role as the Vanguard Party. We must do everything to firmly establish in the CPSU the power of the Party masses based on an all-encompassing democracy, comradeship, openness, glastnost and criticism The Central Committee and I, as General Secretary, will do all we can to help the Republic Communist Parties gain their new independent status as soon as possible.a status that will lead not to a fragmentation of Communists and nations but to a new international unity of the CPSU on a common ideological political basis. .As for the Republic Communist Parties and the Soviet republics themselves, independence, of course, is false and strictly provisional, its purpose being as Golitsyn warned the CIA in the fall of 1990, to open up scope for independent military action in the Republics. Hence the post-Gorbachev repression (and in some cases, genocide) in Georgie, Moldavia, Tajikistan, Armenia, Nagorno-Karabach and Ukraine. After the August Coup the Communist Party was banned. The West rejoiced (forgetting that the Chinese and Cuban Communist Parties, for instance, remained in place) and jumped to the reckless conclusion that Communism had collapsed. The assumption, presumably was that having been banned the Party could not be unbanned . But of course it was only banned for cosmetic purposes.
248
Conclusion
Today the existence of the CPSU is openly acknowledged by Soviet/ Russian and Western Communist sources. Q. Where does the true locus of power lie? A. Almost certainly, the power above the state is located in the Security Council, which is a continuation of the Presidential Council that existed under Gorbachev. Such an entity has existed since the Leninist state was first established, and it is to be found in other Communist states as well. Outside the Security Council, power resides within the co-operative network operating between the secret and overt Communist parties worldwide, since all participate fully in the strategy to achieve world government through a Second October Revolution. The closest co-operation exists between the Russian strategists and their Chinese counterparts. Q. In New Lies for Old, Golitsyn explained that the Sino-Soviet split was false, forming part of a deception designed to persuade the West that the world communism movement was disunited. What is the current position? A. The Sino-Soviet split was indeed a classic Leninist dialectical deception which masked the continuing collaboration between the two most important and powerful Communist Parties in the world in pursuit of the long-range strategy which was ratified at the EightyOne Party congress held in Melbourne in November 1960. At that Congress the Parties agreed to collaborate over a period of decades in pursuit of the objective of convergence leading to world government. Q. What is Gorbachevs function today? A. Photographs appearing recently in the Western press of the assembled Russian Security Council do not show Gorbachev. This is because, for Western public consumption purposes, Gorbachev resigned on Christmas Day 1991, and faded into the background. In reality, Gorbachev moved sideways into an organization called the Gorbachev Foundation based in the Presido, a former U.S. Army base in San Francisco overlooking the Golden Gate. This foundation took over the work of the International Department of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union (CPSU). This International Department, in turn, was the successor of the Cominform
249
and Comintern. Thus the Gorbachev Foundation is a cover for the International Department traditionally the most aggressive and devious enemy of the West within the Communist apparatus. The San Francisco Gorbachev Foundation works with the Gorbachev Foundation in Moscow at 49 Leningradsky Prospect, Moscow, which directs his campaign to co-opt Western elites in support of the (secret Communist) strategyWithout elaborating here, the technique being used by the International Department/Gorbachev Foundation is to assert the existence of hideous global problems the environment, world health, global security, the global crime epidemic, terrorism which are too big for national states to handle. Accordingly global structures are required in order to address these problems, and the Gorbachev Foundation projects these solutions to the international elite. A global justice system, for instance, would require a national legal system to be revised so as to enable anyone to be arrested anywhere, for any offense, at any time. Another theme floated by Gorbachev is that wherever human rights abuses are taking place, the international community should have carte blanche to intervene across borders. Such an arrangement, naturally, would render such borders pointless. All these initiatives are subtly aimed at doing away with the national state, which is the core objective originally enunciated by Lenin shortly after seizing power in Russia. The Gorbachev Foundation is one of the leading contemporary instruments working towards this objective. It is much more dangerous than its predecessors because it has successfully deceived the West that its intentions are entirely altruistic.
45 GOALS OF COMMUNISM
Once Upon a Time in the West Exposing the Communist Tyranny US Congressional Record, Appendix pp A 34-35. January 10, 1963.
1. US acceptance of co-existence as the only alternative to atomic war. 2. US willingness to capitulate in preference to waging atomic war. 3. Develop the illusion that total disarmament would be a demonstration of moral strength. 4. Permit free trade between all nations regardless of affiliations,
250
Conclusion
and whether items could be of use in war. 5. Extension of long-term loans to Russia or Soviet satellites. 6. Provide American aid to all nations regardless of Communist domination. 7. Grant recognition of Red China to the UN. 8. Set up East and West Germany in separate states in spite of Krushchevs promise in 1955 to settle the German question by free elections under UN supervision. 9. Prolong conferences to ban atomic tests as the US has agreed to suspend tests while negotiations progress. 10. Allow all Soviet satellites individual representation in the UN. 11. Resist any attempt to outlaw the Communist Party. 12. Do away with all loyal toasts. 13. Continue giving Russia access to the US Patent Office. 14. Capture one or both of the political parties in the United States. 15. Use technical decisions of courts to weaken US industry by claiming their activities violate civil rights. 16. Get control of the schools to use them as transmission belts for socialism and current Communist propaganda. Soften the curriculum. Get control of teachers associations. Put the party line in text books. 17. Gain control of all student newspapers. 18. Use student riots to foment public protests against progress or organisations under Communist attack. 19. Infiltrate the press. Get control of book review assignments, editing, writing, policy-making positions. 20. Gain control of key positions in radio, TV and motion pictures. 21. Continue discrediting US culture by degrading all forms of artistic expression. A US Communist cell was told eliminate all good sculpture from parks and buildings. Substitute shapeless and meaningless forms. 22. Control art critics and directors of art museums. Our plan is to promote repulsive, meaningless art. 23. Eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them censorship and violation of free speech.
251
24. Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscene books, films, TV et al. 25. Promote homosexuality, degeneracy, promiscuity as normal, natural, healthy. 26. Infiltrate churches and replace revealed religion with social religion. Discredit the Bible and emphasize the need for intellectual maturity which does not need a religious crutch. 27. Eliminate prayer or any phase of religious expression in the schools on the grounds it violates the principle of separation of the church and state. 28. Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, oldfashioned, out-of-step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis. 29. Belittle all forms of American culture and discourage the teaching of American history on the grounds it was only part of the Big Picture. Give more emphasis to Russian history after the Communists took over. 30. Support any social movement to give centralised control over any part of the culture-education, social agencies, mental health clinics etc. 31. Eliminate all laws or procedures which interfere with the operation of the Communist apparatus. 32. Discredit and eventually dismantle the FBI. 33. Eliminate the House Committee on Un-American Activities. 34. Infiltrate and gain control of more Unions 35. Infiltrate and gain control of big business. 36 Transfer some of the powers of arrest from police or social agencies. Treat all behaviour problems as psychiatric disorders which no one but psychiatrists can understand. 37. Dominate the psychiatric profession and use mental health laws as a means of gaining coercive control over those who oppose Communist goals. 38. Discredit the family as an institution. Encourage promotion of easy divorce. 39. Emphasise the need to raise children away from the negative influence of parents. Attribute prejudices, mental blocks and
252
Conclusion
retarding of children to the suppressive influence of parents. 40. Create the impression that violence and insurrection are legitimate aspects of the America nation; say students and special interest groups should rise up and use united force to solve economic, political and social problems. 41. Overthrow all colonial governments before native populations are ready for self-government. 42. Internationalise the Panama Canal. 43. Repeal the Connolly Reservation Act so the United States cannot prevent the World Court Jurisdiction over nations and individuals alike 44. Promote the UN as the only hope for mankind. 45. Discredit the American Founding fathers as selfish aristocrats without concern for the common man.
253
ORIGINAL ENGLISH REPORT OF THE UNITED NATIONS CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT
THE RIO DECLARATION
(Rio de Janeiro, 3-14 June 1992)
RIO DECLARATION OF ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT The United Nations Conference on Environment and Development having met at Rio de Janeiro from 3 to 14 June 1992, reaffirming the Declaration of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, adopted at Stockholm on 16 June 1972, and seeking to build upon it with the goal of establishing a new and equitable global partnership through the creation of new levels of cooperation among States, key sectors of societies and people working towards international agreements which respect the interests of all and protect the integrity of the global environmental and developmental system, recognizing the integral and interdependent nature of the Earth, our home proclaims that: Principle 1 Human beings are at the centre of concerns for sustainable development. They are entitled to a healthy and productive life in harmony with nature. Principle 2 States have, in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations and the principles of international law, the sovereign rights to exploit their own resources pursuant to their own environmental and developmental policies, and the responsibility to ensure that activities within their jurisdiction or control do not cause damage to the environment of other States or areas beyond the limits of national jurisdiction. Principle 3 The right to development must be fulfilled so as to equitably meet developmental and environmental needs of present and future generations. Principle 4 In order to achieve sustainable development, environmental protection shall constitute an integral part of the development process and cannot be considered in isolation from it.
254
Conclusion
Principle 5 All States and all people shall cooperate in the essential task of eradicating poverty as an indispensable requirement for sustainable development, in order to decrease the disparities in standards of living and better meet the needs of the majority of the people of the world. Principle 6 The special situation and needs of developing countries, particularly the least developed and those most environmentally vulnerable, shall be given special priority. International actions in the field of environment and development should also address the interests and needs of all countries. Principle 7 States shall cooperate n a spirit of global partnership to conserve, protect and restore the health and integrity of the Earths ecosystem. In view of the different contributions to global environmental degradation, States have common but differential responsibilities. The developed countries acknowledge the responsibility that they bear in the international pursuit of sustainable development in view of the pressure their societies place on the global environment and of the technologies and financial resources they command. Principle 8 To achieve sustainable development and a higher quality of life for all people, States should reduce and eliminate unsustainable patterns of production and consumption and promote appropriate demographic policies. Principle 9 States should cooperate to strengthen endogenous capacity-building for sustainable development by improving scientific understanding through exchanges of scientific and technological knowledge, and by enhancing the development, adaptation, diffusion and transfer of technologies, including new and innovative technologies. Principle 10 Environmental issues are best handled with the participation of all concerned citizens, at the relevant level. At the national level, each individual shall have appropriate access to information concerning the
255
environment that is held by public authorities, including information on hazardous materials and activities in their communities, and the opportunity to participate in decision-making processes. States shall facilitate and encourage public awareness and participation by making information widely available. Effective access to judicial and administrate proceedings including redress and remedy, shall be provided. Principle 11 States shall enact effective environmental legislation. Environmental standards, management objectives and priorities should reflect the environmental and developmental context to which they apply. Standards applied by some countries may be inappropriate and of unwarranted economic and social cost to other countries, in particular developing countries. Principle 12 States should cooperate to promote a supportive and open international economic system that would lead to economic growth and sustainable development in all countries, to better address the problems of environmental degradation, Trade policy measures for environmental purposes should not constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination or a disguised restriction on international trade. Unilateral actions to deal with environmental challenges outside the jurisdiction of the importing country should be avoided. Environmental measures addressing trans-boundary or global environmental problems should, as far as possible, be based on an international consensus. Principle 13 States shall develop national law regarding liability and compensation for the victims of pollution and other environmental damage. States shall also co-operate in an expeditious and more determined manner to develop further international law regarding liability and compensation for adverse effects of environmental damage caused by activities within their jurisdiction or control in areas beyond their jurisdiction. Principle 14 States should effectively cooperate to discourage or prevent the relocation and transfer to other States or any activities and substances
256
Conclusion
that cause severe environmental degradation or are found to be harmful to human health. Principle 15 In order to protect the environment, the precautionary approach shall be widely applied by States according to their capabilities. Where there are threats of serious or irreversible damage, lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective measures to prevent environment degradation. Principle 16 National authorities should endeavour to promote the internalization of environmental costs and the use of economic instruments, taking into account the approach that the polluter should, in principle, bear the cost of pollution, with due regard to the public interest and without distorting international trade and investment. Principle 17 Environmental impact assessment, as a national instrument, shall be undertaken for proposed activities that are likely to have a significant adverse impact on the environment and are subject to a decision of a competent national authority. Principle 18 States shall immediately notify other States of any natural disasters or other emergencies that are likely to produce sudden harmful effects on the environment of those States. Every effort shall be made by the international community to help States so afflicted. Principle 19 States shall provide prior and timely notifications and relevant information to potentially affected States on activities that may have a significant adverse trans-boundary environmental effect and shall consult with those states at any early Stage and in good faith. Principle 20 Women have a vital role in environmental management and development. Their full participation is therefore essential to achieve sustainable development.
257
Principle 21 The creativity, ideals and courage of the youth of the world should be mobilized to forge a global partnership in order to achieve sustainable development and ensure a better future for us all. Principle 22 Indigenous people and their communities and other local communities have a vital role in environmental management and development because of their knowledge and traditional practices. States should recognize and duly support their identity, culture and interests and enable their effective participation in the achievement of sustainable development. Principle 23 The environment and natural resources of people under oppression, domination and occupation shall be protected. Principle 24 Warfare is inherently destructive of sustainable development. States shall therefore respect international law providing protection for the environment in times of armed conflict and cooperate in its further development as necessary. Principle 25 Peace, development and environmental protection are interdependent and indivisible. Principle 26 States shall resolve all their environmental disputes peacefully and by appropriate means in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations. Principle 27 States and people shall cooperate in good faith and in a spirit of partnership in the fulfillment of the principles embodied in this Declaration and in the further development of international law in the field of sustainable development.
258

Wolves in Sheeps Clothing

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wolves in Sheeps Clothing

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wolves in Sheeps Clothing

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Centenary Medal for Electoral Reform (President H.S.

A compendium of the voices of others compiled by Dr Amy McGrath OAM PhD

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

ALABAMA ADOPTS FIRST OFFICIAL STATE BAN ON UN AGENDA 21

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

the fabian revolution

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

Monitoring the New World Order NWO Observer September 3, 2009

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

LOVE-HATE BETWEEN FABIANS AND LENINISTS

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

The Federal Reserve Observer (vol.12 no.92 April 2012)

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

LENIN, TROTSKY AND THE BOLSHEVIK REVOLUTION

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 1: THE FABIAN REVOLUTION

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

one world government

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

Weather Eye internet June 2010

THE FABIAN SOCIETY

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

WHO HEARS THE WARNING BELL OF RICHARD PIPER?

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

THE FABIANS AND THE COMMUNISTS

None Dare call it Treason (p.21-23) by John A. Stormer

not through an uprising of the workers but through indoctrination

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

THE OPEN CONSPIRACY

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

GEORGE ORWELL, WELLS, HITLER AND THE WORLD STATE

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

THE ROAD TO SERFDOM

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

Police shooting of Mark Duggan (Wikipedia)

2011 ENGLAND RIOTS

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT

WOLVES IN SHEEPS CLOTHING

HERBERT VERE EVATT (Australia)

By Christopher Sheil Reflections on the 60th Anniversary Evatt Foundation

The Doc, the UN and the UDHR

SECTION 2: ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT